Home

Workstation User`s Manual

1. i CS gt VMnet4 Notbided i SSCSY gt VMnet5 Notbided gt Vine Nobis o E CN E VMnet8 E VMware Network AdapterVMnetB Waes f nawie EE y y OK Cancel Apply Help Choose Subnet or DHCP m Inthe Subnet dialog box you can change the subnet s IP address and the subnet mask Subnet x IP Address 192 168 245 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 2 0 Cancel The address should specify a valid network address that is suitable for use with the subnet mask The default subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 a class C network Typically this means you should modify only the third number in the IP address for example x in 192 168 x 0 or 172 16 x 0 In general you should not change the 285 Workstation User s Manual 286 5 subnet mask Certain virtual network services might not work as well witha customized subnet mask When you modify the network address or subnet mask Workstation automatically updates the IP address settings for other components such as DHCP NAT and host virtual adapter if the default settings have never been changed The specific settings that are automatically updated include DHCP lease range DHCP server address NAT gateway address and host virtual adapter IP address However if you have changed any of these settings from its default value Workstation does not update that setting automatically Workstation presum
2. NOTE In addition to the Workstation configuration options discussed in this section always install VMware Tools in any guest operating system for which a VMware Tools package exists Installing VMware Tools provides better video and mouse performance and also greatly improves the usability of the virtual machine For details see Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning CPU This section includes the following topics m Disconnecting the CD ROM on page 371 m Configuring Process Scheduling on Windows Hosts on page 371 Disconnecting the CD ROM Disconnecting CD ROM devices reduces CPU usage Configure your virtual CD ROM drive to start disconnected The drive appears in the virtual machine but it always appears to contain no disk and Workstation does not connect to your host CD ROM drive To use a CD ROM in the virtual machine choose VM gt Removable Devices and connect the CD ROM drive To configure the virtual CD ROM to start disconnected 1 Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be powered on or off 2 Choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt DVD CD ROM 3 Inthe CD ROM settings panel deselect the Connect at power on check box and click OK You can also use the VM gt Removable Devices menu to disconnect your CD ROM drive if you do not need to use it Configuring Process Scheduling on Windows Hosts By default the processes within a
3. 3 Usea text editor to add the following line to your virtual machine s configuration vmx file serial lt n gt pipe charTimePercent lt x gt lt n gt is the number of the serial port starting from 0 So the first serial port is serial0 lt x gt is a positive integer that specifies the time taken to transmit a character expressed as a percentage of the default speed set for the serial port in the guest operating system For example a setting of 200 forces the port to take twice as long per character or send data at half the default speed A setting of 50 forces the port to take only half as long per character or send data at twice the default speed Assuming that the serial port speed is set appropriately in the guest operating system experiment with this setting Start with a value of 100 and gradually decrease it until you find the highest speed at which your connection works reliably Examples Debugging over a Virtual Serial Port You can use Debugging Tools for Windows WinDbg or Kernel Debugger KD to debug kernel code in a virtual machine over a virtual serial port Download Debugging Tools for Windows from the Windows DDK Web site at www microsoft com whdc devtools debugging default mspx The following two examples illustrate how to use a virtual serial port to debug kernel code in a virtual machine m With the debugging application on the Workstation host Windows hosts only m With the debugging applica
4. Additional Suggestions for Improving Performance This section includes the following topics m Selecting the Correct Guest Operating System on page 377 m Turning Off Debugging Mode on page 378 m Logging Virtual Machine Progress Periodically on page 379 Selecting the Correct Guest Operating System Make certain you select the correct guest operating system for each of your virtual machines To check the guest operating system setting from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt General Workstation optimizes certain internal configurations on the basis of this selection For this reason it is important to set the guest operating system correctly The optimizations can greatly aid the operating system they target but they can cause significant performance degradation if there is a mismatch between the selection and the operating system actually running in the virtual machine Selecting the wrong guest operating system should not cause a virtual machine to run incorrectly but it might degrade the virtual machine s performance VMware Inc 377 Workstation User s Manual Turning Off Debugging Mode Workstation has three modes for collecting debugging information normal mode which means that no debugging information is gathered statistics mode and full debugging mode In normal mode the virtual machine runs faster than in the other modes As of the Workstation 6 release you do not need
5. Running a Virtual Machine on page 147 introduce you to some of the things you can do with VMware Workstation and guide you through the key steps for installing the software and putting it to work Later chapters provide in depth reference material for getting the most out of the sophisticated features of Workstation 20 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements About the Host and Guest Computers The terms host and guest describe your physical and virtual machines m The physical computer on which you install the VMware Workstation software is called the host computer and its operating system is called the host operating system m The operating system running inside a virtual machine is called a guest operating system For definitions of these and other special terms see Glossary on page 441 What s New in Version 6 The sections that follow describe the features that have been added to the Workstation 6 0 release Upgrade Path to Workstation ACE Edition VMware ACE 2 0 is a solution for deploying assured computing environments and securing remote desktops VMware ACE Virtual Rights Management VRM centralizes management of security policies and access rights applied to virtual machines ACE is used primarily to ensure more secure guest worker partner and remote PC access Adding ACE capabilities into Workstation ACE Edition means that ACE administrators can now take multiple snapshot
6. The 84 key keyboard has a Sys Req key on the numeric pad Its v scan code is 0x054 Keyboards outside the U S usually have an extra key often lt gt or lt gt next to the left shift key The v scan code for this key is 0x056 Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine Workstation provides two USB controllers so that you can connect to both USB 1 1 and USB 2 0 devices m For USB 1 1 a UHCI controller with a virtual hub enables you to connect to more than two USB 1 1 devices m For USB 2 0 an EHCI controller enables you to connect to up to six USB 2 0 devices For USB 2 0 support your host machine must support USB 2 0 and you must enable USB 2 0 support in Workstation as described in this section VMware Inc 351 Workstation User s Manual 352 USB 2 0 support is available only for Workstation 6 virtual machines On the host system when a USB 2 0 device connects to a port the device connects to the EHCI controller and operates in USB 2 0 mode A USB 1 1 device is automatically connected to a UHCI controller and operates in USB 1 1 mode In Workstation 6 virtual machines this same behavior is simulated if you select the check box called Enable high speed support for USB 2 0 devices on the VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt USB Controller tab Select this check box to connect high speed or isochronous USB devices such as webcams speakers and microphones Although your host operating system must support USB you d
7. VMware Inc Running a Virtual Machine This chapter includes the following topics Starting a Virtual Machine on page 148 Running VMware Tools on page 150 Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 152 Deleting a Virtual Machine on page 154 Controlling the Display on page 154 Installing New Software on page 166 Running Virtual Machines from Within an IDE on page 167 Displaying the Virtual Machine as an Appliance on page 168 Transferring Files and Text Between the Host and Guest on page 169 Using Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 179 Creating a Screen Shot of a Virtual Machine on page 181 Creating a Movie of a Virtual Machine on page 181 Using a VNC Client for Remote Connections to a Virtual Machine on page 182 The illustrations in these sections show a Windows XP guest operating system Some commands used in the illustrations are different from those used in other guest operating systems The following Workstation tasks are discussed in separate chapters VMware Inc Using snapshots See Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine on page 223 Recording a virtual machine experimental See Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine on page 223 147 Workstation User s Manual Cloning a virtual machine See Chapter 11 Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 245 Working with virtual ma
8. Workstation updates thumbnails in real time to display the actual content of the virtual machine screens The active virtual machine is the one that appears in the lower pane of the console Its thumbnail is represented by the VMware icon Workstation menus and commands directly affect only the active virtual machine and you can use the mouse and keyboard to interact directly with the active virtual machine Click a thumbnail of a virtual machine or use the Team gt Switch To menu and then select the virtual machine that you want to make active The virtual machine you select appears in the lower pane of the console and its thumbnail becomes the VMware icon In full screen mode Workstation displays only the active virtual machine See Using Full Screen Mode on page 156 VMware Inc 259 Workstation User s Manual Adding and Removing Team Virtual Machines 260 This section provides instructions for adding virtual machines to teams and removing them from teams Consider these issues when you add a virtual machine to a team A virtual machine is not powered on when you add it to a running team You must power on the added virtual machine manually to use it during the current session The added virtual machine is thereafter powered on or off with the rest of the team When you add a virtual machine to a team you can no longer operate the virtual machine outside the team Adding a virtual machine to a team therefore remove
9. n Description Opens a new Workstation window B Windows hosts only Opens a new Workstation window but hides the sidebar and toolbars Only the tabs of open virtual machines are shown Using this option has the same effect as clicking the Workstation icon in the upper left corner of the Workstation window and choosing Hide Controls from the menu that appears Opens a virtual machine or team in a new tab in the existing Workstation window X Powers on the virtual machine when VMware Workstation starts This is equivalent to clicking the Power On button in the VMware Workstation toolbar X Powers on the virtual machine and switches the VMware Workstation window to full screen mode Linux hosts only Starts the program in quick switch mode Closes the virtual machine s tab when the virtual machine powers off If no other virtual machine is open it also exits Workstation This is useful when the guest operating system is capable of powering off the virtual machine Sets the specified variable to the specified value Any variable names and values that are valid in the configuration file may be specified on the command line with the s switch V Displays the product name version and build number lt path_to_virtual_machine gt lt path_to_virtual_team gt Launches a virtual machine using the specified virtual machine or team configuration file vmx or vmtm file
10. 316 If you have Samba running on your Linux host you can configure Samba so that it works with Workstation as described in this section Modify your Samba configuration so that it includes the IP subnet used by the Workstation virtual Ethernet adapter VMnet1 To determine which subnet is being used by VMnet1 run sbin ifconfig vmnet1 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Make sure the Samba password file includes entries for all users of the virtual machine who will access the host s file system The user names and passwords in the Samba password file must match those used for logging on to the guest operating system You can add user names and passwords to the Samba password file at any time from a terminal window on your Linux host computer To add users to the Samba password file 1 Log on to the root account su 2 Run the Samba password command smbpasswd a lt username gt lt username gt is the user name to add 3 Follow the instructions on the screen 4 Log out of the root account exit Using a Samba Server for Bridged and Host Only Networks To use your Samba server for both host only and bridged networking you must modify one parameter in the smb conf file You can define the interface parameter so your Samba server serves multiple interfaces An example of this is interface ethO vmnet1 This example tells the Samba server to listen to and use both the eth0 and vmnet1 interfaces whi
11. Configuring the Firewall on Windows Guest Systems If you are using a 1 4 x JRE on Windows guest systems you must either disable the firewall or allow incoming connections to the JVM If you have a Windows system such as Windows XP SP2 Windows 2003 and Windows Vista that allows you to configure exceptions to the firewall you can add the JVM to the exceptions list To add the JVM to the exceptions list 1 Choose Start gt Control Panel gt Windows Firewall and select the Exceptions tab 2 Click Add Program and browse to the Java executable 3 Click OK NOTE On Windows Vista guests you might have to restart the firewall after configuring it to allow incoming connections to the JVM Managing Virtual Machine Launch Configurations You can manage configuration settings for each virtual machine in which you want to debug applications Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger launch configurations determine which virtual machine to run the application in and how the application is executed The launch configuration types VMware attach to application and VMware execute Java application have a VMware tab The values you enter in the VMware tab determine virtual machine configuration settings Once configured you can start and attach to applications in virtual machines from the Eclipse Debug and Run menus Choose Run gt Debug to manage launch configurations You can create duplicate edit and remove configurations VMware Inc 417 W
12. Console View The console view for an active virtual machine is like the monitor display of a physical computer Figure 4 3 Console View Windows Host Console View button 3 windows xP Professional Wks 6 Mware Workstation Ele Edit view VM Team Windows Help a 2D e ee ea waa Sidebar D Powered On E Vista vM E Windows xP Professional Favorites 3 Team Windows VMs E Red Hat 3 amp 8 Team QA VMs M Clone of Red Hat 3 Mixed version team E Red Hat Linux 2 Windows VMs E Windows 2000 Profess E vista vM E Windows xP Professior E WKS 4 x Ms 7 BY 1 22PM To release cursor press Ctri Alt When a virtual machine is active the name of the virtual machine or team of virtual machines is displayed in a tab at the top of the console To switch from the active virtual machine or team click the tab of another virtual machine or team You can use the console tabs in the windowed mode and also in the quick switch mode Appliance View If you set up the virtual machine to act as an appliance such as a Web server with a browser based console you can specify that the default view should be an appliance view The appliance view gives you a brief description of the type of server or appliance and provides a link that opens the browser on the host system and connects to the appliance s management console VMware I
13. Snapshot created Thu 29 Mar 2007 01 39 45 PM PDT Name Snapshot for Clone of Windows XP P Description Created by clone operation Hep amp GoTo xX Close 1 snapshot selected On Linux hosts right click the toolbar at the top of the window to change the icon style You can display icons and text icons only text only and so on Following is a description of the snapshot actions you can perform by using the snapshot manager m Take Snapshot With the You Are Here icon selected takes a snapshot You can take a snapshot while a virtual machine is powered on powered off or suspended For more information see Taking a Snapshot on page 233 m Go To Replay The button is labeled Go To if you select a snapshot It is labeled Replay if you select a recording m Go To restores the virtual machine to the state it was in when the selected snapshot was taken Double clicking a snapshot is the same as selecting that snapshot and clicking Go To m Replay places the virtual machine in the state it was in when the recording was begun The virtual machine then goes through the same activities it did throughout the time the recording was made Double clicking a recording is the same as selecting it and clicking Replay For more information about this feature see Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental on page 237 VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine C
14. Windows 2000 Professional Users The Windows 2000 Administrative Tools are not installed on a Windows 2000 Professional system However you can install these tools from a Windows 2000 Server or Windows 2000 Advanced Server CD ROM 292 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network To install Windows 2000 Administrative Tools on a local computer 1 Open the i386 folder on the applicable Windows 2000 Server disc 2 Double click the adminpak msi file and follow the instructions that appear in the Windows 2000 Administrative Tools Setup wizard 3 After Windows 2000 Administrative Tools are installed you can access most of the server administrative tools by choosing Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools Linux Hosts If you find packets leaking out of a host only network on a Linux host computer see whether forwarding has mistakenly been enabled on the host machine If it is enabled disable it To determine whether packet forwarding is enabled Depending on which type of Linux system you have use one of the following methods m Disable forwarding by writing a 0 zero to the special file proc sys net ipv4 ip_forward As root su enter this command echo 0 gt proc sys net ipv4 ip_forward m Use a configuration option that is appropriate for your Linux distribution For example you might use a control panel specify a setting at the time you compile your kernel or possibly enter a specification when you boot you
15. to the guest operating system but it is not possible to mount access or format them After you finish creating the virtual machine if you want to specify a device node for your virtual disk or if you want to exclude disks from snapshots use the virtual machine settings editor as follows a Select the virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens b On the Hardware tab select the physical disk and click Advanced c Ifyou want to exclude disks from snapshots select Independent for the mode and choose one of the following options m Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk m Nonpersistent Changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot For more information on the snapshot feature see Using Snapshots on page 225 Install the guest operating system on the physical disk Be sure to use the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide which contains instructions specific to each type of supported operating system This guide is available from the Workstation Help menu For more information about using physical disks see Physical Disks on page 198 VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks Using the Virtual Machine Settings Editor to Add a Physical Disk Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a new physical disk to your virtual machine as described in the following procedure To add a physical
16. 6 Insert the installation disc for the operating system in the host computer s CD ROM drive VMware Inc 77 Workstation User s Manual 7 Inthe Workstation window on the tab for the newly created virtual machine in the Commands section click Start this virtual machine On Linux hosts the command is called Power on this virtual machine The console view for the virtual machine appears Soon the boot device the CD ROM is detected and you are prompted to begin installation of the operating system 8 Follow the installation instructions provided by the operating system vendor After you finish installing the guest operating system you can install VMware Tools as described in the next step Make sure the guest operating system is running and if necessary you are logged in 9 From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Install VMware Tools and complete the installation wizard that appears in the guest operating system Accept the default settings provided in the wizard It is assumed that you are using a Windows guest operating system Installing VMware Tools in a Windows system is a simple matter of clicking Next to complete the wizard Installing VMware Tools in Linux and Solaris systems requires you to use a command line program as described in Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Now that you have created a virtual machine and installed a guest operating system you can refer to it as you read th
17. After you are finished preparing the physical disk use either of the following strategies to use the physical disk in a virtual machine m Creating a New Virtual Machine That Uses a Physical Disk on page 207 m Using the Virtual Machine Settings Editor to Add a Physical Disk on page 209 For general information about using physical disks with Workstation see Physical Disks on page 198 Creating a New Virtual Machine That Uses a Physical Disk Use the New Virtual Machine wizard if you want to create a new virtual machine that uses a physical disk rather than simply add a physical disk to an existing virtual machine VMware Inc 207 Workstation User s Manual 208 To create a virtual machine that uses a physical disk 1 Make sure you have completed the tasks described in Prerequisites for Using a Physical Disk on page 205 Because the process is similar for creating any type of virtual machine follow the instructions in Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 but be sure to use the following options when completing the wizard m When prompted to specify the type of virtual machine configuration select Custom m On the Select a Disk page select Use a physical disk and specify whether you want to use individual partitions or the entire disk If you use individual partitions only the partitions you select will be accessible to the virtual machine The other partitions might be visible
18. Removing a Forgotten Password If you cannot remember the password and want to remove it you must uninstall Workstation Be sure to click Yes when asked if you want to remove the administrative lockout settings After you reinstall Workstation you can enable the administrative lockout features again and set a new password Restricting the User Interface 390 The restricted user interface affects only the specific virtual machines for which the setting is made The following changes are made when you enable the restricted user interface m The toolbar is always hidden m All functions on the VM gt Power menu are disabled m All functions on the VM gt Snapshot menu and snapshot functions on the toolbar are disabled m There is no access to the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings from the VMware Workstation window m The user cannot change virtual networking settings Edit gt Virtual Network Settings m The user starts the virtual machine by double clicking the configuration file vmx file ora desktop shortcut to that file The virtual machine powers on automatically At the end of the working session the user shuts down by closing the virtual machine File gt Exit It is also possible to launch Workstation and open a restricted interface virtual machine from the virtual machine list or the File menu VMware Inc Chapter 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts The changes needed to enab
19. This section provides a simplified list of guest operating systems supported for debugging in virtual machines For the most recent list of supported guest operating systems including detailed information about the specific operating system versions service packs and updates supported see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide at http pubs vmware com guestnotes This guide also provides notes on installing the most common guest operating systems Operating systems that are not listed are not supported for debugging in a virtual machine The following Windows 32 bit guest operating systems are supported m Windows Vista all except Vista Home Edition which cannot be run in a virtual machine due to Microsoft licensing restrictions m Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition and R2 m Windows XP Professional and Home Edition m Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000 Server Windows 2000 Advanced Server The following Windows 64 bit guest operating systems are supported m Windows Vista x64 Edition 3 D effects not yet supported m Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition m Windows XP Professional x64 VMware Inc 415 Workstation User s Manual 416 The following Linux 32 bit and 64 bit guest operating systems are supported m Red Hat Linux 8 and 9 m Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server Enterprise Server and Workstation 4 and 5 m Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Ubuntu Linux 6 06 m SUSE Linux 10 m SUSE Linux Enterpris
20. it Italian jp Japanses nl be Dutch Belgium no Norwegian pt Polish uk UK English us US English 343 Workstation User s Manual 344 If the keyboard map file you want to use is in some other location you can set the property RemoteDispLay vnc keyMapFile instead of RemoteDispLay vnc keyMap Set RemoteDispLay vnc keyMapFile to an absolute file path m RemoteDisplay vnc enabled TRUE m RemoteDisplay vnc port lt port number gt where lt port number gt is the port number you want to use 3 Start the virtual machine and connect to it from a VNC client Keyboard Mapping on a Linux Host This section addresses the following issues and provides additional details on keyboard mapping in Linux m Some language specific keyboards do not appear to be supported by Workstation m Some of the keys on the keyboard don t work correctly in the virtual machine m The keyboard works fine when you run a virtual machine locally but not when you run the same virtual machine with a remote X server If your keyboard works correctly with a local X server and you just want the same behavior with a remote X server which is also an XFree86 server running on a PC first power off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window Add the following line to the virtual machine configuration file or to vmware config xkeymap usekeycodeMapIfXFree86 TRUE Make this change on the host machine where you run
21. s Ethernet adapter connected to VMnet1 In the second virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the third virtual machine s Ethernet adapter connected to VMnet2 At this point you should be able to ping the router machine from virtual machines 1 and 2 If the router software is set up correctly you should be able to communicate between the first and second virtual machines Using Virtual Ethernet Adapters in Promiscuous Mode ona Linux Host Workstation does not allow the virtual Ethernet adapter to go into promiscuous mode unless the user running Workstation has permission to make that setting This follows the standard Linux practice that only root can put a network interface into promiscuous mode When you install and configure Workstation you must run the installation as root Workstation creates the VMnet devices with root ownership and root group ownership which means that only root has read and write permissions to the devices VMware Inc 303 Workstation User s Manual To set the virtual machine s Ethernet adapter to promiscuous mode you must launch Workstation as root because you must have read and write access to the VMnet device For example if you are using bridged networking you must have access to dev vmneto To grant selected other users read and write access to the VMnet device you can create anew group add the appropriate users to the group and g
22. s Manual 376 To use virtual hard disks stored on a remote machine 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Options 3 Select General and set the working directory to a directory on your local hard disk 4 Then take a snapshot After you take the snapshot changes you make are stored locally in the working directory Using SCSI Disks Rather Than IDE Disks When you create a virtual disk either by using the New Virtual Machine wizard or by using the Add New Hardware wizard you must choose a disk type which can be either SCSI or IDE Virtual SCSI disks perform better than virtual IDE disks The default disk type selected in the wizard is usually SCSI The default depends on the operating system of the virtual machine however To use a SCSI disk the guest operating system must have a driver for the LSI Logic or BusLogic SCSI adapter available in the virtual machine You choose which SCSI adapter to use at the time you create the virtual machine To use SCSI disks in a 32 bit Windows XP virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver that is not available in the virtual machine It is available from the download section of the VMware Web site at www vmware com download Follow the instructions on the Web site to use the driver with a fresh installation of Windows XP Removing Snapshots If you do not use the snapshot feature run your virtual
23. s power state changes The service starts when the guest operating system boots NOTE The VMware Tools service is not installed on NetWare operating systems Instead the vmwtool program is installed It synchronizes time and allows you to turn the CPU idler on or off See Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System on page 137 A set of VMware device drivers These drivers include SVGA display driver that provides high display resolution and significantly faster overall graphics performance The vmxnet networking driver for some guest operating systems BusLogic SCSI driver for some guest operating systems VMware mouse driver A kernel module for handling shared folders called hgfs sys on Windows and vmhgfs on Linux and Solaris VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools m VMware user process The program file is called VMwareUser exe on Windows guests and vmware user on Linux and Solaris guests This service performs the following tasks within the guest operating system m Enables you to copy and paste text between the guest and host operating systems and copy and paste files between the host operating systems and Windows Linux and Solaris guest operating systems m Enables you to drag and drop files between the host operating systems and Windows Linux and Solaris guest operating systems m On Linux and Solaris guests grabs and releases the m
24. 3 Click the Options tab and select Advanced 4 Inthe Settings section set the Gather debugging information control to the desired mode and click OK These modes were described at the beginning of this section You do not need to restart the virtual machine for the new debugging level to take effect Logging Virtual Machine Progress Periodically For best performance you will usually not run Workstation in full debugging mode Even if you encounter an issue that requires troubleshooting you might not need to enable debugging mode Instead first try the following procedure to increase the amount of logging information collected To log progress periodically 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select Advanced 4 Inthe Settings section select the check box called Log virtual machine progress periodically and click OK Configuring Guest Operating Systems The tips in this section help you make adjustments to improve performance for particular guest operating systems running inside a virtual machine CPU Avoid CD ROM drive polling on older systems Some operating systems including Windows NT and Windows 98 poll the CD ROM drive every second or so to see whether a disk is present This allows them to run autorun programs This polling can cause Workstation
25. Define the string by using one of the following methods m Add the following line to your virtual machine s configuration file machine id W2K VM 148 30 16 24 Open virtual machine using this configuration file m Open the virtual machine from the command line by entering the following on one line C Program Files VMware VMware Workstation vmware s machine id W2K VM 148 30 16 24 C Virtual Machines win2000 win2000 vmx On a Linux host the machine ID passed on the command line takes precedence and is passed to the guest operating system if the following conditions are met m A virtual machine ID is specified in a configuration file m You use that file to open the virtual machine m You also specify a machine ID on the command line Retrieve the string in the virtual machine m Ina Windows guest the command to retrieve the string is VMwareService cmd machine id get Em Ina Linux guest operating system s startup script add the following command before the network startup section For example usr sbin vmware guestd cmd machine id get The location of vmware guestd depends on the directory you specify at the time of installation Further customize this startup script so that it uses the string the service retrieved during startup to set the virtual machine s network name to W2K VM and its IP address to 148 30 16 24 Place this string in the script before the command to start the network services
26. If you enter yes when you receive the following prompt enter editor This is the only way to delete virtual network adapters without removing all of them Would you prefer to modify your existing networking configuration using the wizard or the editor wizard editor help wizard editor After you enter editor you will see a list of virtual networks that have been configured Select the network corresponding to the adapter you want to disable The following virtual networks have been defined vmnet is bridged to eth vmnet1 is a host only network on subnet 172 16 155 0 vmnet8 is NAT network on a private subnet 172 16 107 0 Which virtual network do you wish to configure 0 99 1 If you receive the a prompt similar to the following enter yes The network vmnet1 has been reserved for a host only network You may change it but it is highly recommended that you use it as a host only network Are you sure you want to modify it yes no no yes When you receive the a prompt similar to the following enter none and the virtual network will be removed What type of virtual network do you wish to set vmnet1 bridged hostonly nat none hostonly none VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Advanced Networking Topics This section includes the following networking topics m Selecting IP Addresses on a Host Only Network or NAT Configuration on page 289 Avoiding IP Packet Leakage in a H
27. Installing a Guest Operating System on page 95 Installing a Guest Operating System A new virtual machine is like a physical computer with a blank hard disk Before you can use it you need to partition and format the virtual disk and install an operating system The operating system s installation program might handle the partitioning and formatting steps for you VMware Inc 95 Workstation User s Manual 96 Installing a guest operating system inside your VMware Workstation virtual machine is essentially the same as installing it on a physical computer To install a guest operating system 1 Start VMware Workstation 2 Insert the installation CD ROM or floppy disk for your guest operating system In some host configurations the virtual machine cannot boot from the installation CD ROM You can work around that problem by creating an ISO image file from the installation CD ROM Use the virtual machine settings editor choose VMb gt Settings to connect the virtual machine s CD drive to the ISO image file and power on the virtual machine 3 If the operating system spans several CDs when you are prompted to insert the second CD a Disconnect from the current image by choosing VM gt Removable Devices gt CD ROM gt Disconnect b Edit the CD settings by choosing VM gt Removable Devices gt CD ROM gt Edit c For Use ISO image file click Browse and select the ISO image for the second CD d Inthe Device Status area
28. This step is useful if you want to slow recordings down by large increments such as 10 000 rather than 100 or 200 microseconds 2 Replay a recording as described in To play back a recording on page 242 3 To use keyboard shortcuts to slow down or speed up a recording a Click inside the virtual machine so that keyboard events are grabbed by the virtual machine b Press one or more of the following keys to control the speed of replay m Down arrow Slows down replay by 10 microseconds m Left arrow Slows down replay by 100 microseconds m Uparrow Accelerates replay by 10 microseconds if it was previously slowed down m Right arrow Accelerates replay by 100 microseconds if it was previously slowed down Press the key repeatedly to slow down or speed up replay even further in 10 or 100 microsecond increments depending on the key NOTE Keep in mind that the fastest speed for replay is real time If you press the right arrow key when the recording is slowed down by only 10 microseconds then it will speed up by only 10 microseconds VMware Inc 243 Workstation User s Manual To create an execution trace file of a recording 1 Start playback of a recording as described in To play back a recording on page 242 To make an execution trace file of the recording which records the events that occurred during recording click inside the virtual machine so that keyboard events are grabbed by th
29. Workstation User s Manual To enable write caching on a Windows XP host 1 On the host computer s desktop open My Computer 2 Right click the hard disk and choose Properties from the menu that appears 3 On the Hardware tab select the hard drive and click the Properties button 4 On the Policies tab select Enable write caching on the disk and optionally select Optimize for performance 5 Click OK A WARNING Power outage or equipment failure can result in data loss or corruption with this option enabled Networking If your system has multiple physical network interface cards NICs either built in or in PCI slots to make sure that you are using the intended NIC try disabling the other NICs Increasing NIC Interrupt Coalescing Increasing host NIC interrupt coalescing can improve performance for workloads involving heavy network traffic into the guest Interrupt coalescing is a feature implemented in hardware under driver control on high performance NICs Interrupt coalescing allows the operating system kernel to be notified of the reception of a group of network frames through a single hardware interrupt Configuring VMware Workstation and Virtual Machines 370 This section offers advice and information about factors that can affect the performance of Workstation and virtual machines It lists configuration settings you make by using Workstation rather than by using operating system tools in the host or guest
30. back up the data Windows only If you use a Windows host s IDE disk in a physical disk configuration make sure it is not configured as the slave on the secondary IDE channel if the master on that channel is a CD ROM drive Windows only If your host is running Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 do not use a dynamic disk as a physical disk inside a virtual machine You can use the disk management tool to check the type of disk used and if it is a dynamic disk change it to a basic disk which destroys all data as follows a Open the disk management tool by choosing Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Disk Management b Delete all logical volumes on the disk This destroys all data on the disk c Right click the disk icon and select Revert to Basic Disk d Create the partitions you want on the disk Windows only Make sure the partition you want to use is unmapped in the host as follows m Windows NT host Use the Disk Administrator Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools Highlight the partition on which you plan to install the guest operating system and choose Tools gt Assign Drive Letter In the dialog box choose Do not assign a drive letter for the partition and click OK The unmapping happens immediately m Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 host Use Disk Management Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Manag
31. choose Edit gt Preferences and see the setting for Default hardware compatibility Specify whether you want to create an IDE or a SCSI virtual disk regardless of the default that is usually used for the guest operating system In order to find out what type of virtual disk would be created by default for a particular operating system select the Custom option and click Next through the wizard pages select the desired guest operating system and then continue through the wizard until you get to the page called Select a Disk Type The default is already selected Use a physical disk rather than a virtual disk for expert users This topic is discussed in Virtual Disks and Physical Disks on page 92 Use an existing virtual disk rather than create a new virtual disk This topic is discussed in Virtual Disks and Physical Disks on page 92 Set memory options that are different from the defaults VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine m Assign more than one virtual processor to the virtual machine This topic is discussed in Number of Processors on page 90 m Create a virtual machine for end users This topic is discussed in Using Full Screen Switch Mode on page 393 Guest Operating System Selection The wizard prompts you to specify which type of operating system you plan to install in the guest Examples include Windows 2000 Professional Red Hat Linux 4 and Ubuntu 64 bit Workstation uses t
32. easy creation of a virtual machine configuration It creates files that define the virtual machine including a virtual machine configuration file and optionally a virtual disk or physical disk file See also virtual machine settings editor NIC network interface card An expansion board that provides a dedicated connection between a computer and a network Also called a network adapter nonpersistent mode A disk mode in which all disk writes issued by software running inside a virtual machine appear to be written to the independent disk but are in fact discarded after the virtual machine is powered off As a result a virtual disk or physical disk in independent nonpersistent mode is not modified by activity in the virtual machine See also disk mode persistent mode P parent The source or original virtual machine from which you take a snapshot or make a clone A full clone has no continued link to its parent but a linked clone and a snapshot each depend on the parent in an ongoing manner If you delete the parent virtual machine any linked clone or snapshot becomes permanently disabled To prevent deletion you can create a template virtual machine See also full clone linked clone snapshot template persistent mode A disk mode in which all disk writes issued by software running inside a virtual machine are immediately and permanently written to a virtual disk that has been configured as an independent disk As a result
33. host operating system An operating system that runs on the host machine See also guest operating system independent disk A type of virtual disk that is not affected by snapshots You can configure independent disks in persistent and nonpersistent modes See also nonpersistent mode persistent mode snapshot LAN segment A private virtual network that is available only to virtual machines within the same team See also virtual network team linked clone A copy of the original virtual machine that shares the virtual disks with the original virtual machine in an ongoing manner See also full clone lockout See administrative lockout network address translation NAT A type of network connection that allows you to connect your virtual machines to an external network when you have only one IP network address and that address is used by the host computer If you use NAT your virtual machine does not have its own IP address on the external network Instead a separate private network is VMware Inc 443 Workstation User s Manual set up on the host computer Your virtual machine gets an address on that network from the VMware virtual DHCP server The VMware NAT device passes network data between one or more virtual machines and the external network It identifies incoming data packets intended for each virtual machine and sends them to the correct destination New Virtual Machine wizard A point and click interface for convenient
34. if you configure a virtual machine s power controls to use the guest or soft power options one or more default scripts run on the guest whenever you change the power state of the virtual machine You change the power state either by using menu commands or by clicking the Suspend Resume Power On and Power Off buttons What the default scripts do depends in part on the guest operating system m On Microsoft Windows guests the default script executed when you suspend a virtual machine releases the IP address of the virtual machine The default script executed when you resume a virtual machine renews the IP address of the virtual machine this affects only virtual machines configured to use DHCP In Windows guests the default scripts are located in the Program Files VMware VMware Tools folder m OnUNIX guests the default script executed when you suspend a virtual machine stops networking for the virtual machine while the default script executed when you resume a virtual machine starts networking for the virtual machine On UNIX the default scripts are located in the etc vmware tool1s directory You can however create your own scripts and use them instead of the default scripts Scripts are run by the VMware Tools daemon VMwareService exe on Windows and vmware guestd on UNIX and Windows Vista Because vmware guestd is run as root on UNIX and as System on Windows Vista the scripts are run in a separate sessio
35. name and password just as you would on a physical computer NOTE On Windows hosts if your Windows guest operating system prompts you to press Ctrl Alt Del before logging in you might need to press Ctrl Alt Ins instead You need to use Ctrl Altt Ins if the virtual machine is not using the enhanced virtual keyboard See Enhanced Virtual Keyboard for Windows Hosts on page 341 To start a virtual machine from the command line 1 Use the appropriate platform specific instructions for starting the virtual machine m Startup Options for Workstation and Virtual Machines on page 403 m Using Startup Options in a Windows Shortcut on page 405 To operate the virtual machine by using a command line program use the instructions in Command Line Application for Operating Virtual Machines on page 405 To open the console for a virtual machine that is running in the background 1 2 VMware Inc Click the power status icon in the notification area of the host s taskbar Click the tooltip that appears to display a list of the virtual machines List of powered on virtual Team QA Ms machines Windows XP Professional Wks 6 Power status icon This list contains the virtual machines and teams that belong to the logged in user NOTE If you do not see a powered on icon in the system tray make sure that you have set the preference to show it From the Workstation menu bar choos
36. select the Connected check box and click OK e Inthe guest operating system click OK or otherwise respond to the prompt so that installation can continue Repeat this process for additional CDs 4 Click the Power On button to power on your virtual machine 5 Follow the instructions provided by the operating system vendor The next section provides notes on installing a Windows XP guest operating system The screen shots illustrate the process on a Windows host The steps are the same ona Linux host For information on installing other guest operating systems see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu NOTE Workstation supports 64 bit guest operating systems only in Workstation versions 5 5 and later and only on host machines with supported processors For the list of processors Workstation supports for 64 bit guest operating systems see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Example Installing Windows XP as a Guest Operating System You can install Windows XP Home Edition or Windows XP Professional in a virtual machine using the full installation CD Before installing the operating system make sure that you have already created a new virtual machine and configured it using the New Virtual Machine wizard See Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 NOTE To use SCSI di
37. t Run 166 Running Virtual Machines from Within an IDE 167 Displaying the Virtual Machine as an Appliance 168 Transferring Files and Text Between the Host and Guest 169 Using Drag and Drop 169 Using Copy and Paste 170 Using Shared Folders 171 Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only 178 Using Devices in a Virtual Machine 179 Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine 179 Connecting and Disconnecting Removable Devices 180 Creating a Screen Shot of a Virtual Machine 181 Creating a Movie of a Virtual Machine 181 Using a VNC Client for Remote Connections to a Virtual Machine 182 About VNC Port Numbers 183 Ensuring Proper Display on the Client 183 8 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines 185 VMware Inc Virtual Machine Identifier UUID 185 UUID Options When You Move a Virtual Machine 186 Specifying a UUID for a Virtual Machine 187 Moving a Virtual Machine 188 Hosts with Different Hardware 188 Moving a Virtual Machine to a New Host or on the Same Host 189 Moving an Older Virtual Machine 191 Moving Linked Clones 191 Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users 191 Workstation User s Manual Sharing Virtual Machines with VMware Player 192 Running VMware Player 192 Setting Up Virtual Machines for Use with VMware Player 193 9 Using Disks 195 Overview of Disk Storage in a Virtual Machine 195 Virtual Disks 196 Physical Disks 198 Maintenance Tasks for Virtual Disks 199 Defragmenting Virtual Disks 199 Shrinking Virtual Disks 20
38. the virtual machine has a SCSI adapter and generic SCSI device but Workstation does not recognize the device when the virtual machine is powered on Look for a line in the configuration file that looks like scsiZ Y fileName lt deviceName gt Change the line to scsiZ Y fileName scsiX Y Define X Y and Z as follows m Xis the SCSI bus the device uses on the host system m Yis the target ID the device uses in the virtual machine and on the host Use the same target ID in the virtual machine that the host already uses for the device to allow the device to work correctly m Zis the SCSI bus the device uses in the virtual machine For example if the problematic device is a CD ROM drive the entry in the configuration file might be scsi0 4 fileName CdRom0 If the device on the host is located on bus 2 with target ID 4 change this line to scsi0 4 fileName scsi2 4 The target ID the device uses in the virtual machine must be the same as the target ID the device uses on the host system NOTE The SCSI bus is assigned a number by the host operating system after all IDE buses have been assigned numbers For example if you have two IDE buses they are numbered 0 and 1 The first SCSI bus is assigned bus number 2 In the example above you use 2 for X If you cannot determine the SCSI bus number try using a third party tool like winobj which you can download for free from www sysinternals com to determine this
39. tips on finding the keysyms and v scan codes for your keyboard Compiling a complete keysym mapping is difficult It is best to start with an existing table and make small changes V Scan Code Table Table 15 1 shows the v scan codes for the 104 key U S keyboard VMware Inc 347 Workstation User s Manual Table 15 1 V Scan Codes for the 104 Key U S Keyboard Symbol Shifted Symbol Location V Scan Code Esc 0x001 m 0x002 0x003 0x004 0x005 0x006 0x007 amp 0x008 i 0x009 0x00a Oo oO oO N a ol A e gt N gt 0x00b 0x00c 0x00d I TE Backspace 0x00e Tab 0x00f 0x010 0x011 0x012 0x013 0x014 0x015 CKA wj O 0x016 0x017 0x018 I O 0x019 0x0la Ox01b Enter Ox01c Ctrl left 0x01d 348 VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Table 15 1 V Scan Codes for the 104 Key U S Keyboard Continued Symbol Shifted Symbol Location V Scan Code Ox0le 0x01f 0x020 0x021 0x022 0x023 0x024 0x025 HIR Ee oO Oo ey gt 0x026 j 0x027 0x028 0x029 left 0x02a 0x02b 0x02c 0x02d 0x02e 0x02f 0x030 0x031 0x032 J ZJZ lt OJIN zZ lt 0x033 gt 0x034 7 0x035 Shift right 0x036 numeric pad 0x037 Alt
40. use in your work or in a production environment you will want gain a deeper understanding of all the options available This detailed information is provided in Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 87 If you have an installation CD for a particular operating system use the following procedure For simplicity it s recommended that you use a Windows installation CD Most Windows operating systems fit on one CD ROM whereas Linux requires multiple CDs To create a virtual machine and install the guest operating system 1 Start VMware Workstation For instructions see Starting Workstation on page 64 2 Choose File gt New gt Virtual Machine to start the New Virtual Machine wizard and click Next 3 In the Select the Appropriate Configuration page select Typical and click Next 4 On the Select a Guest Operating System page select the operating system including the version that you intend to install in the new virtual machine and click Next 5 Complete the rest of the wizard pages as follows m Name the Virtual Machine page Click Next to accept the default m Network Type page Select NAT and click Next For Windows guests it is recommended that you use NAT until you install security software such as antivirus software m Specify Disk Capacity page Click Finish m Virtual machine created successfully Click Close The virtual machine is created and its name is added to the Favorites list
41. 235 Workstation User s Manual 236 To disable snapshots 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click the Options tab and select Snapshot Replay In the General section select Disable Snapshots and click OK If this check box is unavailable it means that snapshots have already been created and need to be deleted as described in Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager on page 231 Snapshot Options When You Power Off a Virtual Machine You can set a virtual machine to automatically revert to a snapshot or to take a new snapshot whenever you power off the virtual machine Options when powering off include Just power off Powers off without making any changes to snapshots Revert to snapshot Reverts to the parent snapshot of the virtual machine s current state that is the parent snapshot of the You Are Here position in the Snapshot Manager window so the virtual machine always starts in the state it was in when the parent snapshot was taken Reverting to the snapshot discards changes For example an instructor might need to discard student answers for a computer lesson when a virtual machine is powered off at the end of class Take a new snapshot Takes a new snapshot of the virtual machine state after it is powered off This is useful to preserve milesto
42. 308 To configure NAT on a Windows host 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Use the controls on the NAT tab to configure NAT m Stop and start the virtual NAT device by clicking the appropriate buttons m To edit NAT settings for a virtual network choose the VMnet network from the drop down menu and click Edit The NAT Settings dialog box appears NAT Settings x m Settings VMnet host VMnet8 Gateway IP address 168 110 2 Netmask UDP timeout 30 seconds Contig port Port Forwarding V Active FTP DNS I Allow any OUI M Netbios NBNS timeout j2 aj seconds NBNS tetries E aj NBDS timeout 3 4 seconds Cancel Help VMware Inc 307 Workstation User s Manual 308 3 Click the appropriate button to set up or change port forwarding or to specify DNS servers the virtual NAT device should use 4 Click OK to close the virtual network editor Custom NAT and DHCP Configuration on a Windows Host If you are an advanced user on a Windows host computer you can make custom configuration settings by editing the NAT and DHCP configuration files If your host operating system is installed on the C drive the configuration files for NAT and DHCP are in the following locations m NAT C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware vmnetnat conf For more information about this file see Contents of the NAT Configur
43. 4 Doone of the following m Fora DVD or CD ROM select Use ISO Image and enter the path name and filename or browse to the file m Fora floppy drive m Ifthe file already exists select Use floppy Image and enter the pathname and filename or browse to the file m Ifyou want to create a new image file click Create Browse to the directory where you want to store the floppy image file supply a filename and click Save on Windows hosts or Open on Linux hosts If you want to make the file read only select the Read Only check box 5 Click OK Using VMware Virtual Disk Manager 214 VMware Virtual Disk Manager is a Workstation utility that allows you to create manage and modify virtual disk files from the command line or within scripts One key feature is the ability to enlarge a virtual disk so its maximum capacity is larger than it was when you created it If you need more disk space in a given virtual machine but do not want to add another virtual disk or use ghosting software to transfer the data on a virtual disk to a larger virtual disk you can instead change the maximum size of the virtual disk You cannot do this with physical hard drives NOTE To expand the size of a virtual disk purchase additional software from another vendor so that you can make the changes required for your virtual machine to access the additional disk space Virtual Disk Manager can enlarge the disk but does not modify its contents so the pa
44. 5 Install guest operating systems in each of the virtual machines 6 Install the router software either on the host computer or in the third virtual machine depending on the approach you are using 302 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network 7 Configure networking in the first two virtual machines to use addresses on the appropriate host only network m On Windows hosts open a command prompt and run ipconfig all to see which IP addresses each host only network is using m On Linux hosts open a terminal and run ifconfig to see which IP addresses each host only network is using 8 Assign IP addresses by doing one of the following m If you are running the router on the host computer assign default router addresses based on the addresses of the host only adapters on the host computer In the first virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the host only adapter connected to VMnetl In the second virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the host only adapter connected to VMnet2 m Ifyou are running the router software in a third virtual machine set the default router addresses in the first two virtual machines based on those used by the third virtual machine In the first virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the third virtual machine
45. Addresses Each network client must have an IP address for TCP IP networking Unlike host only and NAT networking LAN segments have no DHCP server provided automatically by Workstation Therefore you must manually configure IP addressing for team virtual machines on a LAN segment There are two choices m DHCP Configure a DHCP server on your LAN segment to allocate IP addresses to your virtual machines m Static IP Configure a fixed IP address for each virtual machine on the LAN segment When you add an existing virtual machine to a team the virtual machine might be configured to expect an IP address from a DHCP server A DHCP server is not automatically provided for a virtual LAN segment You must provide a DHCP server on the LAN segment or reconfigure the virtual machine to use a static IP address See Configuring a Virtual Network on page 271 Creating a Team LAN Segment The first step to creating a virtual network for a team is to add and name a LAN segment You can then configure connections to this segment To create a virtual network for a team 1 Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Add gt LAN Segment 3 Enter a name for the private network and click OK You can configure the other settings in this dialog box later as described in Configuring LAN Segments on page 267 The LAN segment is added to the team Now that the LAN segment is crea
46. C or D for example must be must be mounted and prepared separately To mount a volume see Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 Or use the VMware DiskMount Utility available as a free download from the VMware Web site Go to www vmware com download diskmount html The VMware DiskMount user s manual is available from the VMware Web site at VMware Inc 217 Workstation User s Manual 218 www vmware com pdf VMwareDiskMount pdf It contains instructions on mounting and unmounting virtual disk volumes with DiskMount 2 Use the Virtual Disk Manager to prepare the volume for shrinking as described in the example in Preparing a Virtual Disk for Shrinking on page 219 3 Disconnect unmount the volume either by using the procedure described in Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 or by using VMware DiskMount 4 Repeat the mounting preparing and unmounting process for each volume of the virtual disk 5 Use the Virtual Disk Manager to shrink the virtual disk as described in the example in Shrinking a Virtual Disk on page 220 Examples Using the VMware Virtual Disk Manager The following examples illustrate how to use the command line version of Creating a Virtual Disk on page 218 Converting a Virtual Disk on page 218 Increasing the Size of an Existing Virtual Disk on page 219 Defragmenting a Virtual Disk on page 219 Preparing a Virtual Disk for Shrin
47. Color Depth 319 Changing Screen Color Depth on the Host 320 Changing Screen Color Depth in the Virtual Machine 320 Experimental Support for Direct3D 320 Audience for Direct3D Experimental Support 321 Accelerated 3 D Limitations 321 Enabling Accelerated 3 D 321 Known Issues 324 Helping VMware with Experimental Support 324 Configuring Sound 325 Installing Sound Drivers in Windows 9x and NT Guests 325 15 Connecting Devices 327 Using Parallel Ports 327 Installation in Guest Operating Systems 327 Configuring a Parallel Port on a Linux Host 328 Special Notes for the Iomega Zip Drive 332 Using Serial Ports 333 Using a Serial Port or a File on the Host Computer 333 Connecting an Application on the Host to a Virtual Machine 334 Connecting Two Virtual Machines 335 Configuration Options for Advanced Users 338 Examples Debugging over a Virtual Serial Port 339 Configuring Keyboard Features 341 Enhanced Virtual Keyboard for Windows Hosts 341 Hot Keys 342 Specifying a Language Keymap for VNC Clients 343 Keyboard Mapping on a Linux Host 344 Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine 351 Enabling and Disabling the USB 2 0 Controller 352 Connecting USB Devices 353 Using USB with a Windows Host 354 Replacing USB 2 0 Drivers on a Windows 2000 Host 354 Using USB with a Linux Host 355 How Device Control Is Shared Between Host and Guest 355 Disconnecting USB Devices from a Virtual Machine 356 Human Interface Devices 357 Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device 35
48. Enterprise Linux 5 0 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP4 Beta openSUSE 10 2 formerly known as SUSE Linux 10 2 Solaris 10 Update 3 Novell Netware 6 5 SP5 Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Ubuntu Linux 7 04 Beta Mandriva Linux 2007 Mandriva Corporate Desktop 4 0 The following 64 bit guests are supported Windows Vista Enterprise 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Vista Business 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Vista Ultimate 3 D effects not yet supported VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 5 Beta Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 0 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP4 Beta openSUSE 10 2 formerly known as SUSE Linux 10 2 Solaris x86 10 Update 3 Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Ubuntu Linux 7 04 Beta Mandriva Linux 2007 Mandriva Corporate Desktop 4 0 Improved 64 Bit Guest Support 64 bit guest operating systems that run on Intel EM64T VT capable processors are fully supported Appliance View for Virtual Appliances If you set up a virtual machine to act as an appliance such as a Web server with a browser based interface specify the default view as the new appliance view rather than the operating system console The appliance view gives you a brief description of the type of server or appliance and provides a link that opens a browser on the host system and connects to appliance s management console
49. Floppy Drives 36 Serial COM Ports 36 Parallel LPT Ports 37 USB ports 37 Keyboard 37 Mouse and Drawing Tablets 37 Ethernet Card 37 Sound 37 Virtual Networking 38 Supported Guest Operating Systems 38 Microsoft Windows 32 Bit 38 Microsoft Windows 64 Bit 39 Microsoft MS DOS 39 Linux 32 Bit 39 Linux 64 Bit 39 Novell NetWare 32 Bit 40 Novell Open Enterprise Server 32 Bit 40 FreeBSD 32 Bit 40 FreeBSD 64 Bit 40 Sun Solaris 32 Bit 40 Sun Solaris 64 Bit 40 Support for 64 Bit Guest Operating Systems 41 2 Installing VMware Workstation 43 Installation Prerequisites 43 Sharing a Workstation Host with Other VMware Products 44 4 VMware Inc Contents Installing Workstation on a Windows Host 44 Installing Workstation Silently 47 Uninstalling Workstation on a Windows Host 49 Installing Workstation on a Linux Host 49 Configuring Workstation with vmware config pl 51 Uninstalling Workstation on a Linux Host 53 Where to Go Next 53 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation 55 Preparing for the Upgrade 55 Removing Snapshots and Shutting Down Suspended Virtual Machines 55 Backing Up Virtual Machines 56 Removing Workstation 2 or 3 to Install Workstation 6 56 Upgrading on a Windows Host 57 Upgrading to a Windows Vista Host 57 Upgrading on a Linux Host 58 Using Workstation 4 or 5 Virtual Machines in Workstation 6 59 Using an Older Version Virtual Machine Without Upgrading 59 Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine 59 4 Learning Workstation Ba
50. Fora Linux host In the Path field enter tmp lt socket gt or another UNIX socket name of your choice The pipe name must be the same on both server and client Select This end is the client Select The other end is a virtual machine Make sure the Connect at power on check box is selected if desired Click Finish to return to the Hardware tab of the virtual machine settings editor Windows hosts only On the Hardware tab to configure this serial port to use polled mode select Yield CPU on poll This option is of interest to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 338 Power on the virtual machine 337 Workstation User s Manual 338 Configuration Options for Advanced Users Two special configuration options are available for serial connections between a virtual machine and the host or between two virtual machines m Yielding CPU on Poll to Improve Performance When Debugging Windows Hosts Only on page 338 m Changing the Input Speed of the Serial Connection on page 338 These options are of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection Yielding CPU on Poll to Improve Performance When Debugging Windows Hosts Only This option is useful when the serial port is being used by the guest operating system in polled mode as op
51. Hat 3 Power On Ctr B 2 Team QA VMs eas eile amp Piss ce kanki Shut Down Guest Ctrl e Suspended icon u Suspend Ctrl 2 8 9 Mixed version team Reset ctrleR E Red Hat Linux a tas Powered On icon G Windows vMs UES SHEET EB Windows 2000 Professio Revert to Snapshot E vista vM Snapshot Manager Workstation 4 E Windows xP Professiona orksta tor 2 windows XP Professional 2 Clone virtual machine 2 Clone of Vista M 3 Capture Screen Capture Movie Install Mware Tools Upgr Reconfigure e or Ghange Rename 4 Remove from Favorites Delete From Disk The Favorites list provides the following benefits Message Log m Fast access Quickly access frequently used items With your virtual machines and teams on the Favorites list you can open them without browsing the host file system Also like browser bookmarks Favorites list icons can be organized in folders added rearranged or deleted m Status Different icons indicate the status of virtual machines and teams A Favorites list icon indicates whether the team or virtual machine is powered off powered on or suspended A brown rather than blue virtual machine icon indicates that the virtual machine is a Workstation 4 virtual machine m Right click commands Right click on a Favorites icon to display a menu of 74 commands you can use for that virtual machine or team You can click elsewhere in the Favorites l
52. If you re using a Windows 2000 guest operating system for example you can call the NetShell utility netsh and pass it the contents of the string which then uses the string accordingly That is it can set a new IP address for the virtual machine if that is what was passed in the string originally 143 Workstation User s Manual NOTE To prevent a string from being passed from the host to the guest through the service Set the following line in your virtual machine s configuration file isolation tools getMachineID disable TRUE Passing Information Between the Guest and Another Program The VMware Tools service allows you to use VMware programmatic interfaces to manage virtual machines from your own independent programs and from existing frameworks developed by partners and third parties For more information about the VMware Infrastructure SDK go to www vmware com support developer Using the VMware Tools Command Line Interface The VMware Tools command line interface enables you to m Configure time synchronization in your Linux guest operating system without having to run X m Use some special time synchronization options without having to first power off the virtual machine and edit its configuration vmx file m Configure VMware Tools options from the command line rather than from the VMware Toolbox graphical user interface A description of each option is provided in Options for the VMware Tools cm
53. If you VU reassign a physical Ethernet adapter to a different virtual network any virtual machine using the original network loses its network connectivity through that network You must then change the setting for each affected virtual machine s network adapter individually This can be especially troublesome if your host has only one physical Ethernet adapter and you reassign it to a VMnet other than VMnet0 In this case even though the VMnet still appears to be bridged to an automatically chosen adapter the only adapter it can use has been assigned to another VMnet 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor 284 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network To make changes to the subnet or the DHCP settings for a virtual network 1 2 4 VMware Inc From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings Click the Host Virtual Network Mapping tab Click the button on the right that corresponds to the virtual network you want to configure irtual Network Editor j x Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT I Use this page to associate individual virtual networks to specific physical and virtual network f adapters as well as change their settings VMnett HP VMware Network AdapterVMnetl 0 Subnet VMnet2 Notbided i i s s CCsSY Z a VMnet3 Notbided lt lt sis
54. Inc As root su run the Workstation configuration program usr bin vmware config pl When you see the following prompt enter yes Do you want to be able to use host only networking in your virtual machines The wizard reports on host only networks that you have already set up on the host or if none is present configures the first host only network When you see the following prompt enter yes Do you wish to configure another host only network Repeat this step until you have as many host only networks as you want and then enter no Complete the remaining steps in the wizard When it is finished it restarts all services used by Workstation Run ifconfig At least four network interfaces appear eth0 lo vmnet1 and vmnet2 If the VMnet interfaces do not show up immediately wait for a minute and run the command again These four interfaces should have different IP addresses on separate subnets 299 Workstation User s Manual Configuring the Virtual Machines Now you have two host only interfaces VMnet1 and VMnet2 You are ready to set up your virtual machines for one of the following configurations Configuration 1 The virtual machine is configured with one virtual Ethernet adapter and that virtual adapter is connected to the default host only interface VMnet 1 To use this configuration see To use configuration 1 or 2 on page 300 Configuration 2 The virtual machine is configured with one
55. Manual For information about installing VMware Tools see the appropriate section Installing VMware Tools on a Windows Guest on page 116 Installing VMware Tools on a Linux Guest on page 123 Installing VMware Tools in a Solaris Guest on page 127 Installing VMware Tools in a FreeBSD Guest on page 128 Installing VMware Tools in a NetWare Virtual Machine on page 130 Upgrading VMware Tools Because VMware Tools installers ISO images are installed with VMware Workstation when you update to a new version of Workstation a check is performed to find out whether a new version of VMware Tools is available Although you can set Workstation to check regularly for Workstation updates the guest operating system checks for VMware Tools updates only when you power on a virtual machine It compares its version of VMware Tools against the version that is installed on the host With regards to VMware Tools updates you have the following options m On Windows and Linux guest systems you can set VMware Tools to update itself when the virtual machine is powered on In this case the status bar displays the message Installing VMware Tools when an upgrade is in progress After the upgrade is complete if you are logged in to a Windows guest a restart prompt appears for 30 seconds If you are not logged in the operating system restarts without prompting Automatic upgrades work for versions of VMware Tools include
56. Performance The Performance console opens 2 Click the plus sign on the toolbar The Add Counters dialog box appears 3 From the Performance object list select VMware 386 VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning 4 Specify whether to add all counters or select specific counters from the list If you select Select counters from the list also click Add to display the information in the Performance console NOTE For a brief description of each counter click Explain When you select a counter from the list a description appears below the Add Counters dialog box 5 Specify whether to view information for all virtual machines or specific ones For specific virtual machines select Select instances from list and choose the virtual machines you want The names shown in the list correspond to the display names of running virtual machines For more information about using the Performance console from the Performance console menu bar choose Action gt Help or go to the Microsoft Web site VMware Inc 387 Workstation User s Manual 388 VMware Inc Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts This chapter describes how to use configuration options for such things as restricting the operations a user can perform with a virtual machine or simplifying the user interface for inexperienced users In a classroom for example you can ensure that virtual machine configurations remain consistent from one cl
57. Resume Power On Power Off and Reset buttons m To disable a script select a script event and clear the Use Script check box Default scripts for suspending and resuming are written to work together If you disable the script of one of these actions disable the script for the other action as well m Tousea script that you create select a script event select the Use Script check box select Custom script and use the Browse button to point to the script you want to use You can also use the Edit button to edit a custom script For information about creating the script see Using Custom Scripts When the Power State Changes on page 139 NOTE On UNIX guests to edit scripts from the Scripts tab xterm and vi must be installed in the guest operating system and must be in your PATH You must be a root user to edit the script You can also edit scripts manually using any text editor VMware Inc 135 Workstation User s Manual m Torun a script immediately select the script event you want and click Run Now You might notice that you can successfully run a script by clicking the Run Now button in the VMware Tools control panel but that this same script fails when run as part of a Workstation power operation This is because scripts run by clicking Run Now are run as the logged in user and have a different working directory than when scripts are run by vmware guestd Table 6 2 VMware Tools Scripts Script Name powerof
58. Select a snapshot from the drop down menu and click Next The wizard does not allow you to clone from the current state when the virtual machine has template mode enabled Name the linked clone and click Finish Workstation creates the linked clone and displays a status page Click Done to exit the wizard 251 Workstation User s Manual 252 VMware Inc Configuring Teams This chapter describes what virtual machine teams are used for how to create them and how to configure them This chapter includes the following topics Benefits of Using Teams on page 253 Creating a Team on page 255 Opening and Closing a Team on page 256 Changing the Name of a Team on page 257 Deleting a Team on page 257 m m m m m m Viewing Teams and Their Virtual Machines on page 258 m Adding and Removing Team Virtual Machines on page 260 m Setting the Startup Sequence for a Team on page 261 m Starting and Stopping Teams on page 262 m Working with Team Networks on page 264 7 Cloning and Taking Snapshots of Team Members on page 269 Benefits of Using Teams Workstation teams allow you to set up a virtual computer lab on one host computer Teams enable you to power on multiple associated virtual machines with a single click Team settings control the startup order and timing for team virtual machines You can set up specific delays between booting virtual machines so the host
59. Shut Down and click OK After the guest operating system shuts down click Power Off to turn off the virtual machine NOTE Alternatively you can configure the Power Off button to shut down the guest operating system before powering off the virtual machine See Powering Off Versus Shutting Down and Resetting Versus Restarting on page 152 You are not required to shut down the guest before exiting Workstation If you want to exit Workstation but leave the virtual machine running in the background rather than shutting it down see Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation on page 84 Powering Off Versus Shutting Down and Resetting Versus Restarting You can configure the Power Off button to turn off a virtual machine or team in either of two ways Set the Power Off button to work the same way a power switch works on a power supply The virtual machine is abruptly powered off with no consideration for work in progress A WARNING Ifa virtual machine is writing to disk when it receives a Power Off command data corruption might occur 152 Set the Power Off button to send a shut down signal to the guest operating system An operating system that recognizes this signal shuts down gracefully To use this Shutdown Guest option make sure VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system The VMware Tools service then issues a shutdown command and runs a script to shut down cleanly VMware Inc Chap
60. Teams on page 262 m Resume See Using the Suspend and Resume Features on page 223 Reset Resets a virtual machine or team like the reset button on a physical PC See Powering Off Versus Shutting Down and Resetting Versus Restarting on page 152 Snapshot toolbar Take Snapshot Allows you to save the state of a virtual machine in the same manner you might save a word processing document You can come back to that state if you make a mistake by using the Revert button See Using Snapshots on page 225 Revert Allows you to return a virtual machine to the parent state a state previously preserved by taking a snapshot See Using Snapshots on page 225 Manage Snapshots Opens the snapshot manager where you can view the virtual machine s existing snapshots revert to a snapshot take a new snapshot and make a clone from a snapshot See Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager on page 231 VMware Inc VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics View toolbar Show or Hide Sidebar Toggles between showing and hiding the sidebar See Sidebar on page 73 Quick Switch Enlarges the Workstation console to cover the entire host monitor Console tabs are visible allowing you to switch between your virtual machines and teams with a single click See Using Quick Switch Mode on page 157 Full Screen Enlarges the virtual machine display to cover the entire host
61. VMware Workstation the first time When you upgrade your version of Workstation When you upgrade your host operating system kernel It is not necessary to reinstall Workstation after you upgrade your kernel To reconfigure the networking options for Workstation for example to add or remove host only networking Location of vmware config pl The installer places vmware config pl in usr bin If usr bin is not in your default path run the program with the following command usr bin vmware config plL VMware Inc 51 Workstation User s Manual Running vmware config pl After you run the installer to perform a fresh installation or an upgrade you need to run vmware config pl If you have not already done so open a terminal window and become root before performing the following procedure To use vmware config pl 1 Use the following command to start the program if necessary vmware config pL 2 Respond to the prompts In most cases the default response is appropriate Take the following considerations into account m Ifyou do not enable host only networking when you install Workstation you cannot allow a virtual machine to use both bridged and host only networking m Ifyou have Eclipse installed and want to install Workstation s Integrated Virtual Debugger for Eclipse enter Yes when prompted The default is No m Ifyou want to install the Integrated Virtual Debugger for Eclipse when you are prompted
62. a virtual disk or physical disk in independent persistent mode behaves like a conventional disk drive on a physical computer See also disk mode nonpersistent mode physical disk A hard disk in a virtual machine that is mapped to a physical disk drive or a partition of a drive on the host machine A physical disk is also referred to as a raw disk A virtual machine s disk can be stored as a file on the host file system or on a 444 VMware Inc Glossary local hard disk When a virtual machine is configured to use a physical disk VMware Workstation directly accesses the local disk or partition as a physical device not as a file on a file system It is possible to boot a previously installed operating system on an existing partition within a virtual machine environment The only limitation is that the existing partition must reside on a local IDE or SCSI drive See also virtual disk Q quick switch mode A display mode in which the virtual machine s display fills most of the screen In this mode tabs at the top of the screen allow you to switch quickly from one running virtual machine to another See also full screen mode R raw disk See physical disk record replay feature This feature lets you record all of a Workstation 5 or 6 virtual machine s activity over a period of time Unlike Workstation s movie capture feature the record replay feature lets you exactly duplicate the operations and state of the virtual machine th
63. additional virtual bridges for custom configurations that require connections to more than one physical Ethernet adapter on the host computer Linux and Windows hosts can use bridged networking to connect to both wired and wireless networks Requirements for IP Addresses If you use bridged networking your virtual machine must have its own identity on the network For example on a TCP IP network the virtual machine needs its own IP address Your network administrator can tell you whether IP addresses are available for your virtual machine and which networking settings you should use in the guest operating system Generally your guest operating system can acquire an IP address and other network details automatically from a DHCP server or you might need to set the IP address and other details manually in the guest operating system If you use bridged networking the virtual machine is a full participant in the network It has access to other machines on the network and can be contacted by other machines on the network as if it were a physical computer on the network Be aware that if the host computer is set up to boot multiple operating systems and you run one or more of them in virtual machines you need to configure each operating system with a unique network address People who boot multiple operating systems often assign all systems the same address since they assume only one operating system will be running at a time If you use one or mor
64. an application with or without debugging in a virtual machine you can specify the following settings in the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger configuration pages m The command to be executed by Visual Studio in the guest operating system m The name of the virtual machine vmx configuration file m Whether to run the command as a shared path on the host or as a guest path m The location of the Remote Debug Monitor on the host m The name of the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest You can specify the following additional settings when you start debugging an application in a virtual machine but not when you start an application without debugging m Optional The location of folders to be shared between the host and the guest m Optional Actions to perform before starting an application in a virtual machine including VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger m Copying files or folders from the host to the virtual machine m Reverting the virtual machine to the parent snapshot m Running specified pre execution commands on the guest For example if you must register new DLLs in the virtual machine each time the program is recompiled you can create a DLL registration script and specify that it must be run during setup m Optional Actions to perform after an application in a virtual machine is terminated including m Running specified post execution commands for example to
65. and click Finish For more information see Disk Capacity on page 92 Now that the virtual machine is created continue on with Installing a Guest Operating System on page 95 To create a virtual machine by using the custom setup 1 VMware Inc Start VMware Workstation For instructions see Starting Workstation on page 64 Choose File gt New gt Virtual Machine to start the New Virtual Machine wizard and click Next 93 Workstation User s Manual 94 In the Select the Appropriate Configuration page select Custom and click Next On the Choose the Virtual Machine Hardware Compatibility page specify whether you want to create a Workstation 4 5 or 6 virtual machine and click Next When you make a selection from the Hardware Compatibility list you will see a list of other VMware products and versions that are compatible with your selection You will also see a list of features that will not be available for that version On the Select a Guest Operating System page select the operating system including the version that you intend to install in the new virtual machine and click Next For more information see Guest Operating System Selection on page 89 On the Name the Virtual Machine page select a name and folder for the virtual machine and click Next The name you enter here is used if you add this virtual machine to the VMware Workstation Favorites list This name is also used as the n
66. and host In this case you can mount a virtual disk in a Windows host file system as a separate mapped drive Using a mapped drive enables you to connect to the virtual disk without having to go into a virtual machine After you map a drive to the virtual disk you will not be able to power on any virtual machine that uses that disk until you disconnect it from the host Map only disks for Windows guests If you map a disk from a Linux guest when you attempt to access the disk from your host computer you will be prompted to format the disk You use Workstation to map the disk to a drive on the host and to disconnect the drive If you attempt to use the host s My Computer gt Tools gt Disconnect Network Drive command you will not see the mapped drive letter in the list of network drives NOTE You can mount volumes partitions formatted with FAT 12 16 32 or NTFS only You cannot mount a virtual disk if any of its vmdk files are compressed or have read only permissions To map or disconnect a virtual disk to a drive on the host 1 To mapa disk a Make sure that all virtual machines that use the disk are powered off b Choose File gt Map or Disconnect Virtual Disks c Inthe Map or Disconnect Virtual Drives dialog box click Map d In the dialog box that appears click Browse navigate to the desired disk file vmdk file and select it Click Open You are returned to the Map a Virtual Disk dialog box e Select the volume yo
67. and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard and click Next Select Serial Port and click Next On the Serial Port Type page select Output to Named Pipe and click Next VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices 6 Depending on whether you are using a Linux host or a Windows host do one of the following m For a Windows host On the Specify Named Pipe page accept the default pipe name or enter another pipe name The pipe name must follow the form pipe lt namedpipe gt that is it must begin with pipe m Fora Linux host In the Path field enter tmp lt socket gt or another UNIX socket name of your choice 7 Select This end is the server or This end is the client Select This end is the server if you plan to start this end of the connection first 8 Select The other end is an application 9 Make sure the Connect at power on check box is selected if desired 10 Click Finish to return to the Hardware tab of the virtual machine settings editor 11 Windows hosts only On the Hardware tab to configure this serial port to use polled mode select Yield CPU on poll This option is of interest to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 338 12 On your ho
68. applications are running Switching between full screen and windowed mode does not work while 3 D applications are running Running multiple 3 D applications simultaneously might crash the Workstation application When a 3 D application is running you cannot suspend or resume the virtual machine and you cannot take snapshots Graphical corruption occurs such as m Screen shot or movie capture displays graphical corruption for the 3 D area of the screen m The guest cursor occasionally has a halo of corruption usually white when mousing over 3 D regions in the guest operating system Helping VMware with Experimental Support VMware offers only experimental support for Direct3D acceleration VMware might not respond personally to all support requests regarding Direct3D acceleration VMware is interested in the following types of issues Catastrophic failures such as blue screening the guest or 3 D applications that crash Workstation Testing reports about ATI 8500 and later video cards whether or not they work Testing reports about Linux host operating systems whether or not they work Testing reports about specific DirectX8 and DX9 applications you are using whether or not they work Specific problems you are having when running 3 D Specific directions in which you want to see VMware 3 D technology evolve Specific and detailed reports can help speed this feature from experimental support to full functional
69. can be either forward or backward in time Because the setting controls daemon s startup behavior the daemon must be restarted for this option to have any effect Make sure this option is set to 0 if your guests must absolutely never sync backward in time time sychronize restore Default is 1 which means TRUE Controls whether time is synchronized between the host and guest when the guest reverts to a snapshot time sychronize resume disk Default is 1 which means TRUE Controls whether time is synchronized between the host and guest when you resume a suspended virtual machine time sychronize continue Default is 1 which means TRUE Controls whether time is synchronized between the host and guest when you take a snapshot of a virtual machine time sychronize shrink Default is 1 which means TRUE Controls whether time is synchronized between the host and guest when you shrink a virtual disk autohide Default is 1 which means TRUE Makes the guest s cursor disappear when you move it off the edge of the guest s screen To make the guest s cursor remain on the edge of the screen when you move it off the window set this option to FALSE enableDnD Default is 1 which means TRUE Enables drag and drop functionality so that you can drag and drop files and folders from a Windows or Linux host to a Windows Linux or Solaris guest For more information about this feature see Using Drag and Drop on page 169
70. compiled into your Linux kernel m Workstation for Linux requires that the parallel port PC style hardware option CONFIG_PARPORT_PC be built and loaded as a kernel module that is it must be set to m when the kernel is compiled m To use the Workstation Help system you must have a Web browser installed on your host computer NOTE The following procedure describes an installation from a CD ROM disc If you downloaded the software the steps are the same except that you start from the directory where you saved the installer file you downloaded not from the Linux directory on the CD To install Workstation on a Linux host 1 Log on to your Linux host with the user name you plan to use when running Workstation 2 Ina terminal window use the following command to become root so you can perform the initial installation steps su 3 Mount the Workstation CD ROM 4 Change to the Linux directory on the CD VMware Inc 49 Workstation User s Manual 50 Continue installation with the appropriate section for your desired installer m Using the tar Installer on page 50 m Using the RPM Installer on page 50 Using the tar Installer You can skip the steps for copying and unpacking the archive and install directly from the vmware distrib directory on the CD a Copy the tar archive to a temporary directory on your hard drive for example tmp cp VMware lt xxxx gt tar gz tmp b Change to this tempo
71. disk to a virtual machine 1 N DH GF A Q VMware Inc Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard On the Hardware Type page select Hard Disk and click Next On the Select a Disk page select Use a physical disk and click Next When the warning appears click OK Complete the Select a Physical Disk page and click Next m Choose the physical hard disk to use from the drop down list Workstation supports physical disks up to 2TB m Select whether you want to use the entire disk or only individual partitions on the disk If you select Use entire disk continue with step 9 If the Select Partitions page appears select the partitions you want to use in the virtual machine and click Next This page appears if you selected Use individual partitions in step 7 Only the partitions you select will be accessible to the virtual machine The other partitions might be visible to the guest operating system but it is not possible to mount access or format them On the Specify Disk File page accept the default filename and location or browse to a different location 209 Workstation User s Manual 10 11 12 To specify a device node for your virtual disk or to exclude disks from snapshots click Advanced To exclude disks from snapshots select Independe
72. efficiently The amount of memory saved by memory sharing is highly dependent on workload characteristics A workload that consists of many nearly identical virtual machines might free up more than 30 percent of memory whereas a more diverse workload might result in savings of less than 5 percent of memory Workstation memory sharing runs as a background activity that scans for sharing opportunities over time For a fairly constant workload the amount of memory saved generally increases slowly until all sharing opportunities are exploited Although page sharing decreases host memory usage it does consume system resources potentially including I O bandwidth You might want to avoid this overhead for guests for which host memory is plentiful and I O latency is important To disable page sharing add the following line to the virtual machine configuration vmx file sched mem pshare enable FALSE Disks This section includes the following topics Avoiding Remote Disk Access on page 375 Using SCSI Disks Rather Than IDE Disks on page 376 Removing Snapshots on page 376 Using Persistent Mode on page 376 Avoiding Remote Disk Access VMware recommends placing virtual disks on local hard drives for optimal performance If you must access virtual disks over the network use the fastest available network connection Also try the strategy described in the following procedure VMware Inc 375 Workstation User
73. features that are not supported for that version 5 Power on the virtual machine 6 Inthe guest operating system check the NIC settings and adjust them if they changed as described in Step 1 7 If the virtual machine does not have the latest version of VMware Tools installed upgrade VMware Tools Even if for example you upgraded a version 4 virtual machine to version 5 rather than version 6 you should still upgrade VMware Tools to the version of Tools included with Workstation 6 Refer to Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Do not remove the older version of VMware Tools before installing the new version NOTE If you are upgrading a virtual machine that runs from a physical disk you can safely ignore the message Unable to upgrade lt drivename gt One of the supplied parameters is invalid Click OK to continue the upgrade VMware Inc 61 Workstation User s Manual 62 VMware Inc Learning Workstation Basics This chapter discusses launching the Workstation program and introduces the VMware Workstation window This chapter contains the following topics Starting Workstation on page 64 Overview of the Workstation Window on page 64 Checking for Product Updates on page 76 Introduction to Creating a Virtual Machine on page 77 Introduction to Workstation Preferences on page 79 Introduction to Virtual Machine Settings on page 81 Closing Virtual Mach
74. file browser from which you can navigate the host file system to locate an existing vmx file When you add a virtual machine to a team it can no longer be accessed outside the team For more information see Adding and Removing Team Virtual Machines on page 260 m New Clone of Virtual Machine Opens a file browser from which you can navigate the host file system to locate an existing vmx file After you select a virtual machine Workstation launches the Clone Virtual Machine wizard See Creating Clones on page 247 NOTE Workstation version 4 virtual machines cannot be added to teams 255 Workstation User s Manual m Whether you want to add one or more LAN segments If you add LAN segments while creating the team you change default names and bandwidth later as described in Configuring LAN Segments on page 267 You can instead add LAN segments later after you create the team by using the Team menu For information about LAN segments see Working with Team Networks on page 264 After the team is created you can add it to the Favorites list Use the Team menu to configure the team further or to add and remove virtual machines Opening and Closing a Team Opening a team displays its summary window but does not power on the virtual machines included in the team Closing a team removes its summary window Depending on how you set Workstation preferences closing a team might require powering off
75. file has changed its location since its last power on Do you want to create a new unique identifier UUID for the virtual machine or keep the old one You have four options Create Keep Always Create Always Keep The proper selection depends on the cause for the changed UUID m Keep If the virtual machine was moved rather than copied you can choose to keep the UUID m Create If the virtual machine was copied to a new location you should create a new UUID so that the copy will have its own UUID and not conflict with that of the original virtual machine If you are not sure which option to choose the safest option is Create m Always Create If the original virtual machine is being used as a master copy for more virtual machines you can create a new UUID the first time you power on each copy After you configure the virtual machine and are ready to make it a master copy move it to a new location and power it on When the message appears after you power on select Always Create The virtual machine is set up to create a new UUID every time it is moved Power off the virtual machine and begin using it as a master copy by copying the virtual machine files to other locations NOTE You can avoid having to use this process of creating a master copy that always creates a new UUID if you simply clone the virtual machine rather than copy it m Always Keep If you intend to move the virtual machine numerous times and want to
76. following conditions are true m The virtual machine is not moved That is the path name and filename for the virtual machine s configuration file remain the same m Nochanges are made to certain settings in the configuration file In addition Workstation does its best but cannot guarantee to automatically assign unique MAC addresses for virtual machines that run on multiple host systems Avoiding MAC Changes To avoid changes in the MAC address automatically assigned to a virtual machine do not move the virtual machine s configuration file Moving it to a different host computer or even moving it to a different location on the same host computer changes the MAC address Also do not change certain settings in the virtual machine s configuration vmx file If you never edit the configuration file by hand and do not remove the virtual Ethernet adapter these settings remain unchanged If you do edit the configuration file by hand do not remove or change the following options ethernet n generatedAddress ethernet n addressType ethernet n generatedAddressOffset uuid Location uuid bios ethernet n present In these options n is the number of the virtual Ethernet adapter for example 0 NOTE To preserve a virtual Ethernet adapter s MAC address you also must be careful not to remove the adapter If you remove the adapter but later re create it the adapter might receive a different MAC address VMware
77. for getting past the problem with running the program After you pass the point where the program was encountering problems try returning to the virtual machine settings editor and removing the check beside Disable acceleration VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Running Virtual Machines from Within an IDE If you want to use virtual machines for testing code as part of your development process you will be interested in the Workstation IDE integrated development environment plug ins Workstation plug ins enable you to easily test run and debug programs in virtual machines The plug ins allow you to perform these actions from within Visual Studio Windows only or Eclipse Windows or Linux When a plug in is installed additional user interface items are added to the IDE For example in Visual Studio you will see a toolbar button called Configure the Virtual Debugger for this project Clicking this button in Visual Studio enables you to specify settings such as the location of the virtual machine which setup or clean up scripts to execute the location of shared folders and directories to be copied between the host and guest In Eclipse the plug in adds new launch configuration types which let you configure many of these same things Depending on the configuration setting you specify when the application finishes running the virtual machine is powered off suspended reverted to a snapshot or left in its curre
78. for NAT In this section you can assign a port number to an IP address and port number on a virtual machine The following line shows the format used in this section 8887 192 168 27 128 21 This example creates a mapping from port 8887 on the host to the IP address 192 168 27 128 and port 21 When this mapping is set and an external machine connects to the host at port 8887 the network packets are forwarded to port 21 the standard port for FTP on the virtual machine with IP address 192 168 27 128 VMware Inc 311 Workstation User s Manual The incomingudp Section Use this section to configure UDP port forwarding for NAT In this section you can assign a port number to an IP address and port number on a virtual machine The following line shows the format used in this section It illustrates a way to forward X server traffic from the host port 6000 to the virtual machine s port 6001 6000 192 168 27 128 6001 This example creates a mapping from port 6000 on the host to the IP address 192 168 27 128 and port 6001 When this mapping is set and an external machine connects to the host at port 6000 the network packets are forwarded to port 6001 on the virtual machine with IP address 192 168 27 128 Considerations for Using NAT Following are the considerations to take into account when you use NAT NAT causes some performance loss Because NAT requires that every packet sent to and received from a virtual machine mus
79. host 53 Workstation on Windows host 49 updates checking for Workstation 76 upgrade guest operating systems 97 Linux kernel reconfiguring Worksta tion after upgrade 51 on Linux host 58 on Windows host 57 on Windows Vista host 57 461 Workstation User s Manual 462 removing snapshots before virtual machine upgrades 55 virtual disks 117 virtual machine 59 61 virtual machines 23 59 VMware Tools 114 VMware Workstation 55 USB connecting devices 353 control of devices by host and guest 355 controller enabling and disabling 352 devices in a virtual machine 351 disconnecting devices 356 keyboard and mouse 357 on a Linux host 355 on a Windows host 354 port specifications 37 supported device types 352 user groups accessing 16 user interface overview 64 restricted 390 UUID 185 and clones 245 format 185 location 185 specifying 187 V version information for Workstation 137 version changing virtual machine 23 59 VGA 165 virtual adapter host virtual adapters 287 virtual disk See also disk adding to virtual machine 202 204 allocating disk space 92 defined 196 447 defragmenting 199 defragmenting before shrinking 200 IDE size 36 legacy 220 mapping drives to 178 migrating 117 setting up as IDE or SCSI 197 shrinking 137 151 200 201 shrinking in Netware 138 shrinking with Virtual Disk Manager size 36 storing on physical disks 198 using in a new virtual machine 88 Virtual Disk Manag
80. illustrates the components of the snapshot manager Figure 10 4 Snapshot Manager Windows Host x F snapshotofa snapshot m Q gt recording tree Windows XP Test Case 1 Recording 1 Profession Pass L ordinary Test Case 2 Test Case 3 snapshot pee Zz snapshot ofa L gt gt amp linked clone Test Case 3 Snapshot for You Are Pass Clone of W Here xl p Snapshot created 3 27 2007 5 26 03 PM thumbnail of Name Test Case 2 Fail re selected See snapshot s details esctiption Failed system tests a display A L command buttons i snapshot s selected Ui The snapshot tree shows all snapshots for the virtual machine arranged to show the relationship between snapshots The You Are Here icon is not a snapshot it shows the current state of the virtual machine See Relationship Between Snapshots on page 226 NOTE Move the mouse pointer over a snapshot without clicking to display the complete name of that snapshot This is useful when a long name is truncated in the snapshot tree display The snapshot manager has a slightly different appearance on Linux hosts as shown in Figure 10 5 VMware Inc 231 Workstation User s Manual 232 Figure 10 5 Snapshot Manager Linux Host Snapshot Manager LJ i 6 5 Take Snapshot Delete Clone Zoomin Zoom Out Windows XP Sraps hot 1 Professional Snapshot for You Are Here a
81. in VMware Workstation For the most recent list of supported guest operating systems including detailed information about the specific operating system versions service packs and updates supported see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide at http pubs vmware com guestnotes This guide also provides notes on installing the most common guest operating systems Operating systems that are not listed are not supported for use in a Workstation virtual machine Microsoft Windows 32 Bit Windows Vista 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Server 2003 Small Business Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 Web Edition Windows XP Professional and Home Edition Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000 Server Windows 2000 Advanced Server Windows NT Workstation and Server 4 0 Windows NT 4 0 Terminal Server Edition Windows Me Windows 98 Windows 95 Windows for Workgroups Windows 3 1 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for service pack and version details about these operating systems Microsoft Windows 64 Bit Windows Vista x64 Edition 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition Windows XP Professional x64 See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for service pack and version details about these operating systems at http pubs vmware com guestnotes Microsoft MS DOS MS DOS Linux 32 Bit Mand
82. in the virtual machine directory to the new location To move the virtual machine s files to another host if you don t have a network connection to the new host use a shared network directory burn the files onto a DVD or use some other storage media that has enough disk space NOTE Fora description of the files that you are moving see Files That Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 108 Start Workstation and open the virtual machine in its new location as follows Choose File gt Open and browse to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file If the virtual machine is an ESX Server virtual machine with more than two processors see Moving SMP Virtual Machines Between Workstation and ESX Server on page 366 NOTE If you are moving the virtual machine to a different location on the same host remove the virtual machine from the Favorites list and add it back using the new location When you are certain that the virtual machine in the new location works correctly you can delete the virtual machine files from the old location if desired If the virtual machine in the new location is not working correctly examine the virtual machine in the original location to find out whether you missed copying some files perhaps because they were outside of the virtual machine directory VMware Inc Chapter 8 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Hardware
83. into 2GB chunks the number of vmdk files depends on the size of the virtual disk As data is added to a virtual disk the vmdk files grow to a maximum of 2GB each lt vmname gt f lt gt vmdk If the disk space is allocated in advance the names are similar except that they include an f instead of an s for example Windows XP Professional f001 vmdk lt diskname gt lt gt vmdk A redo log file created when a virtual machine has one or more snapshots This file stores changes made to a virtual disk while the virtual machine is running There might be more than one such file The indicates a unique suffix added by VMware Workstation to avoid duplicate file names vmem lt uuid gt vmem The virtual machine s paging file which backs up the guest main memory on the host file system This file exists only when the virtual machine is running or if the virtual machine has crashed lt snapshot_name_number gt vmem Each snapshot of a virtual machine that is powered on has an associated vmem file which contains the guest s main memory saved as part of the snapshot vmsd lt vmname gt vmsd A centralized file for storing information and metadata about snapshots vmsn lt vmname gt Snapshot vmsn The snapshot state file which stores the running state of a virtual machine at the time you take that snapshot lt vmname gt Snapshot lt gt vmsn The file that st
84. it has a snapshot remove the snapshot before upgrading as described in Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager on page 231 VMware Inc 55 Workstation User s Manual 56 Shut down virtual machines completely before you remove the version of Workstation that you used to create them If a virtual machine is suspended resume it shut down the guest operating system and power off the virtual machine NOTE If you attempt to resume a virtual machine that was suspended under a different VMware product or a different version of Workstation a dialog box gives you the choice of discarding or keeping the file that stores the suspended state To recover the suspended state click Keep and resume the virtual machine under the correct VMware product or version If you click Discard you can power on normally but the suspended state is lost Backing Up Virtual Machines Back up all the files in your virtual machine directories for any existing Workstation 4 or 5 virtual machines you plan to migrate to Workstation 6 This includes vmdk or dsk vmx or cfg and nvram files Depending on your upgrade path you might not be able to run your virtual machines under both Workstation 6 and your previous version of Workstation Direct upgrades from a Workstation 2 or 3 virtual machine are not supported in Workstation 6 Removing Workstation 2 or 3 to Install Workstation 6 To install Workstation 6 on a computer where Workstat
85. left 0x038 Space bar 0x039 Caps Lock Ox03a VMware Inc 349 Workstation User s Manual 350 Table 15 1 V Scan Codes for the 104 Key U S Keyboard Continued Symbol Shifted Symbol Location V Scan Code F1 0x03b F2 0x03c F3 0x03d F4 0x03e F5 0x03f F6 0x040 F7 0x041 F8 0x042 F9 0x043 F10 0x044 Num Lock numeric pad 0x045 Scroll Lock 0x046 Home 7 numeric pad 0x047 Up arrow 8 numeric pad 0x048 PgUp 9 numeric pad 0x049 numeric pad 0x04a Left arrow 4 numeric pad 0x04b 5 numeric pad 0x04c Right arrow 6 numeric pad 0x04d numeric pad 0x04e End 1 numeric pad 0x04f Down arrow 2 numeric pad 0x050 PgDn 3 numeric pad 0x051 Ins 0 numeric pad 0x052 Del numeric pad 0x053 F11 0x057 F12 0x058 Break Pause 0x100 Enter numeric pad Ox11c VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Table 15 1 V Scan Codes for the 104 Key U S Keyboard Continued Symbol Shifted Symbol Location V Scan Code Ctrl right Ox11d numeric pad 0x135 SysRq 0x137 Alt right 0x138 Home function pad 0x147 Up arrow function pad 0x148 Page Up function pad 0x149 Left arrow function pad 0x14b Right arrow function pad 0x14d End function pad 0x14f Down arrow function pad 0x150 Page Down function pad 0x151 Insert function pad 0x152 Delete function pad 0x153 Windows left 0x15b Windows right 0x15c Menu 0x15d
86. lt virtual_machine_file folder gt Click Browse to select from files on the system All specified files are copied before any pre debugging commands are executed Set Command Line to one or more semicolon delimited commands that are run after files are copied as described in the preceding step and before the debugging session Starts Click Browse to enter commands using a dialog box Optional Setting Post Debug Event Properties Post Debug Event properties determine which actions are performed after the debug command is terminated All of these settings are optional To configure actions to perform after debugging has occurred 1 2 VMware Inc Choose VMware gt Options and select Post Debug Event in the left pane Set Command Line to one or more semicolon delimited commands that are run after the debugging session ends Click Browse to enter commands using a dialog box Set Termination Mode to No operation default Power off Revert to parent snapshot Suspend 437 Workstation User s Manual Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines 438 Once you have created the appropriate configurations the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger enables you to m Start an application debugging session in a virtual machine m Start an application in a virtual machine without debugging m Start a debugging session that attaches to a process already running in a virtual machine Starting a Debuggin
87. machine and choose Remove from Team Alternatively select the team in the Favorites list and from the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Remove gt lt name_of_virtual_machine gt Controlling the Display 154 You can control the VMware Workstation display to suit the way you prefer to work with your virtual machines This section includes the following topics Simplifying the Screen Display on page 155 Using Full Screen Mode on page 156 Using Quick Switch Mode on page 157 Reporting Battery Information in the Guest Operating System on page 158 Using Multiple Monitors on page 160 m m m m m Using Exclusive Mode on page 158 m m Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display on page 163 m Working with Nonstandard Resolutions on page 165 VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Simplifying the Screen Display You can turn off the display of many of the controls visible in the VMware Workstation window Use the View menu to toggle the following controls on or off Sidebar Toolbar Status bar Virtual machine tabs On a Windows host you can also hide the menu bar the toolbar the status bar and the sidebar Click the title bar icon and choose Hide Controls Figure 7 1 Hide Controls Command on a Windows Host Restore Move Size Minimize O Maximize Hide Controls X Close Alt F4 For the simplest VMware Works
88. machine on the network To rename a computer 1 On the guest system choose Start gt Control Panel gt System 2 Select the Computer Name tab 3 Click Change 4 Type a unique name and click OK VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Installing and Starting the Remote Debug Monitor Manually on Windows 98 Guest Systems To enable debugging in a virtual machine the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger shares the host folder that contains the Remote Debug Monitor and runs that Remote Debug Monitor on the guest On Windows 98 it is not possible to run the Remote Debug Monitor or any executable from a shared folder An attempt to do so generates the error The remote debugger is not properly installed On a Windows ME or Windows 98 computer the debugger cannot be run off a file share Run the remote debugger setup Instead you must manually install and start the Remote Debug Monitor executable msvsmon exe on the guest operating system before starting a debugging session You can copy msvsmon exe to the guest before starting the debug session create a mapping to anetwork share with the host where msvsmon exe is located or install msvsmon exe from the Visual Studio 2005 installation CD NOTE Once the debugging session starts click Yes when prompted to use the existing instance of the Remote Debug Monitor Due to this shared folder limitation you must also m Set Run Comm
89. machine with a VNC client you can use the View Connected Users button on this tab to see a list of the connected users 6 Click OK 7 To make sure the virtual machine is configured properly try connecting to it with a VNC client a Ona local or remote computer start a VNC client You can use any VNC client but not a Java viewer in a browser If you need to download and install a VNC client one of the many Web sites where you can buy or get one for free is http www realvnc com download html b When prompted for the VNC server name enter the name or IP address of the host computer and the port number you specified in step 5 Use the format lt machine_name gt lt port_number gt c Ifa password is required enter one when prompted This is the same password you set in step 5 For information about mapping the keyboard to various languages see Specifying a Language Keymap for VNC Clients on page 343 184 VMware Inc Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines This chapter provides information on how to move your virtual machines from one host to another or elsewhere on the same host plus recommendations on how to share virtual machines with other users This chapter includes the following topics Virtual Machine Identifier UUID on page 185 Moving a Virtual Machine on page 188 Moving an Older Virtual Machine on page 191 Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users on page 191 Moving Linke
90. machine settings editor to enable USB 2 0 support See Enabling and Disabling the USB 2 0 Controller on page 352 m Supports most devices including USB printers scanners PDAs hard disk drives memory card readers and digital cameras as well as streaming devices such as webcams speakers and microphones Keyboard 104 key Windows 95 98 enhanced Mouse and Drawing Tablets m PS 2 mouse m Serial tablets supported Ethernet Card m Up to 10 virtual Ethernet cards m AMD PCnet PCI II compatible m For 64 bit guests Intel Pro 1000 MT Server Adapter compatible Sound m Sound output and input m Emulates Creative Labs Sound Blaster AudioPCI MIDI input game controllers and joysticks are not supported except for USB devices VMware Inc 37 Workstation User s Manual Virtual Networking Support for 10 virtual Ethernet switches on Microsoft Windows host operating systems Support for 100 virtual Ethernet switches on Linux hosts Three switches are configured by default for bridged host only and NAT networking Support for most Ethernet based protocols including TCP IP NetBEUI Microsoft Networking Samba Novell Netware and Network File System Built in NAT supports client software using TCP IP FTP DNS HTTP and Telnet including VPN support for PPTP over NAT Supported Guest Operating Systems 38 This section provides a simplified list of guest operating systems supported for virtual machines running
91. machine with no snapshot This provides best performance To be sure a virtual machine has no snapshot from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager If you see a snapshot you do not want select it and click the Delete button Using Persistent Mode Normally virtual disks are configured so that if you take a snapshot data on the disk is recorded in the snapshot You can however make the disk independent so that snapshots do not include disk information An independent disk can be persistent or nonpersistent With persistent disks changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk Independent persistent disks have better performance than disks whose data is recorded in snapshots VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning To set a virtual disk to use independent persistent mode 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Select Hard Disk and click Advanced The Advanced dialog box opens 4 Inthe Mode section select the Independent check box and select Persistent 5 Click OK in both the Advanced dialog box and the virtual machine settings editor Networking If you plan to often copy large files between the host and guest you might find that using bridged networking results in better performance than using NAT For a discussion of the network strategies see Network Basics on page 272
92. mode enables you to read only from data discs in the DVD or CD drive It does not provide the other capabilities of normal mode Using legacy emulation mode is a way to work around problems that arise when a guest operating system has difficulty communicating directly with a DVD or CD drive Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to set the Legacy emulation option for DVD and CD drives attached to the virtual machine m On Windows hosts this option is deselected by default m On Linux hosts with IDE drives the default setting depends on whether the ide scsi module is loaded in your kernel The ide scsi module must be loaded or you must be using a physical SCSI drive to connect directly to the DVD or CD drive If you run more than one virtual machine at a time and if their CD drives are in legacy emulation mode start the virtual machines with their CD drives disconnected This ensures that you do not have multiple virtual machines connected to the CD drive at the same time Adding Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine You can add floppy drives to your virtual machine to a total of two floppy drives A virtual floppy drive can connect to a physical floppy drive on the host computer to an existing floppy image file or to a blank floppy image file 212 VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks To add a floppy drive to a virtual machine 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off C
93. monitor The virtual machine no longer appears in a window See Using Full Screen Mode on page 156 NOTE Workstation menus and toolbar are not visible in full screen mode Move your cursor to the top of the screen to show the full screen toolbar Press Ctrl Alt Enter to restore the Workstation window If you cannot enter full screen mode when the guest s display mode is smaller than the host s display mode try adding the following line to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file mks maxRefreshRate 1000 See Files That Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 108 for a description of this file Summary View Displays the summary view See Summary View on page 66 Appliance View Displays the appliance view See Appliance View on page 68 Console View Displays the console view See Console View on page 68 Replay toolbar Replay Last Recording Plays the last recording made for this virtual machine Record Begins recording the activity of this virtual machine Stop Stops recording the activity of this virtual machine For information about the experimental record replay feature see Recording and Playing Back Virtual Machine Activity on page 240 71 Workstation User s Manual 72 Customizing the Toolbar You can customize the Workstation toolbar by adding removing and rearranging toolbar buttons On a Windows host the toolbar buttons are arranged i
94. more modifier keys You cannot use F12 alone m You cannot use combinations that include only the Shift Ctrl and Alt keys These keys can be used only as modifiers in combination with some other key Hot Key for Cycling Through Virtual Machines and the Host Computer You can specify a hot key or hot key combination for cycling through the available virtual machines on a host computer Hot keys behave in the following manner m Each time you press the specified hot key the screen displays the next virtual machine in order You can also include the host operating system in the cycle m If any particular virtual machine is not running it is skipped m If only one virtual machine is running and the host operating system is not included in the cycle pressing the hot key has no effect The hot key for cycling through virtual machines is defined in the global configuration file config ini Two options control cycling m FullScreenSwitch cycleKey The value of this option defines the hot key It is specified as lt key gt lt modifier gt There is no default VMware Inc Chapter 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts For example to use the Pause key with no modifier to cycle through virtual machines add the following line to the config ini file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch cycleKey 0x13 0x0 m FullScreenSwitch cycleHost Set this option to TRUE to include
95. name servers rotate send one DNS request at a time rotate through the DNS servers burst send to three servers and wait for the first one to respond policy order Timeout in seconds before retrying DNS request timeout 2 Retries before giving up on DNS request retries 3 Automatically detect the DNS servers not supported in Windows NT autodetect 1 List of DNS servers to use Up to three may be specified nameserverl 208 23 14 2 VMware Inc 315 Workstation User s Manual nameserver2 63 93 12 3 nameserver3 208 23 14 4 netbios This section applies only to Windows Timeout for NBNS queries nbnsTimeout 2 Number of retries for each NBNS query nbnsRetries 3 Timeout for NBDS queries nbdsTimeout 3 Lincomingtcp Use these with care anyone can enter into your virtual machine through these FTP both active and passive FTP is always enabled ftp localhost 8887 8887 192 168 27 128 21 WEB make sure that if you are using named webhosting names point to your host not to guest And if you are forwarding port other than 80 make sure that your server copes with mismatched port number in Host header lynx http localhost 8888 8888 192 168 27 128 80 SSH ssh p 8889 root localhost 8889 192 168 27 128 22 Lincomingudp UDP port forwarding example 6000 192 168 27 128 6001 Using Samba with Workstation
96. often Overcome legacy migration barriers Certain legacy systems might be impossible to recreate through reinstallation Convert a physical machine into a virtual machine Use virtual machines or system images created with products from other companies such as Norton Symantec and StorageCraft VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Summary of the Conversion Process Workstation provides two ways to convert a virtual machine or system image m Use the File gt Open to convert and open a virtual machine or system image quickly Workstation uses default settings to make the conversion automatically with no input required from you The original Microsoft Virtual PC Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery or StorageCraft configuration vmc spf or Sv21 file is unchanged The File gt Open command creates a linked clone when it opens the file If you attempt to open a virtual machine or system image that is password protected you will be prompted to use the Converter Import wizard m Use the File gt Import command to specify a number of options for the converted virtual machine the converted virtual machine s location whether or not the converted virtual machine shares virtual disks with the original virtual machine or system image and whether the converted virtual machine is to be compatible with Workstation 4 x 5 x or 6 x ESX 2 x or 3 x GSX Server 3 x or VMware ACE 1 x or 2 Detailed procedures are provide
97. on the Hardware tab select Processors and specify the number m Inthe New Virtual Machine wizard Choose to create a custom configuration and when you come to the Processor Configuration page specify the number If the host is a uniprocessor machine and is not hyperthreaded assigning two processors is neither supported nor recommended a warning message will appear You can disregard this message and assign two processors to the virtual machine but after you finish creating the virtual machine you will not be able to power it on unless you move it to a host machine with at least two logical processors Virtual machines with SMP are supported only for Workstation versions 5 5 and higher VMware Inc 365 Workstation User s Manual 366 Moving SMP Virtual Machines Between Workstation and ESX Server You can use Workstation 5 5 or later running on a multiprocessor host machine to open a virtual machine created in VMware ESX Server that has one or more virtual processors However in Workstation you cannot power on a virtual machine that has more than two virtual processors assigned even if more processors were assigned when the virtual machine was created in ESX Server You can see this setting in the virtual machine s summary view or by using the virtual machine settings editor as follows From the Workstation menu bar choose VMbSettings gt Hardware gt Processors and note that Number of Processors is set to Other x wher
98. path name Snap1 Snapz2 This will identify a snapshot named Snap2 that was taken from the state of a root snapshot named Snap1 Because you can use the forward slash in a path name VMware recommends that you avoid using the slash character when you name a snapshot because this makes it difficult for you to predict which snapshot a path name will identify snapshot name or Path to vmx file snapshot name1 snapshot name2 Guest Operating System Commands runProgramInGuest Run a program in the guest operating Path to vmx file system Program Program arguments fileExistsInGuest Check whether the specified file existsin Path to vmx file the guest system Path to file in guest setSharedFolderState Modify the location of a folder shared Path to vmx file between the host and guest Share name New path to folder on host addSharedFolder Add a folder to be shared between the Path to vmx file host and guest Share name Path to folder on host VMware Inc 407 Workstation User s Manual Table A 2 vmrun Commands and Parameters Continued Command removeSharedFolder Description Remove a folder shared between the host and guest Parameters Path to vmx file Share name listProcessesInGuest List the processes running in the guest operating system Path to vmx file killProcessInGuest Kill the specified process on the guest Path to
99. perform cleanup tasks in the guest m Setting the virtual machine state to m No operation remain powered on no shutdown action m Powered off m The parent snapshot m Suspended Configuration Options When Attaching to a Process Running in a Virtual Machine To configure a debugging session that attaches to a process already running in a virtual machine you can specify the following in the Attach to Process dialog box m The name of the virtual machine vmx configuration file m The location of the Remote Debug Monitor on the host m The name of the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest VMware Inc 425 Workstation User s Manual Setting Up the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment Review the requirements and recommendations in this section before following the instructions in Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation on page 43 to install the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger as an optional component of Workstation 6 The Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger can be installed on most Windows host systems that are running Workstation 6 and have a supported version of Visual Studio installed When you install the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger The associated DLLs are placed in the Program Files VMware VMware Workstation Visual Studio Integrated Debugger and Program Files VMware VMware VIX ws 2 32bit directories When you restart Visual Studio the integrated virtual debugge
100. performance in the virtual machine or if you want to improve the speed of suspend and resume operations find out whether the host disk is fragmented If it is you can improve performance by running a defragmentation utility VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning Performance Impact of Defragmenting Snapshots and Linked Clones There might be a performance impact when you defragment a linked clone or a virtual machine with a snapshot Exact performance degradation depends on m The fragmentation of the parent virtual machine disk when you created the snapshot or linked clone m The nature of the subsequent updates to the parent virtual machine disk The redo file itself can become defragmented with respect to the host file system If your use of virtual machines is strongly performance oriented you should avoid defragmenting or using linked clones and snapshots Networking Make sure VMware Tools is installed VMware Tools includes many device drivers that improve performance of graphics displays mouse operations and network operations For installation instructions see Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Visual Effects Windows Only On Microsoft Windows systems some users have seen performance improvements when they turn off visual effects An example of such a visual effect is the fade effect that Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 use when displaying menus VMware I
101. physical USB devices are connected to the host computer through a hub the virtual machine sees only the USB devices not the hub If you physically plug a new device into the host computer and the autoconnect feature does not connect it to a virtual machine this means the device is instead connected to the host Its name is also added to the VM gt Removable Devices menu so you can connect it to the virtual machine manually Automatic Reconnection of USB Devices When you manually connect a USB device by choosing VM gt Removable Devices Workstation retains the virtual machine s connection to the affected port on the host machine You can suspend or power off the virtual machine or unplug the device When you plug the device back in or resume the virtual machine Workstation reconnects the device Workstation retains the connection by writing an autoconnect entry to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file VMware Inc 353 Workstation User s Manual 354 If Workstation is unable to reconnect to the device for example because the device has been disconnected the device is removed and a message is displayed indicating that Workstation is unable to connect to the device You can connect manually to the device if it is still available Using USB with a Windows Host When a particular USB device is connected to a virtual machine for the first time the host detects it as anew device named VMware USB Device and installs
102. reflect the conventions used by your distribution mount dev cdrom mnt cdrom cd tmp NOTE If you have a previous installation delete the previous vmware tools distrib directory before installing The location of this directory depends on where you placed it when you did the previous installation Often it is placed in tmp vmware tools distrib 125 Workstation User s Manual 3 Uncompress the installer and unmount the CD ROM image Depending on whether you are using the tar installer or the RPM installer do one of the following m For the tar installer at the command prompt enter tar zxpf mnt cdrom VMwareTools 5 0 Q lt xxxx gt tar gz umount dev cdrom Where lt xxxx gt is the build revision number of the Workstation release m For the RPM installer at the command prompt enter rpm Uhv mnt cdrom VMwareTools 5 0 0 lt xxxx gt 1386 rpm umount dev cdrom Where lt xxxx gt is the build revision number of the Workstation release NOTE If you attempt to install an rpm installation over a tar installation or the reverse the installer detects the previous installation and must convert the installer database format before continuing 4 Depending on whether you are using the tar installer or the RPM installer do one of the following m For the tar installer run the VMware Tools tar installer cd vmware tools distrib vmware install p1 Respond to the configuration q
103. revert to previous values If newly created the launch configuration is added to the left pane VMware Inc 419 Workstation User s Manual Using Application Configurations to Attach to Applications Running in a Virtual Machine This section describes the virtual machine settings you can configure to attach to an application that is already running in a virtual machine To create duplicate or edit a configuration that attaches to a running application in a virtual machine 1 Choose Run gt Debug The Debug page is displayed You can create manage and run configurations from this page You can create a launch configuration based on default settings or based on another configuration Do one of the following m Create a configuration based on default settings by selecting VMware attach to application in the left pane and clicking the New launch configuration icon at the top of the pane m Create a configuration based on another configuration by selecting the configuration you want to duplicate under VMware attach to application in the left pane and clicking the Duplicates the currently selected configuration icon at the top of the pane m Edit an existing configuration by selecting the configuration you want to edit under VMware attach to application in the left pane Perform the remaining steps in the VMware tab of the right pane Choose a virtual machine from the drop down menu of recently used and currently runn
104. s Manual 452 disk See also virtual disk DMA and performance 380 381 IDE drive supported in host 31 IDE drives in virtual machine 36 IDE optical drive supported in host 31 independent 230 performance 374 375 SCSI drive supported in host 31 SCSI optical drive supported in host 31 size 196 209 space required on host computer 31 vmdk virtual disk file 108 109 disk caching 369 display color depth 319 fitting window to virtual machine 163 fullscreen 156 multiple monitor 160 switching virtual machines 157 Display tab in preferences editor 163 DMA and disk performance 380 DMZ 254 DNS 305 downgrading virtual machines 23 59 drag and drop 169 442 dragging and dropping files between host and guest 169 drive supported in host 31 driver SCSI 358 sound 325 drives See also disk tape 357 363 dsk file 108 dual boot computers and virtual machines 220 dual monitor display 160 DVD adding drive to virtual machine 211 optical supported 31 dynamic domain name service 297 E Eclipse installing the Workstation plug in for 46 integrated debugger for 22 167 education services 18 EHCI controller 37 EM64T processor 30 41 enhanced virtual keyboard 341 Ethernet adapter adding to virtual machine 282 for teams 266 promiscuous mode on a Linux host 303 virtual network adapters 274 Ethernet switches 38 F Favorites list and teams 261 creating folders in 75 defined 442 hiding
105. section provides detailed instructions for using both the File gt Open command and the File gt Import command VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine To convert a virtual machine or system image using the Open command 1 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose File gt Open In the File name field browse to and open the configuration vmx vmc spf or SV2 file for the virtual machine or system image to convert You can use the field Files of type to filter the files displayed by file extension Click Open Workstation creates a VMware virtual machine with a VMware configuration file vmx for the converted virtual machine or system image The converted virtual machine links to the virtual disks of the original virtual machine or system image The original Virtual PC Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery or StorageCraft configuration vmc spf or sv2i file is unchanged If you attempt to open a virtual machine or system image that is password protected you will be prompted to use the Converter Import wizard To convert a virtual machine or system image using the Import command 1 VMware Inc Gather the information you need to complete the Converter Import wizard m Fora list of the information you will need when you select a source see Required Information When Importing from Various Source Types on page 101 m Fora list of the information you will need when you specify a destina
106. select the hard disk and click Utilities gt Disconnect Using Devices in a Virtual Machine Follow the guidelines in this section to add remove configure connect and disconnect your virtual machine s devices Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine This section provides general instructions for using the virtual machine settings editor to add and remove devices for a virtual machine and to change device settings For information about configuring specific types of devices see Chapter 15 Connecting Devices on page 327 VMware Inc 179 Workstation User s Manual 180 To add modify and remove devices in a virtual machine 1 2 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Do one of the following To add a new device to a virtual machine on the Hardware tab click Add and follow the instructions in the New Hardware wizard To change settings for a device select the device in the left pane and make your changes in the settings panel on the right Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual machine settings editor To remove a device click the name of the device and click Remove Click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor Connecting and Disconnecting Removable Devices You can configure a number of removable devices for use in a virtua
107. single baseline This strategy is often used in testing software You can take a snapshot before installing different versions of a program to ensure that each different installation begins from an identical baseline Figure 10 2 Snapshots as Restore Points in a Process Tree CH Windows IE base operating system Foxfire base baseline a e IE base1 You Are Here Foxfire base1 IE base2 Foxfire base2 Workstation supports more than 100 snapshots per branch in a process tree Relationship Between Snapshots The relationship between snapshots is like parent to child m Ina linear process each snapshot has one parent and one child except for the last snapshot which has no children m Ina process tree each snapshot has one parent but one snapshot can have more than one child Many snapshots have no children The parent snapshot of a virtual machine is the snapshot on which the current state the You Are Here position in Figure 10 3 is based After you take a snapshot that stored VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine state is the parent snapshot of the virtual machine If you revert or go to an earlier snapshot the earlier snapshot becomes the parent snapshot of the virtual machine Figure 10 3 Parent Child Relationship Between Snapshots al Snapshots 2 3 and 4 i are all children of Snapshot1 Windows XP Snapshot 1 Snapshot 2 Pro Snapshot 3 Snapsh
108. snapshot any time it is powered off The parent snapshot of a virtual machine is the snapshot on which the current state the You Are Here position is based See Relationship Between Snapshots on page 226 To set a virtual machine to revert to a snapshot at power off 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select Snapshot Replay 4 Inthe section When powering off select Revert to snapshot You can also set the virtual machine to take a snapshot when you power off For this and other power off options see Snapshot Options When You Power Off a Virtual Machine on page 236 Disabling Snapshots Workstation speed and response times are improved when snapshots are disabled but without a snapshot all changes made to a virtual machine are permanent and you cannot restore an earlier state Also if you disable snapshots you will not be able to use the experimental record replay feature For more information see Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental on page 237 If you want to disable snapshots make sure that the virtual machine does not currently have any snapshots If it has snapshots delete them as described in Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager on page 231 You can then perform the following procedure VMware Inc
109. than 2GB For example this restriction applies to FAT file systems As of version 6 0 of Workstation the total amount of memory you can assign to all virtual machines running on a single host is unlimited The maximum amount of memory per virtual machine is 8GB Reserving Memory for Workstation Host operating systems do not behave well when they run low on free memory for their own use When a Windows or Linux host operating system does not have enough RAM for its own use it thrashes That is it constantly swaps data between RAM and its paging file on disk The second configuration parameter you can set is the maximum amount of RAM that Workstation is allowed to reserve for all running virtual machines combined To set this parameter from the Workstation menu bar choose the Edit gt Preferences and click the Memory tab The RAM used by Workstation includes the RAM made available to the guest operating systems plus a small amount of overhead memory associated with running a virtual machine To help guard against having virtual machines cause the host to thrash Workstation enforces a limit on the total amount of RAM that can be consumed by virtual machines Some memory must be kept available on the host to ensure the host is able to operate VMware Inc 373 Workstation User s Manual 374 properly while virtual machines are running The amount of memory reserved for the host depends on the host operating system and the size of t
110. the networking settings needed for a connection to the external network If the virtual machine gets its IP address from a DHCP server on the external network the default settings should work For the second Ethernet adapter in virtual machine 1 manually assign an IP address in the range you are using with VMnet2 m Machine 2 Assign an IP address in the range you are using with VMnet2 m Machine3 Network adapters are connected to VMnet2 and VMnet3 Assign each adapter an IP address in the range you are using with the virtual network to which it is connected m Machine 4 Assign an IP address in the range you are using with VMnet3 9 Install the necessary application software in each virtual machine VMware Inc 281 Workstation User s Manual Changing a Networking Configuration 282 This section describes how you can use the virtual machine settings editor to add virtual Ethernet adapters to your virtual machine and change the configuration of existing adapters Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters This section includes instructions for adding and modifying virtual Ethernet adapters To add a new virtual Ethernet adapter 1 2 6 7 Power off the virtual machine to which you want to add the adapter Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab click Add The Add Hardware wizard starts Select Ethernet Adapter and click Next Select the network type
111. the appropriate VMware driver On Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 hosts confirmation is required in the Found New Hardware wizard Select the default action Install the software automatically After the software is installed the guest operating system detects the USB device and searches for a suitable driver When you are synchronizing a PDA such as a Palm handheld or Handspring Visor to a virtual machine for the first time the total time required to load the VMware USB device driver in the host and the PDA driver in the guest might exceed the device s connection timeout value This causes the device to disconnect itself from the computer before the guest can synchronize with it If this occurs let the guest finish installing the PDA driver dismiss any connection error warnings and try synchronizing the PDA again The second attempt should succeed Replacing USB 2 0 Drivers on a Windows 2000 Host To use VMware Workstation on a Windows 2000 host that has USB 2 0 ports you must use the Microsoft USB 2 0 drivers for the USB controller in the host operating system If your host operating system is using a third party driver a driver supplied by your motherboard vendor for example you must replace it To check the provider of your driver 1 Open the Device Manager as follows a Right click My Computer and choose Properties b Click the Hardware tab and click Device Manager 2 Expand the listing for Universal Serial Bus controller
112. the host operating system in the cycle The default is FALSE For example to include the host operating system in the cycle add the following line to the config ini file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch cycleHost TRUE Hot Keys for Switching Directly to Virtual Machines and the Host Computer You can specify a hot key or hot key combination for switching directly to any available virtual machine on a host computer Each time you press the specified hot key the screen display switches to that of the specified virtual machine You can also specify a hot key for switching directly to the host operating system Virtual Machine Hot Key You define the hot key used to switch to a virtual machine by adding a line to the target virtual machine s configuration vmx file The value of this option defines the hot key It is specified as lt key gt lt modifier gt There is no default For example to use Ctrl Shift F1 to switch to a particular virtual machine add the following line to that virtual machine s vmx file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch directKey 0x70 0x6 If any particular virtual machine is not running pressing the hot key for that virtual machine has no effect Host Operating System Hot Key You define the hot key used to switch to the host operating system by adding a line to the global configuration file config ini The value of thi
113. the list you might need to add it manually as described in Adding a Generic SCSI Device Not Detected by Workstation Advanced Users on page 360 Make sure the Connect at power on check box is selected if desired Click Finish to return to the Hardware tab of the virtual machine settings editor On the Hardware tab in the Virtual device node section select the SCSI device identifier to use for the drive For example if you select SCSI 0 2 the guest operating system sees the drive as ID 2 on controller 0 Power on the virtual machine NOTE To remove this device launch the virtual machine settings editor select the generic SCSI device and click Remove VMware Inc 359 Workstation User s Manual Adding a Generic SCSI Device Not Detected by Workstation Advanced Users To add a generic SCSI device to a virtual machine if Workstation does not display the device for example scanners on a Windows 2000 host or some tape backup devices you need to add the device manually to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file Reasons Workstation cannot detect a device include m A driver for that device is not installed on the host m A driver on the host prevents the device from being detected m The virtual machine uses a device for which there are no drivers available to the host operating system Adding a device in this manner is recommended for advanced users only Before you attempt the procedure describ
114. the team For information about this preference see Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation on page 84 To delete a team permanently see Deleting a Team on page 257 To open a team 1 2 3 From the Workstation menu bar choose File gt Open Browse to the location of the vmtm file for the team you want Select the file and click Open The selected team appears as a tabbed item in the summary window To add the team to the Favorites list choose File gt Add to Favorites After a team is added to the Favorites list open it by clicking it in the Favorites list To close a team 1 2 256 Power off the team as described in Powering a Team On and Off on page 262 Select the team to close Click the summary console tab for the desired team or select the team name in the Favorites list VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams 3 Choose File gt Close 4 If any of the team s virtual machines are still powered on and you are prompted about whether you want to power them off or let them run in the background click the button you want For more information see Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation on page 84 The closed team is removed from the summary window To remove the team from the Favorites list see To remove a name from the Favorites list on page 75 Changing the Name of a Team When you create a team the name of the directory where the team vmtm file
115. the virtual machine not on the machine with the remote X server If you are using an XFree86 based server that Workstation does not recognize as an XFree86 server use this line instead xkeymap usekeycodeMap TRUE If you are using an XFree86 server running locally and the keyboard does not work correctly report the problem to VMware technical support X Key Codes Versus Keysyms Pressing a key on the PC keyboard generates a scan code based roughly on the position of the key For example the Z key on a German keyboard generates the same code as the Y key on an English keyboard because they are in the same position on the VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices keyboard Most keys have one byte scan codes but some keys have two byte scan codes with prefix Oxe0 Internally Workstation uses a simplified version of the PC scan code that is a single nine bit numeric value called a v scan code A v scan code is written as a three digit hexadecimal number The first digit is 0 or 1 For example the left hand Ctrl key has a one byte scan code 0x1d its v scan code is 0x01d The right hand Ctrl key scan code is two bytes Oxe0 0x1d its v scan code is 0x11d An X server uses a two level encoding of keys An X key code is a one byte value The assignment of key codes to keys depends on the X server implementation and the physical keyboard Asa result an X application normally cannot use key codes directly Instead the key co
116. the virtual machine starts deselect Connect at power on c Tospecify which device node the drive should use in the virtual machine click Advanced Select Legacy emulation only if you have had problems using normal mode For details see Legacy Emulation for DVD and CD Drives on page 212 d After you have made any desired changes in these settings click Finish If you selected Use ISO image a Enter the path and filename for the image file or browse to the file b Ifyou do not want the CD drive connected when the virtual machine starts deselect Connect at power on VMware Inc 211 Workstation User s Manual c Ifyou want to specify which device node the drive should use in the virtual machine click Advanced d After you have made any desired changes in these settings click Finish The drive is set up initially so it appears to the guest operating system as an IDE drive 7 Ifyou want the drive to appear to the guest operating system as a SCSI drive click the drive s entry in the virtual machine settings editor and make that change in the settings panel on the right Legacy Emulation for DVD and CD Drives In normal mode that is not legacy emulation mode the guest operating system communicates directly with the CD or DVD drive This direct communication enables you to read multisession CDs perform digital audio extraction view videos and use CD and DVD writers to burn discs In contrast legacy emulation
117. these requirements NOTE As newer Linux kernels and distributions are released VMware modifies and tests its products for stability and reliability on those host platforms VMware makes every effort to add support for new kernels and distributions in a timely manner but until a kernel or distribution is added to the list below its use with VMware products is not supported Look for newer prebuilt modules in the download area of the VMware Web site Go to www vmware com download Mandriva Linux 2006 and 2007 Mandriva Corporate Desktop 4 0 Mandriva Corporate Server 4 0 Important On 64 bit Mandriva hosts some 32 bit compatibility libraries are required Specifically 32 bit glibc X11 and 1ibXtst so are required Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 5 Beta formerly called 4 0 Update 5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 0 updates 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 4 0 updates 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 4 0 updates 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 0 stock 2 4 21 updates 2 4 21 15 6 7 8 Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 3 0 stock 2 4 21 updates 2 4 21 15 6 7 8 Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 0 stock 2 4 21 updates 2 4 21 15 6 7 8 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP4 Beta SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP1 SP2 SP3 Listed versions are also supported with no service pack openSUSE 10 2 formerly known as SUSE Linux 10 2 SUSE Linux 10 1 SUSE Linux 10 SU
118. to make before you use the Converter Import wizard to specify the destination for the newly created virtual machine VMware Inc 103 Workstation User s Manual 104 When the Destination Is an ESX Virtual Machine You will need to supply the name of the ESX server and the user name and password for logging in When the Destination Is a VirtualCenter Virtual Machine You will need to provide the following information m Name of the VirtualCenter server and the user name and password for logging in m Name of the folder in the VirtualCenter inventory where you want to store the virtual machine m Name of the host cluster or resource pool within a host or cluster from which to run the virtual machine If you select a cluster in manual mode you will also need to choose a specific host m Name of the datastore for the virtual machine s configuration files and disks Use the advanced setting if you want to distribute the virtual machine s disks over multiple datastores Network Adapters You are prompted to choose from the available networks at the destination location If you are creating a virtual machine to use with Workstation rather than ESX or Virtual Center you can find more information about Workstation networking choices in Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network on page 271 Customizations to the Guest Operating System Optional The wizard also lets you make changes to the identity of the virtual machine
119. to restart the virtual machine after changing the debugging mode For normal use make sure you are not running in debugging mode as described in the procedure in this section NOTE If you turn on the record replay feature by enabling the Enable execution record and replay check box VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshot Replay the debugging mode automatically gets set to Full If you later disable record replay you need to manually set debugging mode back to Normal You might need to use one of the other modes under the following conditions m If the virtual machine sometimes crashes and you want to determine the cause use full debugging mode so that you can send the debugging logs to VMware technical support m If in normal mode the virtual machine runs extremely slowly under some workloads and you want to determine the cause use statistics mode so that you can send the statistics file to VMware technical support After you generate some debugging information run the vm support script as described in Reporting Problems on page 17 and send the output to VMware technical support When the cause and remedy for an issue have been found return to normal mode To set a debugging mode 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 378 VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning
120. to the application file m On Linux vmplayer amp 2 Open a virtual machine When you launch the player it displays a Welcome page that gives you the option of browsing to a virtual machine file opening a recently used virtual machine or downloading a virtual appliance from the VMTN VMware Technology Network Web site To close VMware Player Do one of the following m Shut down the guest operating system in the virtual machine The player closes after the guest operating system shuts down m In VMware Player choose VMware Player gt Exit Windows or Player gt Quit Linux Player will either suspend or power off the virtual machine depending on the preference you set for exit behavior in Player gt Preferences Setting Up Virtual Machines for Use with VMware Player Take care when you create virtual machines that you intend to be distributed and played by VMware Player Configure the virtual machine for maximum compatibility with all expected host machines and systems Because the Player s configuration options are limited users are limited in their ability to make changes in a virtual machine so that it is compatible with their host systems VMware Inc 193 Workstation User s Manual 194 Following are recommendations to help you configure virtual machines for maximum compatibility with VMware Player and with the widest range of host machines Determine which virtual devices are actually required and don t incl
121. to the same state repeatedly take a snapshot as described in Using Snapshots on page 225 VMware Inc 223 Workstation User s Manual 224 The speed of the suspend and resume operations depends on how much data has changed during the time that the virtual machine was running In general the first suspend operation takes longer than later suspend operations When you suspend a virtual machine a file with a vmss extension is created This file contains the entire state of the virtual machine When you resume the virtual machine its state is restored from the vmss file To prepare a virtual machine for using suspend and resume 1 Make sure VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system For instructions see Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 2 Configure the Suspend button to do either a hard suspend or a soft suspend operation as follows a Select the virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings from the Workstation menu bar The virtual machine settings editor opens b Click the Options tab and select Power c Inthe Power controls section specify whether you want to use a hard suspend operation Suspend or a soft suspend Suspend Guest If you select Suspend Guest a script runs that either releases the IP address on Windows guests using DHCP or stops networking for the virtual machine on Linux FreeBSD and Solaris guests d Click OK to close the virtual machine set
122. to use for displaying this virtual machine in exclusive mode 3 Press Ctrl Alt Enter to enter full screen mode 4 On the full screen toolbar do one of the following m On Windows hosts click the Workstation icon to display the system menu and choose Exclusive Mode System menu x i Windows XP Professional Wks 6 E Restore Move Size Minimize G Maximize Exclusive Mode Autofit Guest Stretch Guest Center Guest X Close m On Linux hosts click the View menu on the full screen toolbar and choose Exclusive Mode Rea Hat Enterprise Linux 4 2 VM Exclusive Mode Autofit Guest Stretch Guest Center Guest 5 To exit full screen mode and return to windowed mode press Ctrl Alt In exclusive mode you cannot display the full screen toolbar VMware Inc 159 Workstation User s Manual 160 Using Multiple Monitors If your host has a multiple monitor display you can run a different virtual machine on each monitor You can also have one virtual machine use two or more monitors Before you attempt to use multiple monitors for displaying one virtual machine make sure the virtual machine meets these requirements The virtual machine is a Workstation 6 or higher virtual machine VMware Tools is installed and running in the virtual machine s guest operating system The version of VMware Tools must be the version included in Workstation 6 or higher For instructions
123. use the Autofit Guest and Fit Guest Now options VMware Tools must be running m Solaris 10 guests must be running an Xorg X server and JDS Gnome Working with Nonstandard Resolutions A guest operating system and its applications might react unexpectedly when the Workstation console size is not a standard VESA resolution 640x480 800x600 1024x768 and so on For example the Autofit Guest and Fit Guest Now commands allow your guest operating system screen resolution to be set smaller than 640x480 but some installers do not run at resolutions smaller than 640x480 Programs might refuse to run Error messages might include such phrases as VGA Required To Install or You must have VGA to install There are two ways to work around this problem with nonstandard resolutions m If your host computer s screen resolution is high enough you can enlarge the window and choose Fit Guest Now m If your host computer s screen resolution does not allow you to enlarge the Workstation console sufficiently you can manually set the guest operating system s screen resolution to 640480 or larger VMware Inc 165 Workstation User s Manual Installing New Software 166 Installing new software in a Workstation virtual machine is like installing it on a physical computer The only additional steps you need to take are Make sure that Workstation can access the media you want to use for installing the software From t
124. virtual Ethernet adapter and that virtual adapter is connected to the newly created host only interface VMnet2 To use this configuration see To use configuration 1 or 2 on page 300 Configuration 3 The virtual machine is configured with two virtual Ethernet adapters One virtual adapter is connected to the default host only interface VMnet1 and the other virtual adapter is connected to the newly created host only interface VMnet2 To use this configuration see To use configuration 3 connect to two host only interfaces on page 301 To use configuration 1 or 2 1 300 Select the virtual machine It can be either powered off or powered on From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab select Ethernet In the Network Connection section do one of the following m To connect to the default host only interface VMnet1 select Host only m To connect to the newly created host only interface select Custom and choose VMnet2 Host only from the drop down list on the right If no network adapter is shown in the list of devices add one as described in Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network To use configuration 3 connect to two host only interfaces 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 From the Workstation me
125. virtual machine vmx file orteam Path to vmx or vmtm file vmtm file stop Stop a virtual machine vmx file orteam Path to vmx or vmtm file vmtm file hard soft reset Reset a virtual machine vmx file or Path to vmx or vmtm file team vmtm file hard soft suspend Suspend a virtual machine vmx file or Path to vmx or vmtm file team vmtm file hard soft Snapshot Commands snapshot Create a snapshot of a virtual machine Path to vmx file snapshot name ListSnapshots List all snapshots in a virtual machine Path to vmx file 406 VMware Inc Appendix A Workstation Command Line Reference Table A 2 vmrun Commands and Parameters Continued Command Description Parameters deleteSnapshot Remove a snapshot from a virtual Path to vmx file machine snapshot name revertToSnapshot Go to a snapshot in a virtual machine Path to vmx file If a snapshot has a unique name within a virtual machine revert to that snapshot by specifying the path to the virtual machine s configuration file and the snapshot name Path to vmx file snapshot name If several snapshots have the same name you can still specify a snapshot by including a path name for the snapshot name A path name is a series of snapshot names separated by forward slash characters Each name specifies a different snapshot in the tree For example suppose you include the
126. virtual machine contend equally for resources with all other processes running on the host regardless of whether or not the mouse and keyboard are grabbed by the virtual machine Workstation on a Windows host provides configuration options that let you adjust scheduling priorities to meet your needs These configuration options are available m Ona global basis for all virtual machines Use the Workstation preference editor as follows From the Workstation menu bar choose the Edit gt Preferences and click the Priority tab m Ona per virtual machine basis for virtual machines on which you want to override the default global setting Use the virtual machine settings editor as follows Select the virtual machine and from the Workstation menu bar choose VMp gt Settings On the Options tab select Advanced VMware Inc 371 Workstation User s Manual 372 These menu items allow you to specify either high or normal priority when the mouse and keyboard are grabbed by the virtual machine and either normal or low priority when they are not grabbed By default the priority for virtual machine processing is set to Normal for both input grabbed and input ungrabbed If you have many background processes or applications and you do not care whether they run with fairly low relative priority while Workstation is in the foreground set Input grabbed to High and set Input ungrabbed to Normal You should see a noticeable performance boost when us
127. vmx file operating system Process ID runScriptInGuest Run a script in the guest operating Path to vmx file system Interpreter path script text deleteFileInGuest Delete a file from the guest operating Path to vmx file system Path to file on the guest createDirectoryInGuest Create a directory in the guest operating system Path to vmx file Directory path on the guest deleteDirectoryInGuest Delete a directory from the guest operating system Path to vmx file Directory path on the guest ListDirectoryInGuest List the contents of a directory in the guest operating system Path to vmx file Directory path on the guest copyFileFromHostToGuest Copy a file from the host to the guest operating system Path to vmx file File path on the host File path on the guest copyFileFromGuestToHost Copy a file from the guest operating system to the host Path to vmx file File path on the guest File path on the host renameFileInGuest Rename a file in the guest operating system Path to vmx file Original file name New file name 408 VMware Inc Appendix A Workstation Command Line Reference Examples for vmrun For example to reset a virtual machine m Ina Linux terminal enter vmrun reset usr local VMs lt virtual_machine_name gt vmx soft m On the Windows command line enter vmrun reset c Virtual Machines lt vi
128. when Workstation is not running On the host an icon in the notification area of the taskbar indicates how many virtual machines are running in the background Click the icon to display a list of the powered on virtual machines See Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation on page 84 You can then interact with virtual machines outside of Workstation by using a VNC virtual network computing connection See Using a VNC Client for Remote Connections to a Virtual Machine on page 182 You can also launch a virtual machine in the background by using the VMware Programming API known as VIX and later connect to the powered on virtual machine with Workstation Support for Multiple Monitor Displays You can specify how many monitors a virtual machine can detect regardless of how many monitors are attached to the host This feature is especially useful if you plan to deploy the virtual machine to a different host after you create it You can also specify which screen resolution to use For more information see Using Multiple Monitors on page 160 Increase in Number of Ethernet Adapters Supported You can now have a total of 10 Ethernet adapters for a virtual machine New 64 Bit Sound Driver VMware Tools installs a sound driver in 64 bit Windows guest operating systems Newly created 64 bit Windows virtual machines are now configured with audio hardware by default See Sound on page 37 Support for H
129. which the virtual machine s display fills the entire screen See also full screen switch mode full screen switch mode A display mode in which the virtual machine s display fills the entire screen and the user has no access to the VMware Workstation user interface The user cannot create reconfigure or launch virtual machines A system administrator performs these functions See also full screen mode Go to Snapshot command The Go to Snapshot command allows you to restore any snapshot of the active virtual machine See also revert to snapshot guest operating system An operating system that runs inside a virtual machine See also host operating system on page 443 VMware Inc H K N O Glossary headless Describes a program that runs in the background without any interface connected to it A running virtual machine that has no console connections is running headless host only networking A type of network connection between a virtual machine and the host Under host only networking a virtual machine is connected to the host on a private network which normally is not visible outside the host Multiple virtual machines configured with host only networking on the same host are on the same network See also bridged networking custom networking network address translation NAT host machine The physical computer on which the VMware Workstation software is installed It hosts the VMware Workstation virtual machines
130. 0 Adding Virtual and Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine 202 Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine 202 Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine 204 Removing a Virtual Disk from a Virtual Machine 204 Using Physical Disks in a Virtual Machine 205 Adding DVD CD ROM and Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine 210 Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine 211 Adding Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine 212 Connecting a CD ROM DVD or Floppy Drive to an Image File 213 Using VMware Virtual Disk Manager 214 Running the VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility 215 Shrinking Virtual Disks with Virtual Disk Manager Windows Only 217 Examples Using the VMware Virtual Disk Manager 218 Using Dual Boot Computers with Virtual Machines 220 Legacy Virtual Disks 220 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine 223 Using the Suspend and Resume Features 223 Using Snapshots 225 Snapshot Processes Linear Versus Process Tree 225 What to Use Snapshots For 227 What Is Captured by a Snapshot 228 When to Take Snapshots 228 Enabling Snapshot Actions as a Background Activity 229 Excluding Virtual Disks from Snapshots 230 Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager 231 Taking a Snapshot 233 Restoring aSnapshot 234 Disabling Snapshots 235 8 VMware Inc Contents Snapshot Options When You Power Off a Virtual Machine 236 Snapshots and Workstation 4 Virtual Machines 237 Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental 237 Hardware and Virtua
131. 155 overview 73 pictured 73 removing virtual machines from 75 files BIOS in virtual machine 108 redo log 109 Samba and file sharing on a Linux host 316 VMware Inc sharing among virtual machines and host 169 snapshot 109 suspended state 109 used by a virtual machine 108 used by snapshot 109 virtual machine 150 firewall 312 fit guest 164 window 164 window to virtual machine 163 floppy drives in virtual machine 36 image file 36 214 floppy drive adding to virtual machine 212 folders in the Favorites list 75 shared See shared folder for displaying Workstation help 32 for playing back virtual machine recordings 243 FreeBSD supported 32 bit guest operating systems 40 supported 64 bit guest operating systems 40 VMware Tools for 128 FTP 306 full screen mode defined 442 using 156 full screen switch mode 393 log file 401 G gated host network 295 global configuration file 394 VMware Inc Index graphics See also display support in virtual machine 36 319 guest autofit 163 defined 21 fit 164 guest operating system defined 442 installing 95 support for 64 bit 41 supported 38 supported FreeBSD 32 bit 40 supported FreeBSD 64 bit 40 supported Linux 32 bit 39 supported Linux 64 bit 39 supported MS DOS 39 supported Solaris 32 bit 40 supported Solaris 64 bit 40 upgrades 97 Windows 32 bit 38 Windows 64 bit 39 GUID Partition Table GPT disks 102 H Hardware tab in virtual machine settings ed
132. 249 linked 246 linked clone of linked clone 249 MAC address 249 MAC address and UUID 245 moving linked clones 191 network identity 249 overview 245 snapshot for linked clone 250 snapshot of linked clone 250 static IP address 249 virtual machine in a team 269 clone template 251 color display on VNC clients 183 screen in a virtual machine 319 comm port See serial connection serial port command line interface for VMware Tools 144 for Workstation 403 vmrun 405 commands keyboard shortcuts 85 startup on the command line 403 startup on Windows hosts 405 configuration pages 433 configuration properties setting post debug event properties 437 setting pre debug event properties 437 setting virtual machine properties 436 configurations creating 433 creating to attach to applications 420 creating to start applications 418 deleting 421 duplicating to attach to applications 420 duplicating to start applications 418 editing to attach to applications 420 editing to start applications 418 managing 417 433 removing 434 renaming 434 connect CD DVDs and floppies to ISO images 213 USB devices 353 VMware Inc Converter Import wizard 98 105 106 converting virtual machines 23 98 copy virtual machine 190 copyright information for Workstation 137 CPU host requirement 29 provided in virtual machine 35 Creative Labs 37 325 Ctri Alt 342 D DDNS 297 debugging attaching to processes
133. 36 team 262 Power Off button 152 power on a virtual machine 148 team 262 Powered On list 76 preferences display 163 hot keys 342 setting for Workstation 79 workspace 80 processor host requirement 29 provided in virtual machine 35 supported for 64 bit guest 30 41 promiscuous mode 303 properties setting post debug event 437 setting pre debug event 437 setting virtual machine 436 Q quick switch mode 157 445 quiet mode install VMware Tools 120 R RAM amount required on host 30 available in virtual machine 36 raw disk See physical disk Real Media 325 real time clock requirement on Linux host 49 record replay feature 237 240 REDO file 109 redo log file 109 registration 18 remote connections to a virtual machine 182 RemoteDisplay vnc keyMap property 343 removing a virtual disk 204 devices from a virtual machine 180 Workstation 2 or 3 56 repairing VMware Tools installations 131 Replay Last Recording button 240 Replay toolbar 241 reporting problems to VMware 17 Reset button 153 resizing Linux guests 164 Solaris guests 165 restricted user interface 390 resume defined 445 team 263 virtual machine 223 reverting to snapshot 234 235 VMware Inc routing between host only networks 302 host only 295 RPM installer for VMware Workstation 50 S Samba and file sharing on a Linux host 316 modifying configuration for Workstation 316 on both bridged and host only networks 317 scan code 344 scan
134. 4 Depending on whether you want to use a physical serial port or a file do one of the following m Fora physical serial port on the Select a Physical Serial Port page choose the port on the host computer that you want to use for this serial connection m Fora file on the Choose Serial Port Output File page browse to the file on the host computer that you want to use to store the output of the virtual serial port Make sure the Connect at power on check box is selected if desired Click Finish to return to the Hardware tab of the virtual machine settings editor Windows hosts only On the Hardware tab to configure this serial port to use polled mode select Yield CPU on poll This option is of interest to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 338 10 Power on the virtual machine Connecting an Application on the Host to a Virtual Machine You can set up the virtual serial port in a virtual machine to connect to an application on the host computer This is useful for example if you want to use an application on the host to capture debugging information sent from the virtual machine s serial port To install a direct serial connection between an application on the host and a virtual machine use the following procedure To connect a host application to a virtual machine 1 Start Workstation
135. 4 0 updates 1 2 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 4 0 updates 1 2 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 0 updates 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 3 0 updates 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 0 updates 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2 1 stock 2 4 9 e3 Red Hat Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 20 8 upgrade 2 4 20 20 9 Red Hat Linux 8 0 stock 2 4 18 Red Hat Linux 7 3 stock 2 4 18 Red Hat Linux 7 2 stock 2 4 7 10 upgrade 2 4 9 7 upgrade 2 4 9 13 upgrade 2 4 9 21 upgrade 2 4 9 31 Red Hat Linux 7 1 stock 2 4 2 2 upgrade 2 4 3 12 Red Hat Linux 7 0 stock 2 2 16 22 upgrade 2 2 17 14 m SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP4 Beta SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 9 SP1 9 SP2 9 SP3 Listed versions are also supported with no service pack SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 stock 2 4 19 openSUSE 10 2 formerly known as SUSE Linux 10 2 SUSE Linux 10 1 SUSE Linux 10 SUSE Linux 9 3 SUSE Linux 9 2 SP1 SUSE Linux 9 1 stock 2 6 4 52 SUSE Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 21 99 SUSE Linux 8 2 stock 2 4 20 m Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Ubuntu Linux 6 06 Ubuntu Linux 5 10 Ubuntu Linux 5 04 A Web browser is required for the Help system VMware Inc 33 Workstation User s Manual 34 Linux Host Operating Systems 64 Bit Supported distributions and kernels are listed below Workstation might not run on systems that do not meet
136. 46 keyboard enhanced virtual on Windows 341 language keymaps for VNC clients 343 mapping on a Linux host 344 shortcuts 85 USB 357 keysym defined 345 mapping 347 knowledge base VMware 16 KT 958 91 L LAN segment and teams 264 changing name 267 deleting 268 setting bandwidth 268 setting Kbps 268 setting packet loss 268 VMware Inc launch configurations 417 creating to attach to applications 420 creating to start applications 418 duplicating to attach to applications 420 duplicating to start applications 418 editing to attach to applications 420 editing to start applications 418 leak IP packets in a virtual machine 293 IP packets in host only network 291 licensing serial number and 47 linked clone moving 191 parent 250 parent as template 250 Linux installing on Linux host 49 supported 32 bit guest operating systems 39 supported 64 bit guest operating systems 39 supported host operating systems 32 34 uninstalling Workstation on Linux host 53 upgrading on Linux host 58 VMware Tools for 123 LiveState system image importing 98 location of virtual machine files 89 150 lock files 196 lockout for some interface features 389 Workstation preference 80 log file 108 log files 401 ISI Logic 36 91 357 364 VMware Inc Index M MAC address and clones 245 assigning manually 295 clone 249 of virtual Ethernet adapter 294 map key code 346 keyboard 344 keysym 347 mapped drives for v
137. 58 for a complete description of the console view for teams Toolbar Buttons The toolbar area at the top of the VMware Workstation window contains buttons you can click to power your virtual machines on and off change the Workstation display manage snapshots and record virtual machine activity Figure 4 5 Workstation Toolbar Power toolbar Snapshot toolbar View toolbar Replay toolbar VMware Inc 69 Workstation User s Manual The following list describes the toolbar buttons To customize the toolbar display see Customizing the Toolbar on page 72 V 70 CAUTION When a team is active clicking the Power On Power Off Suspend Resume or Reset button affects all the virtual machines in that team m Power toolbar Power Off Turns off the active virtual machine or team like the power button ona hardware PC You can configure Workstation for a soft power off called shut down or a hard power off called power off See Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 152 or Starting and Stopping Teams on page 262 Suspend Stops a virtual machine or team in a manner that allows you to resume your work later See Using the Suspend and Resume Features on page 223 Power On or Resume Powers on a selected virtual machine or team that is powered off or resumes a virtual machine or team that is suspended m Power On See Starting a Virtual Machine on page 148 or Starting and Stopping
138. 6 on page 21 VMware Inc 59 Workstation User s Manual If however you created Workstation 6 virtual machines but you now want to deploy those virtual machines to run on a different VMware product you might need to downgrade to a version that is compatible with that product The Change Version wizard enables you to do either of these tasks Using Workstation 6 you have the following upgrade and downgrade choices m Upgrade a Workstation 4 virtual machine to either version 5 or version 6 m Upgrade a Workstation 5 virtual machine to version 6 or downgrade it to version 4 m Downgrade a Workstation 6 virtual machine to either version 4 or version 5 The Change Version wizard also helps you determine which virtual hardware version to use Consider the following when changing the virtual hardware version of a virtual machine m The wizard lets you either change the version of the original virtual machine or create a full clone so that the original remains unaltered m Ifyou upgrade a Workstation 4 or 5 virtual machine that is compatible with ESX Server to Workstation 6 you will not be able to later downgrade it again to an ESX compatible virtual machine by using the Change Version wizard On Windows hosts you can however use the Converter Import wizard File gt Import to perform such a downgrade m Ifyou are upgrading a virtual machine that runs from a physical disk you might see the following error message while Workst
139. 7 Generic SCSI on a Windows Host Operating System 357 Generic SCSI on a Linux Host Operating System 363 VMware Inc 11 Workstation User s Manual Using Two Way Virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Experimental 365 Moving SMP Virtual Machines Between Workstation and ESX Server 366 16 Performance Tuning 367 Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer 367 CPU 367 Memory 367 Disks 369 Networking 370 Configuring VMware Workstation and Virtual Machines 370 CPU 371 Memory 372 Disks 375 Networking 377 Additional Suggestions for Improving Performance 377 Configuring Guest Operating Systems 379 CPU 379 Disks 380 Networking 383 Visual Effects Windows Only 383 Enhanced Performance with Paravirtualized Kernels in Linux Guests 384 Using the Microsoft Performance Console to Monitor Virtual Machine Performance 386 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts 389 Locking Out Interface Features Windows Hosts Only 389 Removing a Forgotten Password 390 Restricting the User Interface 390 Automatically Returning to a Snapshot with a Restricted User Interface 391 Using Full Screen Switch Mode 393 Creating a Virtual Machine for Use in Full Screen Switch Mode 393 Moving a Virtual Machine to the User s Computer 394 Setting Configuration Options on the User s Computer 394 Starting and Stopping Virtual Machines on the User s Computer 398 Guest ACPI S1 Sleep 401 A Workstation Command Line Reference 403 Startu
140. CPU load is spread out Teams automatically launch virtual machines in the right order with delays that you specify to ensure that each virtual machine stabilizes before the next virtual machine boots VMware Inc 253 Workstation User s Manual Team virtual machines can use networking just as other virtual machines can In addition team members can communicate in private networks called LAN segments LAN segments are completely independent of and invisible to the host computer s network You can use teams to 254 Virtualize multitier environments Start separate client server and database virtual machines with one click Configure startup delay times so clients don t submit queries before the server is ready Virtualize multiple machine testing environments Set up a software package for QA on a virtual machine and configure automation on other virtual machines to test the first Virtualize network performance and security LAN segments offer enhanced performance and security A team LAN segment is fully contained It is undetectable and inaccessible from any other network inside or outside the team Team networking lets you m Isolate a team completely from the host network m Create a virtual DMZ or proxy server to securely bridge the team members to the outside network m Allow specific network bandwidth and packet loss to each virtual machine on the team m Connect all team members fully to host resou
141. Click OK The new configuration is created and listed as the active configuration in the Configuration and Active Configuration drop down menus Next edit the configuration properties as described in Setting Configuration Properties on page 435 VMware Inc 433 Workstation User s Manual Renaming Configurations You can rename an existing configuration To rename a configuration 1 2 4 5 6 Choose VMware gt Options Choose the configuration you want to rename from the Configuration drop down menu and click the Edit icon In the Edit Configuration page select the configuration you want to rename and click Rename Type the new name over the existing name and press Enter At the confirmation prompt click Yes Click Close The renamed configuration is listed as the active configuration in the Configuration drop down menu You can edit its configuration properties as described in Setting Configuration Properties on page 435 Removing Configurations You can remove an existing configuration To remove a configuration 1 2 4 5 Choose VMware gt Options Choose the name of the configuration you want to delete from the Configuration drop down menu and click the Edit icon In the Edit Configuration page select the configuration you want to delete and click Remove At the confirmation prompt click Yes Click Close The configuration is removed from the Configuration drop down me
142. FreeBSD 4 5 but does occur for minimal installations To fix the problem of the missing library 1 Insert and mount the FreeBSD 4 5 installation CD or access the ISO image file 2 Change directories and run the installation script cd cdrom compat3x instaLll sh VMware Inc 129 Workstation User s Manual 130 Installing VMware Tools in a NetWare Virtual Machine The first step is performed on the host within Workstation menus and the remaining steps are performed inside the virtual machine To install VMware Tools in a NetWare virtual machine 1 Power on the virtual machine and after the guest system has started choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine Load the CD ROM driver so the CD ROM device mounts the ISO image as a volume Do one of the following m Inthe system console for a NetWare 6 5 virtual machine enter LOAD CDDVD m Inthe system console for a NetWare 6 0 or NetWare 5 1 virtual machine enter LOAD CD9660 NSS m Inthe system console for a NetWare 4 2 virtual machine enter load cdrom Then mount the VMware Tools CD ROM image by entering cd mount vmwtools When the driver finishes loading you can begin installing VMware Tools as described in the next step In the system console enter one of the following m For NetWare 5 1 6 0 or 6 5 vmwtools setup ncf m For NetWare 4 2 vmwtools setup When the installation finishes the message VMwa
143. FreeBSD guest become root and run vmware tooLbox If you shrink disks as a nonroot user you cannot wipe the parts of the virtual disk that require root level permissions 2 Click the Shrink tab 3 Select the virtual disks you want to shrink and click Prepare to Shrink A dialog box tracks the progress of the wiping process NOTE If you deselect some partitions the whole disk still shrinks However those partitions are not wiped for shrinking and the shrink process does not reduce the size of the virtual disk as much as it would with all partitions selected VMware Inc 201 Workstation User s Manual 4 When VMware Tools finishes wiping the selected disk partitions and you are prompted to shrink disks now click Yes A dialog box tracks the progress of the shrinking process Shrinking disks can take considerable time 5 Click OK to finish Adding Virtual and Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine 202 Workstation 6 virtual machines can use up to 4 IDE devices and up to 60 SCSI devices Any of these devices can be a virtual or physical hard disk or DVD or CD ROM drive This section provides instructions for the following procedures Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 202 Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 204 Removing a Virtual Disk from a Virtual Machine on page 204 Using Physical Disks in a Virtual Machine on page 205 Many other SCSI devices c
144. I driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site at www vimware com download Follow the instructions on the Web site to use the driver with a fresh installation of Windows XP VMware Inc 197 Workstation User s Manual A virtual disk of either type can be stored on either type of physical hard disk That is the files that make up an IDE virtual disk can be stored on either an IDE hard disk or a SCSI hard disk So can the files that make up a SCSI virtual disk They can also be stored on other types of fast access storage media Physical Disks In some circumstances you might need to give your virtual machine direct access to a physical hard drive on your host computer A physical disk directly accesses an existing local disk or partition You can use physical disks if you want Workstation to run one or more guest operating systems from existing disk partitions NOTE Only expert users should attempt physical disk configurations Although virtual disks are limited to 950GB physical disks can be set up on both IDE and SCSI devices of up to 2TB capacity Booting from an operating system already set up on an existing SCSI disk or partition is currently not supported Also on Windows Vista hosts you cannot use the system partition or the physical disk that contains it in a virtual machine CAUTION If you run an operating system natively on the host computer and switch to running it inside a virtual mach
145. If you choose a value for XX YY ZZ that is unique among your hard coded addresses conflicts between the automatically assigned MAC addresses and the manually assigned addresses should never occur Controlling Routing Information for a Host Only Network on Linux A host only network is a full fledged network It has a network interface associated with it VMnet1 that is marked up at the time the host operating system is booted Consequently routing server processes that operate on the host operating system such as routed and gated automatically discover it and propagate information on how to reach it unless you explicitly configure them not to do so VMware Inc 295 Workstation User s Manual 296 If either of these programs is being run only to receive routing information the easiest solution is to run it with a q option so that it does not supply routing information but only receives it If however routing services are running because they are to supply routing information you need to configure them so they do not advertise routes to the host only network The version of routed that comes with many distributions of Linux has no support for specifying that an interface should not be advertised Consult the routed 8 manual page for your system in case you have a more contemporary version of the software For gated configuration is involved You need to explicitly exclude the VMnet1 interface from any protocol activit
146. If you configure the disk to be independent you can further specify whether changes you make to the disk should persist or be discarded when you power off the virtual machine or restore it to a snapshot On Linux hosts you can specify these settings in the New Virtual Machine wizard on the Select a Disk Type page in the Mode section On Windows hosts you can use the virtual machine settings editor After you create the virtual machine select it and from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt Hard Disk gt Advanced VMware Inc 91 Workstation User s Manual 92 Virtual Disks and Physical Disks This option is available for custom configurations only If you use a typical configuration a new virtual disk is created and used for the virtual machine Virtual disks are the best choice for most virtual machines They are quick and easy to set up and can be moved to new locations on the same host computer or to different host computers Even for custom configurations you usually choose the option Create a New Virtual Disk though in some cases you might want to choose Use an Existing Virtual Disk to use a virtual disk you have created previously In this case the wizard displays a page for you to enter the path or browse to the existing virtual disk vmdk file To use a physical hard disk a raw disk or IDE disk partition see Using Physical Disks in a Virtual Machine on page 205 VMware recommends
147. Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Manually Assigning a MAC Address To guarantee that the same MAC address is assigned to a given virtual machine every time you power it on even if the virtual machine is moved or if you want to guarantee a unique MAC address for each virtual machine within a networked environment you can assign the address manually instead of allowing Workstation to assign it To assign the same unique MAC address to any virtual machine manually use a text editor to remove three lines from the configuration file and add one line The configuration file has a vmx extension at the end of the filename On a Linux host a virtual machine created with an earlier VMware product might have a configuration file with a cfg extension Remove the three lines that begin with the following from the configuration file ethernet n generatedAddress ethernet n addressType ethernet n generatedAddressOffset In these options n is the number of the virtual Ethernet adapter for example ethernet0 Add the following line to the configuration file ethernet n address 00 50 56 XX YY ZZ In this line the fourth pair of numbers XX must be a valid hexadecimal number between 00h and 3Fh and YY and ZZ must be valid hexadecimal numbers between 00h and FFh Because Workstation virtual machines do not support arbitrary MAC addresses you must use the above format Place this line above the UUID lines in the file
148. Machine Before unplugging a USB device or using the VM gt Removable Devices menu to disconnect it from a virtual machine be sure it is in a safe state Follow the procedures the device manufacturer specifies for unplugging the device from a physical computer This is true whether you are physically unplugging it moving it from host to virtual machine moving it between virtual machines or moving it from virtual machine to host VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices This is important with data storage devices a Zip drive for example If you move a data storage device too soon after saving a file and the operating system has not actually written the data to the disk you can lose data Human Interface Devices USB human interface devices such as the keyboard and mouse are not handled though the virtual machine s USB controller Instead they appear in the virtual machine as a standard PS 2 keyboard and mouse even though they are plugged into USB ports on the host Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device Generic SCSI lets a virtual machine run any SCSI device that is supported by the guest operating system in the virtual machine Generic SCSI gives the guest operating system direct access to SCSI devices connected to the host such as scanners and tape drives Generic SCSI on a Windows Host Operating System Using the SCSI generic driver in Windows Workstation allows your guest operating system to operate generic SCSI devic
149. New Virtual Machine If you need assistance in determining which type of setup to use see Typical Versus Custom Configurations on page 88 To create a virtual machine by using the typical setup 1 Start VMware Workstation For instructions see Starting Workstation on page 64 Choose File gt New gt Virtual Machine to start the New Virtual Machine wizard and click Next In the Select the Appropriate Configuration page select Typical and click Next On the Select a Guest Operating System page select the operating system including the version that you intend to install in the new virtual machine and click Next For more information see Guest Operating System Selection on page 89 On the Name the Virtual Machine page select a name and folder for the virtual machine and click Next The name you enter here is used if you add this virtual machine to the VMware Workstation Favorites list This name is also used as the name of the folder where all the files associated with this virtual machine are stored Each virtual machine should have its own folder For more information see Virtual Machine Location on page 89 On the Network Type page configure the networking capabilities of the virtual machine and click Next For more information see Network Connection Type on page 90 On the Specify Disk Capacity page enter the size of the virtual disk specify the way you want the disk space allocated
150. OM drives already have a designated dev entry st sd and sr respectively When the SCSI generic driver is installed Linux identifies these devices with corresponding sg entries in dev in addition to their traditional entries Workstation ensures that multiple programs are not using the same dev sg entry at the same time but cannot always ensure that multiple programs are not using the dev sg entry and the traditional dev entry at the same time A WARNING Do not attempt to use the same generic SCSI device in both host and guest This can cause unexpected behavior and might cause loss or corruption of data Permissions on a Generic SCSI Device You must have read and write permissions on a given generic SCSI device to use the device within a virtual machine even if the device is a read only device such as a CD ROM drive These devices typically default to root only permissions Your administrator should create a group with access to read and write to these devices and add the appropriate users to that group VMware Inc 363 Workstation User s Manual 364 Device Support In theory generic SCSI is completely device independent but VMware has discovered it is sensitive to the guest operating system device class and specific SCSI hardware Try any SCSI hardware and report problems to VMware technical support NOTE If you use generic SCSI devices in a Windows 95 98 or Me guest operating system and are experiencing p
151. On Linux hosts X toolkit options can be passed as arguments although some of them most notably the size and title of the VMware Workstation window cannot be overridden X toolkit options are not relevant on a Windows host 404 VMware Inc Appendix A Workstation Command Line Reference Using Startup Options in a Windows Shortcut The most convenient way to use the startup options is to incorporate them into the command generated by a Windows shortcut To create the shortcut right click the shortcut and click Properties In the Target field add any switches you want to use after the vmware exe filename For example the following command launches the Windows Me virtual machine specified powers it on and switches to full screen mode C Program Files VMware VMware Workstation Programs vmware exe X C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents My Virtual Machines Windows Me Windows Me vmx Enclose the entire command string in quotation marks NOTE The configuration file has a vmx extension by default Command Line Application for Operating Virtual Machines VMware Workstation includes a separate application vmrun for operating teams or virtual machines from the command line To launch the vmrun application from the command prompt enter vmrun COMMAND OPTION Before using the vmrun command on a Windows host you must do one of the following m Change your working directory to the VMware Wor
152. Only the virtual machine needs to be running and it can be running in the background This section provides instructions for configuring the virtual machine to act as a VNC server You do not need to install any specialized VNC software in the guest 182 VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine About VNC Port Numbers When configuring VNC as described later in this section if you want to connect to more than one virtual machine on the same host with a VNC client you must specify a unique port number for each virtual machine VMware suggests you use a port number in the range from 5901 to 6001 You can use any port number but keep in mind that certain port numbers are used by other applications and some port numbers are privileged meaning only the root or Administrator user can listen For example the VMware Management Interface uses ports 8333 and 8222 on Linux only root can listen to ports up to port number 1024 Conflicts can occur if you specify a port in use by another application Ensuring Proper Display on the Client For the VNC client be sure to specify the following settings before you connect to a virtual machine Make sure the client is set for hextile encoding and make sure the client is set to use all colors For example if you use RealVNC Viewer under the Preferred Encoding option select Hextile and under the Colour Level option select Full all available colours The following issues are known to oc
153. Properties dialog box On the Options tab of the VMware Tools control panel select Show VMware Tools in the taskbar and click Apply On Linux FreeBSD and Solaris guests open a terminal window and enter the command usr bin vmware toolbox amp On NetWare do one of the following m Ina NetWare 5 1 or higher guest choose Novell gt Settings gt VMware Tools for NetWare m Ina NetWare 4 2 guest use VMware Tools commands in the system console The VMware Tools program is called vmwtool Its options are described in Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System on page 137 Tabs in the VMware Tools control panel are described in the following sections VMware Inc Options Tab on page 134 Devices Tab on page 135 Scripts Tab on page 135 Shared Folders Tab Windows Guests Only on page 137 Shrink Tab on page 137 About Tab on page 137 133 Workstation User s Manual 134 Options Tab In the Options tab you can set the following options Time synchronization between the virtual machine and the host operating system You can synchronize the time in the guest operating system with the time on the host operating system only when you set the clock in the guest operating system to a time earlier than the time set on the host For information about sychronizing time when the guest is set to a later time than the host see Using the VM
154. SE Linux 9 3 SUSE Linux 9 2 SP1 SUSE Linux 9 1 stock 2 6 4 52 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements m Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Ubuntu Linux 6 06 Ubuntu Linux 5 10 Ubuntu Linux 5 04 Important On 64 bit Ubuntu 6 x hosts some 32 bit compatibility libraries are required Specifically 32 bit gLibc and X11 are required See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for version details about these operating systems A Web browser is required for the Help system Virtual Machine Specifications The following sections describe the devices supported by Workstation virtual machines Processor m Same processor as that on host computer m One virtual processor on a host with one or more logical processors m Two virtual processors two way virtual symmetric multiprocessing or Virtual SMP on a host with at least two logical processors The following are all considered to have two logical processors A multiprocessor host with two or more physical CPUs m Asingle processor host with a multicore CPU m Asingle processor host with hyperthreading enabled See Using Two Way Virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Experimental on page 365 Chip Set m Intel 440BX based motherboard m NS338 SIO m 82093AA IOAPIC BIOS PhoenixBIOS 4 0 Release 6 with VESA BIOS VMware Inc 35 Workstation User s Manual Memory m Up to 8GB depending on host memory No maximum limit for the total available fo
155. Select a Disk page select Create a new virtual disk and click Next On the Select a Disk Type page choose whether you want the virtual disk to be an IDE disk or a SCSI disk Information about the requirements of creating a SCSI disk appears in Disk Type IDE Versus SCSI on page 197 Also on the Select a Disk Type page if you want to exclude disks from snapshots in the Mode section select Independent for the mode and choose one of the following options m Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk m Nonpersistent Changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot For more information see Using Snapshots on page 225 On the Specify Disk Capacity page set the capacity for the new virtual disk You can set a size between 0 1GB and 950GB for a virtual disk For more information about the choices see Disk Size and Files on page 196 On the Specify Disk File page accept the default filename and location or browse to a different location Click Finish The wizard creates the new virtual disk It appears to your guest operating system as anew blank hard disk Use the guest operating system s tools to partition and format the new drive for use 203 Workstation User s Manual 204 Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine You can reconnect an existing virtual disk that has been removed from a virtual machine To add an exist
156. T network are not themselves accessible through DNS If you want the virtual machines running on the NAT network to access each other by DNS names you must set up a private DNS server connected to the NAT network External Access from the NAT Network In general any protocol using TCP or UDP can be used automatically by a virtual machine on the NAT network as long as the virtual machine initiates the network connection This is true for most client applications such as Web browsing Telnet passive mode FTP and downloading streaming video Additional protocol support has been built into the NAT device to allow FIP and ICMP echo ping to work transparently through the NAT On the external network to which the host is connected any virtual machine on the NAT network appears to be the host itself because its network traffic uses the host s IP address It is able to send and receive data using TCP IP to any machine that is accessible from the host Before any communication can occur the NAT device must set up a mapping between the virtual machine s address on the private NAT network and the host s network address on the external network When a virtual machine initiates a network connection with another network resource this mapping is created automatically The operation is transparent to the user of the virtual machine on the NAT network No additional work needs to be done The same cannot be said for network connections that are i
157. The appliance view is available for Workstation 6 virtual machines See Displaying the Virtual Machine as an Appliance on page 168 Monitor the Status of a Battery from the Guest Operating System If you are running a virtual machine on a laptop you can configure the virtual machine to monitor the state of the host s physical battery If your guest operating system is configured to respond to low battery situations it can do so effectively See Reporting Battery Information in the Guest Operating System on page 158 Enhanced Ability to Gather Debugging Information You no longer need to power off or suspend a virtual machine before setting it to generate debugging information In addition a new mode has been added that allows extensive statistics to be gathered about the virtual machine These statistics are often valuable in determining why a virtual machine runs slowly under some workloads See Turning Off Debugging Mode on page 378 VMware Inc 27 Workstation User s Manual 28 Support for Paravirtualized Linux Kernels If you have a VMware VMI Virtual Machine Interface 3 0 enabled kernel in a Linux guest operating system you can enable paravirtual support in the virtual machine This support results in improved performance See Enhanced Performance with Paravirtualized Kernels in Linux Guests on page 384 User Interface for Mapping a Virtual Disk to a Drive Letter Workstation menu commands are ava
158. VM gt Install VMware Tools The guest operating system mounts the VMware Tools installation virtual CD A window manager might appear displaying two files one for the RPM installer and one for the tar installer Alternatively a VMware Tools CD icon might appear on the desktop 2 Do one of the following m Ifyou see a VMware Tools CD icon on the desktop double click it and after it opens double click the RPM installer in the root of the CD ROM m If you see a file manager window double click the RPM installer file In some Linux distributions the VMware Tools CD icon might fail to appear In this case continue installing VMware Tools as described in Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar or RPM Installer on page 125 VMware Inc 123 Workstation User s Manual 124 3 When prompted enter the root password and click OK The installer prepares the packages Click Continue when the installer presents a dialog box that shows Completed System Preparation A dialog box appears with a progress bar When the installer is done VMware Tools is installed There is no confirmation or finish button In an X terminal as root su run the following file to configure VMware Tools vmware config tools plL Respond to the questions the installer displays on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value When done exit from the root account exit In an X terminal launch the VMware Tool
159. VMnet8 virtual network When a packet arrives the NAT device translates the address of the virtual machine to that of the host before forwarding the packet to the external network When data arrives from the external network for the virtual machine on the private network the NAT device receives the data replaces the network address with that of the virtual VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network machine and forwards the data to the virtual machine on the virtual network This translation occurs automatically and requires minimal configuration on the guest and the host The Host Computer and the NAT Network The host computer has a host virtual adapter on the NAT network identical to the host virtual adapter on the host only network This adapter allows the host and the virtual machines to communicate with each other for such purposes as file sharing The NAT device never forwards traffic from the host virtual adapter DHCP on the NAT Network To make networking configuration easy a DHCP server is installed when you install Workstation Virtual machines running on the network with the NAT device can dynamically obtain their IP addresses by sending out DHCP requests The DHCP server on the NAT network which is also used in host only networking configurations dynamically allocates IP addresses in the range of lt net gt 128 through lt net gt 254 where lt net gt is the network number assigned to your NAT network Wo
160. VMware Inc 229 Workstation User s Manual Excluding Virtual Disks from Snapshots In certain configurations you might want to revert some disks to a snapshot while other disks retain all changes For example you might want a snapshot to preserve a disk with your operating system and applications while always keeping the changes to a disk with your documents You can exclude virtual disks from a snapshot by changing the disk mode Before you attempt to change the disk mode power off the virtual machine and delete any existing snapshots To exclude a virtual disk from all snapshots 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 On the Hardware tab select the drive you want to exclude and click Advanced 4 Inthe Advanced dialog box select Independent and select one of the following options m Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk All changes to an independent disk in persistent mode remain even when you revert to a snapshot m Nonpersistent Current changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot 230 VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager In the snapshot manager you can review all snapshots for the active virtual machine and act on them directly Figure 10 4
161. VMware Inc 45 Workstation User s Manual 46 On the Setup Type page select Typical unless you do not want to install the applicable Workstation IDE plug ins or if you have Eclipse installed in a non standard location m If you have Visual Studio 2005 or Eclipse installed the installer installs an integrated virtual debugger IDE plug in If you don t want a plug in installed select the Custom setup and select not to install that component m Ifyou have Eclipse installed in a different directory than C Eclipse or C Program Files Eclipse and you want to install the integrated virtual debugger for it select the Custom setup and select to install that component NOTE If you do not have Eclipse or Visual Studio installed the plug ins will not be installed If you install one or both of these programs after you install Workstation run the Workstation installer again and select the Modify option to install the plug ins at that time Also do not attempt to install the Eclipse Virtual Debugger on 64 bit Windows hosts If you select Custom you can use the Space button to find out how much disk space is required for each component of the installation Click the Help button for a description of what each type of icon in the list means On the Destination Folder page for typical setups or the Custom Setup page for custom setups if you do not want Workstation installed in the directory that is shown click Change and spe
162. Virtual Machine on page 250 Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone It is possible to make a full clone from a linked clone using the Clone Virtual Machine wizard The linked clone can be used as before The full clone created with this action is an independent virtual machine that does not require access to the linked clone or its ancestors To make a full clone from a linked clone Workstation must have access to the linked clone and all ancestors at the time you run the Clone Virtual Machine wizard Refer to Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 250 Network Identity for a Clone The Clone Virtual Machine wizard creates anew MAC address for the cloned virtual machine Other configuration information is identical to that of the parent virtual machine For example a machine s name and static IP address configuration are not altered by the Clone Virtual Machine wizard To prevent conflict with static IP addressing change the clone s static IP address before the clone connects to the network See Selecting IP Addresses on a Host Only Network or NAT Configuration on page 289 VMware Inc 249 Workstation User s Manual Linked Clone Snapshot When you create a linked clone Workstation creates a snapshot of the parent virtual machine This snapshot preserves the exact state of the virtual machine when you create the clone A WARNING You cannot delete the linked clone snapshot without
163. When you delete a team you also delete all team LAN segments The virtual Ethernet adapters associated with deleted LAN segments become disconnected Bridged host only NAT and custom configurations remain unchanged Click OK The team is removed permanently from Workstation and the host file system If you chose Delete Team and VMs the virtual machines in the team are also removed permanently from Workstation and the host file system Viewing Teams and Their Virtual Machines 258 Workstation displays teams in a summary view or console view The summary view is available at any time See Summary View on page 66 The console view is available only when a team is powered on A grab bar allows you to resize the areas VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams Figure 12 1 Console Window for a Team Windows Host F Team QA Ms Mware Workstation File Edit View YM Team Windows Help a uo 4 6 n TEGOhSE G3aa wy Vista VM gu Red Hat 3 Diy Team QA VMs BP years hie ial 4 gt Xx thumbnail views of virtual machines in the team in the order of the startup sequence left to right active virtual machine Your version of VMware Tools is out of date BeGawol You might need to scroll the thumbnails to view all your virtual machines on a large team The thumbnails are displayed in the same order as the team s startup sequence starting on the left with the first virtual machine in the sequence
164. Windows XP guests on hosts running Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista or Linux Experimental support has the following limitations m Workstation accelerates DirectX 8 applications and DirectX 9 applications that use only the subset of DirectX 8 m Support for 3 D applications is not optimized for performance m OpenGL applications run in software emulation mode Not all aspects of 3 D acceleration are enabled The following 3 D features are not accelerated m Pixel and vertex shaders m Multiple vertex streams m Hardware bump mapping environment mapping m Projected textures m Textures with one three or four dimensions Enabling Accelerated 3 D By default Direct3D technology is disabled You must prepare the host first the virtual machine second and the guest operating system last y CAUTION Features with experimental support are not intended for production systems VMware Inc 321 Workstation User s Manual 322 To enable a host for accelerated 3 D 1 With regards to hardware use a host video card with support for accelerated OpenGL such as NVIDIA TNT GeForce and Quadro cards or ATI FireGL and Radeon 8500 or higher video cards If you are unsure check with your hardware manufacturer With regards to software upgrade the host s video drivers to the latest version available m ATI drivers are available at ati amd com support driver html m NVIDIA drivers are available at www nv
165. Workstation menu bar For more information about full screen mode see Using Full Screen Mode on page 156 NOTE Make sure the virtual machine is completely powered on If when you power on the virtual machine it is set to be restored from a snapshot and if background snapshots are enabled powering on might take longer In this case displaying the virtual machine to two monitors might not work correctly at first If you see this issue go to Edit gt Preferences gt Priority deselect the check box called Take and restore snapshots in the background 161 Workstation User s Manual 10 11 On the full screen toolbar click the Cycle Multiple Monitors button The Cycle Multiple Monitors button is available only if the host has more than one monitor This button is shown in Figure 7 2 Full Screen Toolbar on a Windows Host on page 156 If the virtual machine does not display correctly use the system menu on Windows hosts or the View menu on Linux hosts and make sure Autofit Guest is selected NOTE Clicking the Cycle Multiple Monitors button causes the guest operating system s desktop to extend to the additional monitor or monitors On Windows guests you do not need to and should not use the Windows display properties settings to configure multiple monitors If you have more than two monitors and you want the virtual machine to stretch across a different two monitors click the Cycle Multiple Monitors
166. Workstation User s Manual UNUUNU NA TOTOOG TOIOIOIG TOOTOO TOTOTOTOTOTOTOTQN NOTOTO TO TOTO TOOL STASIS TLE TLETT TLETT E vmware Workstation User s Manual Workstation User s Manual Revision 20070507 Item WS ENG Q207 296 You can find the most up to date technical documentation on our Web site at http www vmware com support The VMware Web site also provides the latest product updates If you have comments about this documentation submit your feedback to docfeedback vmware com 1998 2007 VMware Inc All rights reserved Protected by one or more of U S Patent Nos 6 397 242 6 496 847 6 704 925 6 711 672 6 725 289 6 735 601 6 785 886 6 789 156 6 795 966 6 880 022 6 944 699 6 961 806 6 961 941 7 069 413 7 082 598 7 089 377 7 111 086 7 111 145 7 117 481 7 149 843 and 7 155 558 patents pending VMware the VMware boxes logo and design Virtual SMP and VMotion are registered trademarks or trademarks of VMware Inc in the United States and or other jurisdictions All other marks and names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies VMware Inc 3145 Porter Drive Palo Alto CA 94304 www vmware com 2 VMware Inc Contents Preface 15 1 Introduction and System Requirements 19 VMware Inc Product Benefits 19 Overview of This Manual 20 About the Host and Guest Computers 21 What s New in Version6 21 Upgrade Path to Workstation ACE Edition 21 Integ
167. _pc VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Linux kernels in the 2 4 x series also use a special arbitrator that allows access to the parallel port hardware If the parallel port is in use by the host the guest cannot use it If a virtual machine is using the parallel port the host and any users accessing the host are not given access to the device Workstation puts a lock on the device and this lock restricts access so that only the virtual machine can use the port From the VMware Workstation menu bar you can choose VM gt Removable Devices to disconnect the parallel port from the virtual machine and reconnect it Parallel Ports and Linux 2 6 x Kernels Be sure that PC Style Hardware CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is loaded as a module that is it must be set to m If you are using a 2 6 x kernel the modules that provide parallel port functionality are modprobe lt modulename gt and modprobe parport_pc To check the configuration 1 Determine whether the modprobe lt modulename gt and modprobe parport_pc modules are installed and loaded on your system by running the Lsmod command as the root user You can also look at the proc modules file for the same list With 2 6 x loading parport_pc does not load all modules 2 If none of the listed parallel port modules is loaded use this command modprobe parport_pc amp amp modprobe ppdev This command inserts the modules needed for a parallel port If you continue to see problems
168. a VM other than the one that is automatically selected select an alternate JVM path Optional Expand the list of shared folders to add edit or remove folders to be shared between the host and the guest systems For each folder enter the share name and the location on the host system By default the project folder is shared VMware Inc Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Optional Indicate actions to be performed before the application is launched Select Set virtual machine state to most recent snapshot to revert to the most recent snapshot before the application is launched Select Run script and enter one or more shell commands to be executed in the guest operating system before the application is launched No syntax checking is performed Either enter one command per line or enter multiple commands on the same line using a semicolon as a separator Optional Indicate actions to be performed after the application has terminated Select Run script and enter one or more shell commands to be executed in the guest operating system after the application has terminated No syntax checking is performed Either enter one command per line or enter multiple commands on the same line using a semicolon as a separator m Select Set virtual machine state and select one of the following options to suspended default m to most recent snapshot to powered off Click Apply If you click Revert settings
169. a snapshot choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager Select the snapshot and click the Delete button on Windows or icon on the snapshot toolbar on Linux m The virtual disk is a linked clone or is the parent of a linked clone m The virtual machine contains physical disks VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks m The virtual disk is stored on a CD ROM m The virtual disk is an independent disk in non persistent mode You can change the mode of a virtual disk before the virtual machine is powered on See Excluding Virtual Disks from Snapshots on page 230 for a discussion of independent disks The Shrinking Process Shrinking a disk is a two step process 1 Wiping Takes place in the guest operating system VMware Tools reclaims all unused portions of disk partitions such as deleted files and prepares them for shrinking During this phase you can still interact with the virtual machine 2 Shrinking Takes place on the host Workstation reduces the size of the disk s files by the amount of disk space reclaimed in the wipe process During this phase the virtual machine is stopped and you cannot interact with it To shrink a virtual disk 1 Launch the VMware Tools control panel as appropriate for your operating system m For a Windows guest click the VMware Tools icon in the notification area of the taskbar or choose Start gt Settings gt Control Panel then double click VMware Tools m Fora Linux Solaris or
170. ab Priority tab and Tools tab The settings on the following tabs apply no matter which virtual machine is running or which user is logged on to the host computer Display tab Memory tab Lockout tab and Devices tab Introduction to Virtual Machine Settings Workstation configures a new virtual machine based on the guest operating system you select in the New Virtual Machine wizard After the virtual machine is created you can use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to change any configuration options set by the wizard Hardware Tab Use the Hardware tab to add remove and configure virtual devices for the selected virtual machine To add and remove hardware and to change many of the configuration settings you need to power off but not close the virtual machine before displaying this dialog box VMware Inc 81 Workstation User s Manual 82 Figure 4 8 Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Tab irtual Machine Settings x Hardware Options Device Summary m Memory Memory 256 MB Specify the amount of memory allocated to this virtual Hard Disk IDE 20GB machine The memory size must be a multiple of 4 MB CD ROM IDE 0 Auto detect Memory for this virtual machine amp Floppy Auto detect 6 MB BB Ethemet Bridged r USB Controller Present 4yh 3684 Serial Port Auto detect Parallel Port Auto detect amp Guest OS recommended minimum 128 MB am
171. achine Click the Hardware tab and select Display If Display does not appear in the list on the Hardware tab it probably means that the virtual machine is a Workstation 4 or 5 virtual machine Only Workstation 6 virtual machines have this feature On the Display tab under most circumstances select Use host setting for monitors This option means that if the virtual machine is run on a host that is using one monitor the virtual machine will see only one monitor But if the same virtual machine is moved to a different host that is using two monitors the virtual machine will see two monitors Here the number of monitors depends on the number of monitors the host recognizes when it starts up For example if you power on a laptop that is undocked the host setting is one monitor even if you later place the running laptop in a docking station that uses two monitors Similarly if the host has one monitor and you suspend the virtual machine and then change your host to have two monitors when you resume the virtual machine will still be configured to use one monitor You will need to restart the virtual machine to detect the new settings If you set a specific number of monitors also specify a sufficient maximum resolution The resolution of a host monitor that you use to display the virtual machine must not exceed the Maximum resolution setting you specify here Power on the virtual machine and choose View gt Full Screen from the
172. achine and install the Linux operating system from the ISO file VMware Inc 385 Workstation User s Manual Using the Microsoft Performance Console to Monitor Virtual Machine Performance VMware Workstation incorporates a set of performance counters that work with Microsoft s Performance console so you can collect performance data from running virtual machines NOTE The Performance console is available only on Windows hosts You can monitor the performance of any virtual machines running on the Windows host including those running Linux guest operating systems On Linux hosts there is no specific application that Workstation is designed to work with to provide additional VMware specific statistics Workstation performance counters can monitor the following data from a running virtual machine m Reading and writing to virtual disks m Memory used by the virtual machine m Virtual network traffic You can track virtual machine performance only when a virtual machine is running Performance counters reflect the state of the virtual machine not the guest operating system For example the counters can record how often a virtual machine reads from a virtual disk but they cannot track how many processes are running inside the guest operating system An explanation of each counter appears in the Performance console To add counters to track virtual machine performance 1 Open the Administrative Tools control panel and double click
173. achine with VMware Workstation Excluding this feature prevents you from sharing a folder between your virtual machine and the Workstation host To include a feature use it with the ADDLOCAL option 122 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools To exclude a feature use it with the REMOVE option For example to install everything but the shared folders driver type the following on the command line msiexec i D VMware Tools msi ADDLOCAL ALL REMOVE Hgfs qn The SVGA Mouse BusLogic vmxnet and MemCt1 features are children of the Drivers feature Thus on the command line if you type msiexec i D VMware Tools msi ADDLOCAL ALL REMOVE Drivers qn you also skip installation of the SVGA Mouse BusLogic vmxnet and MemCt1 drivers Installing VMware Tools on a Linux Guest On a Linux guest you can install VMware Tools within X or from the command line m Installing VMware Tools Within X on page 123 m Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar or RPM Installer on page 125 Installing VMware Tools Within X As an alternative to the following procedure you can install VMware Tools within X using the tar installer in a terminal window as described in Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar or RPM Installer on page 125 To install VMware Tools from X with the RPM installer 1 Power on the virtual machine and after the guest system has started choose
174. ade the virtual machines to at least Workstation version 4 before you attempt to power them on with Workstation 6 VMware Inc 221 Workstation User s Manual 222 VMware Inc Preserving the State ofa Virtual Machine Workstation provides two ways to preserve the state of a virtual machine you can suspend the virtual machine or take a snapshot of it This chapter describes the suspend and snapshot features and helps you understand when to use them Because the experimental record replay feature uses elements from the snapshot manager instructions for recording and replaying virtual machine activity are also included This chapter includes the following topics m Using the Suspend and Resume Features on page 223 m Using Snapshots on page 225 m Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental on page 237 Using the Suspend and Resume Features The suspend and resume feature is useful when you want to save the current state of your virtual machine and continue work later from the same state When you resume any applications you were running at the time you suspended the virtual machine are resumed in their running state and the content is the same as it was when you suspended the virtual machine When you resume and do additional work in the virtual machine you cannot return to the state the virtual machine was in at the time you suspended To preserve the state of the virtual machine so you can return
175. aded to at least Workstation version 5 virtual machines before you can clone them See Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 VMware Inc 247 Workstation User s Manual 248 To create a clone using the Clone Virtual Machine wizard 1 If you want to make a linked clone defragment the guest operating system s drives before creating the linked clone Use the tools in the guest operating system to run a defragmentation utility For more information see Performance Impact of Defragmenting Snapshots and Linked Clones on page 383 Power off the virtual machine that you want to clone You cannot create a clone from a virtual machine that is powered on or suspended Click the name of a virtual machine you want to clone in the Favorites list or click the tab of a virtual machine in the summary window From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Clone to open the Clone Virtual Machine wizard On the Welcome page click Next On the Clone Source page select the state of the parent from which you want to create a clone and click Next You can choose to create a clone from m The parent s current state Workstation creates a snapshot of the virtual machine before cloning it m Any snapshot of the parent Select the snapshot name from a drop down menu of existing snapshots On the Clone Type page specify whether you want to create a linked clone or a full clone and click Next See Ful
176. age select the configuration under VMware execute Java application in the left pane and click Debug in the right pane 2 Perform debugging tasks as you would in a local debugging environment NOTE Donotsuspend a virtual machine while the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger is connected to an application If you do the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger will disconnect from the application VMware Inc 421 Workstation User s Manual Starting an Application in a Virtual Machine Without Debugging You can start an application without debugging in any configured virtual machine Begin the session in one of the following ways m From the Run menu choose the configuration for the application you want to start m Inthe Run page select the configuration under VMware execute Java application in the left pane and click Run in the right pane Attaching the Debugger to an Application Running in a Virtual Machine You can attach the debugger to any Java application that is running in a virtual machine To attach to an application that is running in a virtual machine 1 Inthe Debug page select the configuration under VMware attach to application in the left pane and click Debug in the right pane 2 Ifmore than one instance of the Java application is running in the virtual machine a dialog box appears with a list of the running instances each identified by their process ID port number and arguments Select the process you want
177. ain the virtual disk files so that you can reconnect the virtual disk to the virtual machine as described in Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 204 VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks To remove a virtual disk from a virtual machine 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Select the virtual disk you want to remove and click Remove The virtual disk is disconnected from virtual machine Using Physical Disks in a Virtual Machine In some situations you might want to install a guest operating system directly on a physical disk or partition even if you do not need to boot that disk on the host outside of the virtual machine It is possible to use either an unused partition or a completely unused disk on the host as a disk in the virtual machine However it is important to be aware that an operating system installed in this setting probably cannot boot outside of the virtual machine even though the data is available to the host For information about using an operating system that can also boot outside of the virtual machine see the VMware technical note called Dual Boot Computers and Virtual Machines Physical disks are an advanced feature and should be configured only by expert users To use a physical disk in a virtual machine you can either use the virtual machine settings editor to add the phys
178. al machine and choose VM gt Install VMware Tools 2 Click Change to repair or modify which components of VMware Tools are installed You might need to use this button if after a VMware Tools upgrade certain features such as enhanced file sharing do not seem to be working In this case use the Modify option to make sure that the components you want are installed 3 Complete the rest of the pages of the wizard VMware Tools Configuration Options This section discusses VMware Tools configuration options in the following topics m Using the VMware Tools Control Panel to Configure Tools on page 133 m Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System on page 137 132 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Using the VMware Tools Control Panel to Configure Tools This section shows the options available in a Windows XP guest operating system Similar configuration options are available in VMware Tools for other guest operating systems To open the VMware Tools control panel On Windows guests click VMware Tools icon in the guest operating system s notification area On Windows Vista guests you need to be logged in as an Administrator user to open the VMware Tools control panel If the VMware Tools icon does not appear in the notification area of the taskbar go to Start gt Control Panel Locate the VMware Tools icon and double click it to display the VMware Tools
179. al port to a file on the host computer m Make a direct connection between two virtual machines or between a virtual machine and an application running on the host computer This section provides instructions for all these options You can also select whether to connect the virtual serial port when you power on the virtual machine Using a Serial Port or a File on the Host Computer You can set up the virtual serial port in a virtual machine to use a physical serial port on the host computer This is useful for example if you want to use an external modem or a hand held device in your virtual machine Alternatively you can set up the virtual serial port in a virtual machine to send its output to a file on the host computer This is useful for example if you want to capture the data a program running in the virtual machine sends to the virtual serial port or if you need a quick way to transfer a file from the guest to the host To install a virtual serial port that connects to a physical serial port or a file 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard and click Next 4 Select Serial Port and click Next 5 On the Serial Port Type page select either Use physical serial port on the host or Output to file and click Next VMware Inc 333 Workstation User s Manual 33
180. ale lock files remain When the virtual machine starts again it scans any locking sub directories for stale lock files and when possible removes them A lock file is considered stale if both of the following conditions are true m The lock file was created on the same host that is now running the virtual machine m The process that created the lock is no longer running If those two conditions are true the virtual machine can safely remove the stale lock or locks If either of those conditions is not true a dialog box appears warning you that the virtual machine cannot be powered on If you are sure it is safe to do so you can delete the locking directories and their lock files manually Physical disk partitions are also protected by locks However the host operating system is not aware of this locking convention and thus does not respect it For this reason VMware strongly recommends that the physical disk for a virtual machine not be installed on the same physical disk as the host operating system Disk Type IDE Versus SCSI Virtual disks can be set up as IDE disks for any guest operating system They can be set up as SCSI disks for any guest operating system that has a driver for the LSI Logic or BusLogic SCSI adapter available in a Workstation virtual machine You determine which SCSI adapter to use at the time you create the virtual machine NOTE To use SCSI disks in a 32 bit Windows XP virtual machine you need a special SCS
181. am you also remove it from team LAN segments Virtual network adapters associated with LAN segments become disconnected Bridged host only NAT and custom configurations remain unchanged To completely delete a virtual machine and erase its files from the host file system see Deleting a Virtual Machine on page 154 When you add a virtual machine to a team it is removed from the Favorites list A virtual machine is not automatically added to the Favorites list when you remove it from a team You must manually add it as described in To add a virtual machine or team entry to the Favorites list on page 75 Setting the Startup Sequence for a Team In the startup sequence you can specify VMware Inc The order in which virtual machines start and stop Team virtual machines start one at a time in the order you set in the startup sequence Setting the startup sequence is useful for example if you have a virtual machine that runs an application to be tested and you want it to start before the virtual machines running an automated testing script The delay between team members in the sequence Set the time that Workstation delays after starting or stopping a virtual machine before starting or stopping the next virtual machine in the sequence This delay avoids overloading the CPU when multiple virtual machines start and allows applications on a virtual machine to launch before another team virtual machine attempts to co
182. ame of the folder where all the files associated with this virtual machine are stored Each virtual machine should have its own folder For more information see Virtual Machine Location on page 89 If you are creating a Workstation 5 or 6 virtual machine on the Processor Configuration page select the number of processors for the virtual machine and click Next For more information see Number of Processors on page 90 On the Memory for the Virtual Machine page either adjust the memory settings or accept the default setting and click Next In most cases it is best to keep the default memory setting If you plan to use the virtual machine to run many applications or applications that need large amounts of memory you might want to use a higher memory setting For more information see Setting the Memory Size of a Virtual Machine on page 372 NOTE You cannot allocate more than 2GB of memory to a virtual machine if the virtual machine s files are stored ona file system such as Windows 9 x and ME with FAT16 that does not support files greater than 2GB On the Network Type page configure the networking capabilities of the virtual machine and click Next For more information see Network Connection Type on page 90 VMware Inc 10 11 12 13 14 15 Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine On the Select I O Adapter Types page select the type of SCSI adapter you want to use with the virt
183. an be connected to a virtual machine by using the host operating system s generic SCSI driver See Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device on page 357 To map an existing virtual disk drive to a Windows host machine rather than adding it to a virtual machine see Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine Virtual disks are stored as files on the host computer or on a network file server It does not matter whether the physical disk that holds the files is IDE or SCSI A virtual IDE drive or a virtual SCSI drive can be stored on an IDE drive or on a SCSI drive Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a new virtual disk to your virtual machine as described in the procedure that follows To add an existing virtual disk to the virtual machine see Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 204 NOTE If you have a Windows NT 4 0 guest with a SCSI virtual disk you cannot add both an additional SCSI disk and an IDE disk to the configuration VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks To add a new virtual disk to a virtual machine 1 nH OF A Q 10 11 VMware Inc Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard On the Hardware Type page select Hard Disk and click Next On the
184. an power it on and off only and the virtual machine boots when powered on When the virtual machine has a snapshot set and is configured to return to that snapshot when powered off the user can only start and power off the virtual machine The virtual machine always starts from the snapshot To set up a virtual machine with a restricted user interface Windows only 1 Power on the virtual machine and be sure it is in the state you want 2 Create a snapshot For instructions see Taking a Snapshot on page 233 VMware Inc 391 Workstation User s Manual Configure the virtual machine to return to the snapshot any time it is powered off Choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshots and select After Powering Off and Revert to Snapshot With the virtual machine powered off restrict the user interface as follows a Close the VMware Workstation window b Open the virtual machine s configuration file vmx file in Notepad or another text editor c Add the following line anywhere in the file gui restricted TRUE Optionally set file permissions on the configuration file to give normal users of the system only read access to the file so they cannot manually modify the configuration Create a shortcut to the configuration file on the desktop and give it an appropriate name Users run this virtual machine by double clicking the shortcut to the configuration file It starts at the snapshot with the user interface restr
185. ance Player 2 0 also enables you to share folders between the host and guest operating systems For more information about the built in VMware Player see Sharing Virtual Machines with VMware Player on page 192 Automation Through Expanded VIX 1 1 API The VIX API formerly known as the Programming API allows you to write scripts and programs to automate virtual machine operations The API is high level easy to use and practical for both script writers and application programmers 22 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements This release of the API is available in the C language API functions allow you to register power on or off virtual machines and run programs in the guest operating systems There are additional language bindings for Perl COM and shell scripts vmrun For more information see the VMware VIX API 1 1 Release Notes Record Replay of Virtual Machine Activity Experimental This feature lets you record all of a Workstation 5 or 6 virtual machine s activity over a period of time Unlike Workstation s movie capture feature the record replay feature lets you exactly duplicate the operations and state of the virtual machine throughout the time of the recording See Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental on page 237 Physical to Virtual Conversion and Enhanced Import Functionality Windows Hosts Only Workstation 6 0 incorporates the Importer wizard from t
186. and As to a guest path This property which indicates how the command being executed by the debugger is run is described in Setting General Properties on page 435 m Leave Shared Directories unset because directories cannot be shared between the host and the guest This property is described in Setting Virtual Machine Properties on page 436 Troubleshooting Tips This section contains additional information that enables you to use the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger successfully Changing Shortcut Keys If you change the shortcut keys for VMDebugger commands in Tools gt Options gt Keyboard the tooltips for the VMware menu and toolbar will not reflect the changes until you restart Visual Studio VMware Inc 431 Workstation User s Manual 432 Reinstalling VMware Tools If the Debugging Session Does Not Start If the debugging session fails to start and the last message in the VMware output window and log file is Waiting for VMware Tools to start check whether the guest system has the latest VMware Tools installed and running If not upgrade to the latest version of VMware Tools See Upgrading VMware Tools on page 114 Exiting Visual Studio Before Powering Off a Virtual Machine If you attempt to exit Visual Studio after starting a debugging session but before logging in or running VMware Tools on the guest Visual Studio will not exit until the virtual machine is powered off or the user is logged in
187. and include the zip file with your support request If you are reporting a problem you encountered while installing VMware Workstation you should also include your installation log file On a Windows host the file is VMInst Log It is saved in your Temp folder On a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 host the default location is C Documents and Settings lt username gt Local Settings Temp You can use the command cd temp to locate the Local Settings folder which is hidden by default To see its contents open My Computer go to Tools gt Folder Options click the View tab and select Show Hidden Files and Folders To run the support script on a Linux host 1 2 Open a terminal window Run the support script as the user who is running the virtual machine vm support If you are not running the script as root the script displays messages indicating that it cannot collect some information This is normal If the VMware support team needs that information a support representative will ask you to run the script again as root The script creates a compressed tgz file in the current directory Include that output file with your support request If you are reporting a problem you encountered while installing VMware Workstation you should also include your installation log file Be sure to register your serial number From the Workstation menu bar choose Help gt VMware on the Web gt Register Now You can then report y
188. and version Workstation chooses configuration defaults based on the guest type and version you choose If you upgrade a guest operating system to a newer version also update the guest operating system version for the virtual machine VMware Inc 97 Workstation User s Manual To upgrade a guest operating system 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Options The General option is selected by default From the Version field select the version that you plan to upgrade to and click OK The setting you specify here is written to the virtual machine s configuration file This setting does not actually change the guest operating system itself Power on the virtual machine Follow the upgrade instructions provided by the operating system vendor Configuring the Guest Operating System After the guest operating system is installed you can use the standard tools within the operating system to configure its settings Importing Virtual Machines from Other Formats Windows Hosts Only Workstation 6 incorporates the Converter Import wizard from the VMware Converter product Using the Converter Import wizard to perform a conversion to VMware virtual machines enables you to 98 Avoid reinstalling operating systems and applications for system configurations you use
189. annel in the virtual machine If you have a virtual disk and a DVD CD ROM attached as master and slave to the primary IDE controller channel 0 and you want to enable DMA power off the virtual machine and use the virtual machine settings editor from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt CD ROM to move the DVD CD ROM drive to the secondary IDE controller channel 1 at IDE 1 0 You can enable the DMA feature after you finish installing Windows NT You must install Service Pack 6a Download DMACHECK EXE from the Microsoft Web site support microsoft com support kb articles Q191 7 74 ASP and run it When you run DMACHECK EXE click the Enabled option for the IDE controller and channel configured for the virtual disk Typically this is channel 0 only unless you have the virtual machine configured with multiple virtual disks and no virtual DVD CD ROM drive Do not enable DMA on an IDE channel with a virtual DVD CD ROM drive attached VMware Inc 381 Workstation User s Manual 382 Defragmenting Disk Drives Defragment virtual disks and host disks in the following phases from inside the guest operating system out to the host operating system as follows 1 Defragment by using a guest operating system utility For example in a virtual machine with a Windows XP guest operating system use the Windows XP Disk Defragmenter tool from within the virtual machine For the following reasons VMware strongly recommen
190. any improvements for Linux guests m Performance improvements as described in Performance Improvements on page 176 m Support for symbolic links if you use a Linux host m Anew mechanism for mounting shared folders as described in Folder Mounting on page 176 This mechanism allows you to mount one or more directories or subdirectories to any location in your file system m Permissions enhancements as described in Improved Handling of Permissions on page 177 Performance Improvements Among other performance improvements host guest file sharing is integrated with the guest page cache Files in shared folders are cached for reading and can be written to asynchronously You won t see read caching benefits on files that are being actively written to from the guest however To speed performance you can also use the tt1 time to live option to the mount command Use this option to specify the interval used by the hgfs host guest file system driver for validating file attributes For example if you use the following command attributes are validated every 3 seconds instead of every 1 second which is the default mount o ttl 3 t vmhgfs host lt share gt lt mountpoint gt Be aware however that lengthening the interval involves some risk If something in the host modifies a file s attributes the guest might not get the modifications as quickly and it is possible that the file could become corrupted Fol
191. are fullscreen switchto next Depending on which command you use you can switch to the specified virtual machine to the host operating system or to the next machine virtual machine or host in the cycling order A virtual machine must be powered on before you can switch to it When specifying a virtual machine you can specify the path to the configuration vmx file or you can specify the alias if you used name when you started the virtual machine Checking the Status of VMware Workstation Use the following command to find out whether Workstation is running in full screen switch mode vmware fullscreen query If Workstation is in full screen switch mode the response to this command also reports its process ID and window handle VMware Inc Chapter 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts Listing All the Virtual Machines Currently Powered On Use the following command to list all the virtual machines currently powered on vmware fullscreen Listvms The list is added to the vmware fullscreen log file The vmware fullscreen Log File The vmware fullscreen program writes to a log file This log file records errors reported by vmware fullscreen itself as it starts stops and passes other commands to Workstation It is separate from the vmware Log file which stores information on the running virtual machines The name of the vmware fullscreen log file is vmware lt username gt lt pid g
192. are Tools in a Windows Guest on page 120 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools To install VMware Tools in a Windows guest operating system 1 2 Power on the virtual machine When the guest operating system starts choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine Log in to a Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 or Windows Vista guest operating system as an administrator to install VMware Tools Any user can install VMware Tools in a Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me guest operating system If you have autorun enabled in your guest operating system the default setting for Windows operating systems a dialog box appears after a few seconds It asks if you want to install VMware Tools If autorun is not enabled the dialog box does not appear automatically If it doesn t appear run the VMware Tools installer Click Start gt Run and enter D setup setup exe where D is your first virtual CD ROM drive Click Yes to launch the InstallShield wizard Follow the on screen instructions m On Windows Server 2003 Windows Me Windows 98 SE and Windows 98 guests the SVGA driver is installed and the guest operating system uses it after it reboots m With Windows 2000 and Windows XP guests you do not have to reboot to use the new driver Start the VMware Tools control panel and configure VMware Tools as described in VMware Tools Co
193. are not grabbed VMware Workstation must be the active application Ctrl Shift Tab Switch among open virtual machines while mouse and keyboard input are not grabbed VMware Workstation must be the active application Ctrl Shift right In full screen mode switch to the next powered on virtual machine arrow Ctrl Shift left In full screen mode switch to the previous powered on virtual machine arrow VMware Inc 85 Workstation User s Manual 86 VMware Inc Creating a New Virtual Machine This chapter discusses how to create a new virtual machine and install a guest operating system This chapter contains the following topics Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 m Installing a Guest Operating System on page 95 Importing Virtual Machines from Other Formats Windows Hosts Only on page 98 m Files That Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 108 Setting Up a New Virtual Machine This section describes how to create a new virtual machine from scratch If instead you would like to create a virtual machine from a system image or from a virtual machine from a third party see Importing Virtual Machines from Other Formats Windows Hosts Only on page 98 Before You Begin As you complete the New Virtual Machine wizard you are prompted to make decisions about many aspects of the virtual machine This section provides information about the issues involved so that you can determine which choices y
194. are stored as files on the host machine or a remote computer you can move them easily to anew location on the same computer or to a different computer You can also use Workstation on a Windows host to create virtual disks and then move them to a Linux computer and use them under Workstation for Linux and the reverse For more information see Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines on page 185 Disk Size and Files Virtual disks can be as large as 950GB IDE or SCSI Depending on the size of the virtual disk and the host operating system Workstation creates one or more files to hold each virtual disk These files include information that gets written to a virtual machine s hard disk such as the operating system the program files and the data files The virtual disk files have a vmdk extension By default the actual files used by the virtual disk start out small and grow to their maximum size as needed The main advantage of this approach is the smaller file size Smaller files require less storage space and are easier to move if you want to move the virtual machine to a new location However it takes longer to write data to a disk configured in this way You can also configure virtual disks so all the disk space is allocated at the time the virtual disk is created This approach provides enhanced performance and is useful if you are running performance sensitive applications in the virtual machine Regardless of whether you alloca
195. ass session to the next This chapter includes the following topics m Locking Out Interface Features Windows Hosts Only on page 389 m Restricting the User Interface on page 390 m Using Full Screen Switch Mode on page 393 m Guest ACPI S1 Sleep on page 401 Locking Out Interface Features Windows Hosts Only Administrative lockout is a global setting that affects all virtual machines for all users ona host computer It allows you to configure settings so that only a user who knows the password can perform one or more of the following tasks m Create new virtual machines m Edit virtual machine configurations m Edit network settings If no user has set administrative lockout preferences any user can set them and set a password for access to the administrative lockout features If any user has already set administrative lockout preferences you must know the password in order to change the settings VMware Inc 389 Workstation User s Manual To set administrative lockout preferences 1 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences Click the Lockout tab and if a password is already set for the administrative lockout feature enter the password when prompted Select the Enable check box and select the actions you want to restrict If this is the first time administrative lockout options are being set specify a password in the fields provided Click OK to save the settings
196. ation File on page 309 m DHCP C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware vmnetdhcp conf NOTE You can change many key NAT and DCHP settings using the virtual network settings editor Edit gt Virtual Network Settings However if you make manual changes to the configuration files those changes might be lost when you use the virtual network settings editor If you make manual changes make backup copies of the files before changing any settings in the virtual network settings editor You can then copy your manual changes back into the appropriate configuration files Specifying Connections from Ports Below 1024 When a client machine makes a TCP or UDP connection to a server the connection comes from a particular port on the client the source port and connects to a particular port on the server the destination port For security reasons some servers accept connections only from source ports below 1024 You might see this configuration on machines used as NFS file servers for example If a virtual machine using NAT attempts to connect to a server that requires the client to use a source port below 1024 it is important that the NAT device forward the request from a port below 1024 You can specify this behavior in the vmnetnat conf file This behavior is controlled by entries in sections headed privilegedUDP and privilegedTCP You might need to add settings to or modify settings in either or both of these s
197. ation is upgrading the virtual machine Unable to upgrade lt drivename gt One of the supplied parameters is invalid Click OK to continue the upgrade process m When you upgrade a Windows XP Windows Server 2003 or Windows Vista virtual machine the Microsoft product activation feature might require you to reactivate the guest operating system m Make backup copies of your virtual disks before starting the upgrade or downgrade 60 VMware Inc Chapter 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation To change the virtual hardware version of a virtual machine 1 Inthe guest operating system make a note of the NIC settings Specifically if you have specified a static IP address for this virtual machine after the upgrade that setting could get changed to automatic assignment by DHCP To check the NIC settings use the method appropriate for your operating system For example on Windows XP you can use the Control Panel s Network Connections item to find information about the TCP IP address for the virtual machine 2 Shut down the guest operating system and power off the virtual machine 3 Select the virtual machine and from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Upgrade or Change Version 4 Complete the pages of the Change Version wizard When you select a hardware compatibility version you see a list of the VMware products that are compatible with that version If you select Workstation 4 or 5 you also see a list of Workstation 6
198. ava bindings and the plugin xml launch configuration file are placed in the com vmware bfg_1 0 0 subdirectory of the Eclipse plug in directory m After you restart Eclipse the Debug menu includes the new launch configuration types VMware attach to application and VMware execute Java application These launch configuration types have a VMware tab that enables you to configure virtual machine settings You can debug in multiple virtual machines simultaneously You can also debug multiple sessions in a single virtual machine Host System Requirements The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger can run on any supported host operating system that is running Workstation 6 and has Eclipse installed Eclipse must be running on the same system as Workstation 6 See Eclipse Requirements for additional Eclipse requirements VMware Inc 413 Workstation User s Manual 414 Supported Host Operating Systems The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger supports the following Windows 32 bit host operating systems m Windows Vista Enterprise Edition Windows Vista Business Edition Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium Editions Windows Vista Ultimate Edition m Windows XP Home Edition SP1 SP2 Windows XP Professional SP1 SP2 m Windows 2000 Server SP3 SP4 Windows 2000 Professional SP3 SP4 Windows 2000 Advanced Server SP3 SP4 NOTE Windows 64 bit host operating systems are not currently supported The Eclipse Integrated Virtua
199. bed in the next step To enable specific shared folders for a virtual machine a Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off Choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt Shared Folders In the Folders list for the virtual machine select the check box next to the name of the shared folder that you want to enable Alternatively select the shared folder and click Properties To make the folder read only use the Properties button In the dialog box that appears select the check box for sharing the folder and click OK VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Viewing a Shared Folder Shared folders appear differently depending on the guest operating system The following sections describe viewing shared folders in Windows Solaris and Linux guests You can use shared folders to share any type of file WARNING Do not open a file in a shared folder from more than one application at a A time For example do not open the same file using an application on the host operating system and another application in the guest operating system If one of the applications writes to the file some data corruption could occur Viewing Shared Folders in a Windows Guest In a Windows guest operating system you can view shared folders using desktop icons Look in My Network Places gt Entire Network Network Neighborhood for a Windows NT guest or Network for Windows Vista under VMware Shared Fold
200. bit guest 40 support for 64 bit guest 41 Windows 32 bit guest 38 Windows 64 bit 39 Opteron processor 30 41 optical drive supported in host 31 Options tab virtual machine settings editor 82 VMware Tools 134 VMware Inc Index P P2V physical to virtual conversion 23 98 packet filtering 293 leaks 291 293 packet loss configuring for LAN segments 268 page sharing 375 parallel ports and lomega zip drives 332 and the Linux kernel 329 configuring on a Linux host 328 in a virtual machine 327 installing in virtual machines 327 paravirtualized kernels in Linux guests 384 parent clone template 250 linked clone 250 snapshot 226 passwords and administrative lockout 389 removing forgotten password 390 performance CD ROM drive polling 371 debugging mode 378 disk options 380 DMA and disks 380 381 guest operating system selection 377 memory usage 372 process scheduling on a Windows host 371 remote disk access 375 using the Windows Performance console 386 performance monitoring 386 457 Workstation User s Manual 458 physical disk adding physical disks 205 capacity 198 defined 444 storing virtual disks on 198 using in a virtual machine 198 ping 306 pipe named 334 336 337 340 plug ins IDE 22 167 png files for screen captures 181 port TCP and UDP below 1024 308 VNC 183 port forwarding 311 312 316 Power menu disable functions 390 using forteams 264 power off snapshot options 2
201. bugging mode back to Normal See Turning Off Debugging Mode on page 378 VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine To display the Replay toolbar Choose View gt Toolbars gt Replay The Replay toolbar appears to the right of the other toolbars you have displayed It contains the following buttons Replay Last Recording Plays the last recording you made for the selected virtual machine If the virtual machine is powered off it is resumed as if it had been suspended To play an earlier recording use the snapshot manager Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager Record Takes a snapshot of the virtual machine and begins recording Stop Stops the recording or replay that is in progress To make a recording 1 2 Power on the virtual machine When you want to begin recording click the Record button in the toolbar or choose VM gt Replay gt Record A snapshot is taken and an icon appears in the status bar to indicate that recording is in progress If the Record command is unavailable the feature might not be enabled or the hard disk might be set to independent mode See To enable record replay for a virtual machine on page 240 Complete the Take Recording dialog box that appears and click OK CAUTION While a recording is in progress avoid exiting Workstation and allowing the virtual machine to run in the background Doing so might cause the virtual machine to cra
202. button again The ordering of the monitors depends on the order in which the monitors were added to the host operating system To return to using only one monitor click the Cycle Multiple Monitors button until the display returns to one monitor To display multiple virtual machines in multiple monitors 1 2 162 If you have two or more monitors do one of the following m Open multiple Workstation windows You can either repeat the procedure you used to start Workstation the first time or you can choose File gt New gt Window from the Workstation menu bar Although you have two Workstation windows both windows operate in a single Workstation process which saves memory and allows preferences and Favorites list items to be shared m Linux only Start multiple instances of Workstation On Linux hosts if you want to run separate Workstation processes in different X servers start the second instance of Workstation with the W flag In a terminal window enter vmware W amp Start one or more virtual machines in each VMware Workstation window VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine 3 Drag each Workstation window to the monitor on which you want to use it For the largest possible screen display switch each of the windows to full screen mode choose View gt Full Screen For more information see Using Full Screen Mode on page 156 4 To switch mouse and keyboard input from the virtual machine on
203. by running the vmware config p1 file Setting Up a Second Bridged Network Interface on a Linux Host If you have two Ethernet adapters installed on your host computer connected to two different networks you might want your virtual machines on that host computer to bridge to both Ethernet adapters so the virtual machines can access either or both physical networks When you install Workstation on a host computer with multiple Ethernet adapters you can configure more than one bridged network You can also configure additional bridged networks at any time by rerunning vmware config pl VMware Inc 297 Workstation User s Manual To bridge networks by running vmware config pl 1 On the host computer become root su and run the Workstation configuration program vmware config pL 2 If you have more than one physical Ethernet adapter enter yes at the following prompt The following bridged networks have been defined vmnet is bridged to eth Do you wish to configure another bridged network yes no no If you have additional physical Ethernet adapters not yet connected to a bridged network the prompt is repeated showing information about all currently configured bridged networks 3 When you have set up all the bridged networks you want enter no Setting Up Two Separate Host Only Networks For some configurations you might need to set up more than one host only network on the same host computer You might fo
204. bytes You cannot change the size of a physical disk Caution Before running the Virtual Disk Manager utility back up your virtual disk files d lt diskname gt Defragments the specified virtual disk You can defragment only growable virtual disks You cannot defragment preallocated virtual disks p lt mountpoint gt Windows only Prepares a virtual disk for shrinking For more information see Shrinking Virtual Disks with Virtual Disk Manager Windows Only on page 217 k lt diskname gt Windows only Shrinks the specified virtual disk For more information see Shrinking Virtual Disks with Virtual Disk Manager Windows Only on page 217 a ide buslogic Specifies the disk adapter type Specify an adapter type when creating a new Lsilogic virtual disk Choose one of the following types m ide For an IDE adapter m buslogic For a BusLogic SCSI adapter m lsilogic For an LSI Logic SCSI adapter 216 VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks Table 9 1 VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility Commands Continued Options and Parameters Description s lt n gt GB MB Specifies the size of the virtual disk Specify whether the size lt n gt is in gigabytes or megabytes Specify the size of a virtual disk when you create it Even though you must specify the size of a virtual disk when you expand it do not use the s option t 0 1 2 3 Specify the type of virtual disk when you c
205. called the parent of the clone When the cloning operation is complete the clone is a separate virtual machine m Changes made to a clone do not affect the parent virtual machine Changes made to the parent virtual machine do not appear in a clone m Aclone s MAC address and UUID are different from those of the parent virtual machine To save the current state of the virtual machine so that you can revert to that state take a snapshot To make a copy of a virtual machine for separate use create a clone Although a clone is a separate virtual machine if the clone is a linked clone it shares virtual disks with the parent virtual machine A more detailed explanation of linked clones appears in Full and Linked Clones on page 246 VMware Inc 245 Workstation User s Manual 246 Why Make a Clone Installing a guest operating system and applications can be time consuming With clones you can make many copies of a virtual machine from a single installation and configuration process Clones are useful when you must deploy many identical virtual machines to a group For example m An MIS department can clone a virtual machine for each employee with a suite of preconfigured office applications m A virtual machine can be configured with a complete development environment and then cloned repeatedly as a baseline configuration for software testing mA teacher can clone a virtual machine for each student with all the le
206. ce m Suspend the virtual machine The suspend operation saves the state of the virtual machine For more information see Using the Suspend and Resume Features on page 223 m Power the virtual machine off If you have configured the power operation to doa soft power off a VMware Tools script runs in order to cleanly shut down the guest operating system before powering off For more information see Powering Off Versus Shutting Down and Resetting Versus Restarting on page 152 If you don t want to receive a prompt every time you exit Workstation or close a virtual machine or team you can set a preference to specify that you want virtual machines to always run in the background when you exit To set virtual machines to run in the background Do one of the following m Respond to the prompt when you close the virtual machine or exit Workstation as follows Click Run in Background m Set a Workstation preference a From the VMware Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences b On the Workspace tab select Run powered on virtual machines in background after close and click OK Virtual machines will run in the background when you close a tab or exit Workstation You will no longer be prompted By default when virtual machines run in the background a status icon is displayed in the notification area of the taskbar Place your mouse pointer over the icon to display a a tooltip that shows the number of virtual mach
207. cessors so that you can power on the virtual machine in Workstation Note that once you commit a change to this setting the original setting for number of processors is discarded and no longer appears as an option in the virtual machine settings editor Moving a Virtual Machine to a New Host or on the Same Host Use the procedure in this section either to move the virtual machine to a different location on the same host or to move it to a new host This section applies to virtual machines created with all these VMware products Workstation 4 x 5 x 6 x GSX Server 3 x VMware Server 1 x ESX Server 2 x or 3 x VMware ACE 1 x 2 x VMware Inc 189 Workstation User s Manual 190 See Legacy Virtual Disks on page 220 for more information on virtual machine formats from older VMware products To move a virtual machine 1 Make sure that all the virtual machine files are stored in the virtual machine directory For example if you configured the working directory to be located in a different location on the host move it into the virtual machine directory and use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Options gt General to point to this location If the virtual machine you want to move is a linked clone see Moving Linked Clones on page 191 Shut down the guest operating system and power off the virtual machine If the virtual machine is suspended resume it and then shut it down Copy all the files
208. ch are the interfaces used by bridged and host only networking respectively Using Samba Without Network Access To make Samba inaccessible from your physical Ethernet interface add this line interfaces vmnet to etc samba smb conf and restart Samba VMware Inc 317 Workstation User s Manual 318 VMware Inc Configuring Video and Sound The following sections provide information on configuring the video display and sound for VMware Workstation This chapter includes the following topics m Setting Screen Color Depth on page 319 m Experimental Support for Direct3D on page 320 m Configuring Sound on page 325 Setting Screen Color Depth The number of screen colors available in the guest operating system depends on the screen color setting of the host operating system Virtual machines support 16 color VGA mode a m 8 bit pseudocolor m 16 bits per pixel 16 significant bits per pixel m 32 bits per pixel 24 significant bits per pixel If the host is in 15 bit color mode the guest operating system s color setting controls offer 15 bit mode in place of 16 bit mode If the host is in 24 bit color mode the guest operating system s color setting controls offer 24 bit mode in place of 32 bit mode If you run a guest operating system set for a greater number of colors than your host operating system is using you can encounter various problems In some cases for example the colors in
209. chine state captured in the snapshot You can change the name and description at any time 3 Click OK Restoring a Snapshot You can restore a snapshot in Workstation by using the Revert and Go to commands The following sections explain how these commands work Revert to Snapshot Revert is a shortcut for Go to the parent snapshot of the virtual machine That is go to the parent snapshot of the You Are Here position See Relationship Between Snapshots on page 226 Revert immediately activates the parent snapshot of the current state of the virtual machine The current disk and memory states are discarded and the virtual machine reverts to the disk and memory states of the parent snapshot To revert to the parent snapshot from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Snapshot gt Revert to Snapshot or click the Revert button on the Workstation toolbar VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Go to Snapshot This command activates the specified snapshot Unlike Revert the Go to command is not limited to the parent snapshot of the current state You can choose any snapshot To go to a snapshot from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Snapshot and select the snapshot by name Or in the snapshot manager select a snapshot and click Go To To open the snapshot manager choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager Reverting at Power Off This setting causes the virtual machine to revert to the parent
210. chine teams See Chapter 12 Configuring Teams on page 253 Starting a Virtual Machine This section describes the ways you can launch a virtual machine You can launch a virtual machine when Workstation is either running or not running as described in m To start a virtual machine from the Workstation user interface on page 148 m To open the console for a virtual machine that is running in the background on page 149 You can also start a virtual machine from the command line See To start a virtual machine from the command line on page 149 To start a virtual machine from the Workstation user interface 1 148 Start Workstation For instructions see Starting Workstation on page 64 Choose File gt Open and browse to the configuration vmx file for the virtual machine you want to use Refer to Virtual Machine Location on page 150 for help finding virtual machines on your host operating system If you add the name of the virtual machine to the Favorites list you will not need to browse for the file when you want to open the virtual machine See The Favorites List on page 73 Click the Power On button to start the virtual machine VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Click anywhere inside the virtual machine console to give the virtual machine control of your mouse and keyboard If you need to log on to the operating system in the virtual machine type your
211. cify the directory you want If you specify a directory that does not exist the installer creates it for you CAUTION Do not install VMware Workstation on a network drive Click Next Windows and the Microsoft Installer limit the length of a path to a folder on a local drive to 255 characters For a path to a folder on a mapped or shared drive the limit is 240 characters If the path exceeds this limit an error message appears You must select or enter a shorter path On the Configure Shortcuts page deselect any shortcuts you do not want the installer to create On the Ready to Install the Program page either click Install or click Back to make changes VMware Inc Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation Optional After you click Install on the Registration Information page enter your name company name and serial number and click Next Your serial number is either on the registration card in your package or in an email from VMware if you purchased Workstation online The user and company information you enter here is then made available in the About box Help gt About VMware Workstation If you skip this step you must enter your serial number later before you can power on a virtual machine NOTE If you are installing on a Windows Vista host enter your serial number at this point to avoid permissions issues later If the user who installs Workstation is an administrator but a non administrator user later a
212. ck Finish The Display Settings dialog box appears Click the Advanced button The Standard Display Adapter VGA Properties dialog box appears If you are upgrading from a previous version of the VMware drivers this dialog box is titled VMware SVGA Properties Click the Adapter tab Click the Change button and after the Update Device Driver wizard starts click Next Choose the option Display a list of all drivers in a specific location and click Next Select Have Disk The Install From Disk dialog box appears Enter the following path D video win9x D is the drive letter for the first virtual CD ROM drive in your virtual machine Click OK Select VMware SVGA display adapter and click OK Answer Yes to the on screen question and click Next to install the driver After the driver is installed click Finish 119 Workstation User s Manual 120 12 13 Click Close in the SVGA Properties dialog box and click Close in the Display Settings dialog box Click Yes to restart Windows 98 and start using the new video driver The VMware Tools background application starts when you reboot your virtual machine To migrate from Windows 95 guest operating systems 1 8 After installing VMware Tools click Finish The Display Settings dialog box appears Click the Advanced Properties button The Advanced Display Properties dialog box appears Click the Change button The Select Device dialog box appears Se
213. col TCP IP and click Properties 4 Inthe TCP IP Properties dialog box click Advanced 5 On the WINS tab under NetBIOS setting select Use NetBIOS setting from DHCP Server 6 Click OK twice and click Close VMware Inc 313 Workstation User s Manual 314 Manually Entering the IP Address of a WINS Server Use this method to connect to a WINS server in the same workgroup or domain that is not already set up on the host To manually enter the IP address of a WINS server 1 nH oO A Q 8 In the virtual machine right click My Network Places and choose Properties For Windows Vista open the Network and Sharing Center and click the View Status link for the connection that uses the virtual network adapter In the Network Connections window right click the virtual network adapter and choose Properties For Windows Vista in the Connection Status window click Properties and click Continue when prompted for permission In the Properties dialog box select Internet Protocol TCP IP and click Properties In the TCP IP Properties dialog box click Advanced On the WINS tab click Add In the TCP IP WINS Server dialog box enter the IP address for the WINS server in the WINS server field and click OK The IP address of the WINS server appears in the WINS addresses list on the WINS tab Repeat Step 5 and Step 6 for each WINS server to which you want to connect from this virtual machine Click OK twice and click Clos
214. created by other users such as appliance developers V CAUTION Enabling all shared folders might pose a security risk because a shared folder could enable existing programs inside the virtual machine to access the host file system without your knowledge VMware Inc 173 Workstation User s Manual To enable or disable shared folders for specific virtual machines 1 174 For a particular virtual machine to enable or disable folder sharing a Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be powered off or powered on Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click the Options tab and select Shared Folders Use the check boxes in the Folder Sharing section to specify whether you want to enable or disable shared folders and click OK Select Enabled until next power off or suspend if you want to enable folder sharing temporarily until you shut down suspend or restart the virtual machine You need to select either this option or Always enabled if you want to enable or disable specific folders in the Folders section On Windows if you disable shared folders after you power on this virtual machine and attempt to select a mapped drive to the shared folder you will receive a message that the connection cannot be made After you enable folder sharing for a virtual machine you will still not be able to share particular folders unless the specific folders are also enabled as descri
215. ctly if you move a virtual machine to a host with significant hardware differences such as from a 64 bit host to a 32 bit host or from a multiprocessor host to a uniprocessor host This section provides details Moving Between 64 Bit and 32 Bit Hosts You can move a virtual machine from a 32 bit host to a 64 bit host but not from a 64 bit host to a 32 bit host NOTE Workstation supports 64 bit guest operating systems only in Workstation versions 5 5 and later and only on host machines with supported processors When you power on a virtual machine with a 64 bit guest operating system Workstation performs an internal check If the host CPU is not a supported 64 bit processor you cannot power on the virtual machine For the list of processors Workstation supports for 64 bit guest operating systems see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the Help menu Moving Between Multiprocessor and Uniprocessor Hosts For all supported configurations of 32 bit and 64 bit host and guest operating systems running on multiprocessor host machines versions 5 5 and later of Workstation support two way virtual symmetric multiprocessing SMP This enables you to assign two virtual processors to a virtual machine This is supported only for host machines with at least two logical processors For more information see Using Two Way Virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Experimental on page 365 VMware Inc Chapter 8 Mov
216. cuments My Virtual Machines m On Windows Vista C Users lt user name gt Documents Virtual Machines When you configure the virtual machine in the New Virtual Machine wizard you can specify a location for the virtual machine elsewhere on your system or on a network volume VMware Inc 191 Workstation User s Manual m On Linux hosts permissions for the virtual machine files should be set for other users according to how you want them to use the virtual machine Permissions settings are especially important for the configuration file vmx and virtual disks vmdk For example if you want users to run a virtual machine but not be able to modify its configuration do not make the configuration file writable Sharing Virtual Machines with VMware Player 192 VMware Player is a free application that opens and plays virtual machines created with other VMware products On Windows hosts Player also opens and plays Microsoft Virtual PC and Virtual Server virtual machines and Symantec LiveState Recovery and system images VMware Player is included with Workstation versions 5 5 and later Standalone Player is also freely available for download at http www vmware com products player VMware Player makes your VMware virtual machines accessible to colleagues partners customers and clients who do not own other VMware products NOTE Use of VMware Player is subject to the VMware Player End User License terms and no su
217. cur when you connect to virtual machines with a VNC client m You cannot take or revert to snapshots m You cannot change the power state of the virtual machine that is you cannot power on power off suspend or resume You can shut down the guest operating system however which might power off the virtual machine m You cannot copy and paste text between the host and guest operating system m You cannot configure the virtual machine with the virtual machine settings editor and neither can you upgrade VMware Tools m Remote display does not work well if you are also using the 3D feature This feature is described in Experimental Support for Direct3D on page 320 To set up VNC connections to a virtual machine 1 Make sure the guest operating system has VMware tools installed 2 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 3 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens VMware Inc 183 Workstation User s Manual 4 Click the Options tab and select Remote Display 5 Click Enable remote display specify a port number and if desired set a password for connecting to the virtual machine from a VNC client The password can be up to 8 characters long Because it is not encrypted when it is sent by the VNC client do not use a password that you use for other systems NOTE After remote display is enabled and users connect to the virtual
218. d Options for the VMware Tools cmd Command Following are the options you can use as arguments to the vmx set_option command line command synctime VMware Inc Default is 0 which means FALSE Controls whether the VMware Tools daemon periodically every second checks whether the guest operating system s time is lagging behind the host s If so the guest s clock is moved forward to match the host s clock This option by itself can sync time in a forward fashion only Use it in conjunction with time synchronize tools enable to sync time backward Using the synctime command line option is equivalent to using the time synchronization option on the Options tab of the VMware Toolbox which sets a property called tools syncTime in the virtual machine s configuration vmx file 145 Workstation User s Manual 146 time synchronize tools enable Default is 0 which means FALSE Controls whether toggling the synctime option to 1 causes an immediate one time synchronization to occur Unlike the normal periodic time sync which can move the guest clock only forward this special time synchronization can move the guest clock either forward or backward Disable this option if your guests must absolutely never sync backward in time time synchronize tools startup Default is 0 which means FALSE Controls whether the VMware Tools daemon will do a one shot time synchronization when it starts up This special time sync
219. d Command on page 145 To use the VMware Tools command line interface 1 Onthe guest operating system change directories to the directory that contains the VMware Tools daemon m On Microsoft Windows systems the daemon is called VMwareService exe The location is C Program Files VMware VMware Tools VMwareService exe m On UNIX systems the daemon is called vmware guestd The location of vmware guestd depends on the directory you specify at the time of installation The default is usr sbin vmware guestd 144 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Use the vmx set_option command to set the desired option The syntax is lt daemon gt cmd vmx set_option lt option gt lt old val gt lt new val gt where lt daemon gt is vmware guestd on UNIX systems or VMwareService exe on Windows systems lt option gt is one of the options described in Options for the VMware Tools cmd Command on page 145 lt old val gt and lt new val gt are the old and new values respectively Use 0 to mean FALSE and 1 to mean TRUE Following is an example of setting time sychronization to TRUE on a Linux guest vmware guestd cmd vmx set_option synctime 0 1 When you use command line options the new settings are written into the virtual machine s configuration vmx file NOTE For information about available commands other than the cmd command use the he lp command line comman
220. d all removable devices in the virtual machine are disabled enabledevice lt device name gt Enables the specified device or devices in the virtual machine If no device is specified all removable devices in the virtual machine are enabled synctime on off Lets you turn on or off synchronization of time in the guest operating system with time on the host operating system By default time synchronization is turned off Use this command without any options to view the current time synchronization status idle on off Lets you turn the CPU idler on or off By default the idler is turned on The CPU idler program is included in VMware Tools for NetWare guests The idler program is needed because NetWare servers do not idle the CPU when the operating system is idle As a result a virtual machine takes CPU time from the host regardless of whether the NetWare server software is idle or busy 138 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Customizations to VMware Tools This section contains the following topics m Using Custom Scripts When the Power State Changes on page 139 m Executing Commands After You Power Off or Reset a Virtual Machine on page 141 m Passing a String from the Host to the Guest on page 141 m Passing Information Between the Guest and Another Program on page 144 Using Custom Scripts When the Power State Changes When VMware Tools is installed
221. d Alt and press the third key of the key combination you want to send to the guest Use Workstation s preferences editor to specify which hot sequences you want to use From the menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences gt Hot Keys VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Specifying a Language Keymap for VNC Clients If you set a virtual machine to act as a VNC server you can specify which language you want to use for the keyboard that VNC clients use By default the US101 keyboard map U S English is used To specify which keymap to use for VNC clients 1 VMware Inc Set the virtual machine to act as a VNC server as described in Using a VNC Client for Remote Connections to a Virtual Machine on page 182 Use a text editor to open the configuration file vmx file for the virtual machine and add the following lines RemoteDisplay vnc keyMap lt xx gt where lt xx gt is the code for the language you want to use such as jp for Japanese This setting tells the virtual machine which keyboard map file to use It assumes that the keyboard map files are located in the Workstation installation directory usr 1ib vmware vnckeymap on Linux and in C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware vnckeymap on Windows Following is a list of language codes de German de ch German Switzerland es Spanish fi Finnish fr French fr be French Belgium fr ch French Switzerland is Icelandic
222. d Clones on page 191 Sharing Virtual Machines with VMware Player on page 192 NOTE When you move a virtual machine to a new host computer or to a different directory on the same host computer or when you rename a directory in the path to the virtual machine s configuration file Workstation generates a different MAC address for the virtual Ethernet adapter For additional information see Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine on page 294 Virtual Machine Identifier UUID To ensure all virtual machines are identified properly each virtual machine is automatically assigned a universal unique identifier UUID Use the UUID of a virtual machine for system management in the same way you use the UUID of a physical computer The UUID is stored in the SMBIOS system information descriptor It can be accessed by standard SMBIOS scanning software such as SiSoftware Sandra or the IBM utility smbios2 VMware Inc 185 Workstation User s Manual This UUID is generated when you initially power on the virtual machine As long as you do not move or copy the virtual machine to another location the UUID remains constant To set a specific UUID see Specifying a UUID for a Virtual Machine on page 187 UUID Options When You Move a Virtual Machine When you power on a virtual machine that was moved or copied to a new location the following message appears The virtual machine s configuration
223. d Team Systems editions are supported These versions of Visual Studio allow remote debugging on Windows systems with the exceptions of Windows NT and Windows Vista Starter Edition The Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger uses the features of the Remote Debug Monitor msvsmon exe to communicate with the guest operating system VMware recommends that you install Visual Studio 2005 SP1 For more information see http msdn2 microsoft com en us vstudio bb265237 aspx For important information about running Visual Studio 2005 on Windows Vista see http msdn2 microsoft com en us vstudio aa972193 aspx Running the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger on Windows Vista Starter Edition is not supported For information about issues running Visual Studio on Windows Vista Starter Edition see http msdn2 microsoft com en us vstudio aa964140 aspx question46 Supported Languages The C C Native and Managed C and Visual Basic languages are supported Configuring the Runtime Library Setting for C Applications When you debug on a physically remote machine or in a virtual machine the application might not start if the runtime library setting is set to certain values If you encounter this problem change the C runtime library setting To update the Visual Studio runtime library setting 1 Choose Project gt Properties 2 Expand Configuration Properties gt C C and select Code Generation 3 Set Code Generation to Runtime Library p
224. d clone do not affect the parent A linked clone must have access to the parent Without access to the parent you cannot use a linked clone at all See Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 250 Linked clones are created swiftly so you can easily create a unique virtual machine for each task you have You can also easily share a virtual machine with other users by storing the virtual machine on your local network where other users can quickly make a linked clone This facilitates collaboration for example a support team can reproduce a bug in a virtual machine and an engineer can quickly make a linked clone of that virtual machine to work on the bug Full Clones and Snapshots of the Parent A full clone is a complete and independent copy of a virtual machine However the full clone duplicates only the state of the virtual machine at the instant of the cloning operation Thus the full clone does not have access to any snapshots that might exist of the parent virtual machine Creating Clones The Clone Virtual Machine wizard guides you through the process of making a clone You do not need to locate and manually copy the parent virtual machine files The Clone Virtual Machine wizard automatically creates a new MAC address and other unique identifiers for the clone NoTE Workstation 4 virtual machines and virtual machines created with other VMware products that are compatible with version 4 must be upgr
225. d history and other ACE specific functionality For more information see the VMware ACE Administrator s Manual Figure 4 2 Summary View for a Virtual Machine Windows Host Summary View button F windows XP Professional Wks 6 Mware Workstation lol x eam WS File Edit view WM I Windos Help a 0 gt 6 8a R DBS oese eseg Sidebar x EST Gh Windows xP Professional Wk Me eid ee ed E D Powered on Windows XP Professional Wks 6 a GB Vista vm E Favorites State Powered off 883 Team Windows VMs Guest OS Windows XP Professional a Red Hat 3 Configuration file C Documents and Settings carakeli My Documents My Vi windows XP Professional vmx ES Team QA VMs Version Workstation 6 x virtual machine Gi Clone of Red Hat 3 Snapshot Snapshot for Clone of Windows XP Professional Wks 6 23 Mixed version team ED Red Hat Linux E B Windows VMs E Windows 2000 Prol Commands Devices Ed Faw sp profed D Statt this vitual machine B memory 256 MB a E WKS 4 x VMs Edit virtual machine settings hard Disk I 2 0 GB indows XP Professior lone this virtual machine R bat He PB Clone this virtual machi Q5cD ROM 1D Using drive D SFioppy Using drive A Ethernet Bridged Qusse Controller Present Sound Adapter Auto detect serial Port Auto detect Edlbisplay 2 monitors Bovnracenre 4 fl Notes Tune here to enter notes fnr this virtual machine z Bz VMware Inc Workstation User s Manual
226. d in Opening and Importing a Virtual Machine or System Image on page 106 The wizard outputs a completely new VMware virtual machine based on the input virtual machine or system image The newly migrated VMware virtual machine retains the configuration of the original virtual machine or image The migration process is non destructive so you can continue to use the original virtual machine with Microsoft Virtual PC or the original system image with Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery However if you plan to run a new VMware virtual machine on the same network as the original Virtual PC virtual machine you must modify the network name and IP address on one of the virtual machines so the original and new virtual machines can coexist This section includes the following topics m VMware Converter Versus the Importer Wizard in Workstation on page 100 m Converter Import Wizard Overview and Supported Source Machines on page 100 m Supported Destinations on page 103 m How Converting Affects Settings on page 105 m Opening and Importing a Virtual Machine or System Image on page 106 VMware Inc 99 Workstation User s Manual VMware Converter Versus the Importer Wizard in Workstation As was mentioned previously Workstation 6 incorporates the Converter Import wizard from the VMware Converter product VMware Converter is a separate downloadable application for Windows hosts that provides an easy to use
227. d in Workstation 5 5 and above build 29772 and above Automatic upgrades do not work for versions of VMware Tools included in virtual machines created with VMware Server 1 x NOTE An auto upgrade check is performed as part of the boot sequence when you power on a virtual machine If the virtual machine was suspended and you resume it or restore it to a snapshot during the boot sequence before this check occurs the automatic upgrade will occur as planned If however you resume the virtual machine or restore it to a snapshot after the auto upgrade check occurs the automatic upgrade will not occur 114 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools You can specify that no automatic update should occur In this case the status bar displays a message when a new version is available To install the update use the same procedure that you used for installing VMware Tools the first time For the platform specific installation procedure see Installing VMware Tools ona Windows Guest on page 116 or Installing VMware Tools on a Linux Guest on page 123 NOTE On Windows you can alternatively open the VMware Tools control panel click the VMware Tools icon in the notification area of the taskbar and on the Options tab click Upgrade The default policy is to not perform the upgrade automatically The following procedures describe how to set autoupgrade options on a per virtual machine basis and an a global bas
228. de the virtual NAT network the virtual machine needs access to a WINS server for that domain You can connect the virtual machine to a WINS server in two ways m Connect to the WINS server provided by the DHCP server used on the NAT network if the WINS server is already set up on the host m To connect from the virtual machine to a WINS server not set up on the host you can manually enter the IP address of the WINS server This section provides instructions for both strategies Using NAT to Connect to an Existing WINS Server Set Up on the Host In order to use this method a WINS server in the same workgroup or domain must be set up on the host These steps use Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows 2003 Server as a guide The process is similar for Windows NT Windows Me and Windows 9x guests For Windows Vista the first couple of steps are different as noted in the specific steps below To use NAT to connect to a WINS server on the host 1 In the virtual machine right click My Network Places and choose Properties For Windows Vista open the Network and Sharing Center and click the View Status link for the connection that uses the desired virtual network adapter 2 In the Network Connections window right click the virtual network adapter and choose Properties For Windows Vista in the Connection Status window click Properties and click Continue when prompted for permission 3 Inthe Properties dialog box select Internet Proto
229. decoder is installed This CODEC is automatically installed on with Workstation on Windows hosts A separately downloadable installer is also available for playback of movies on Windows machines without Workstation Go to http www vmware com download ws drivers_tools html Although you can capture a movie on Linux you need to play it back ona Windows machine 2 Play back your movie in any compatible media player Using a VNC Client for Remote Connections to a Virtual Machine VNC Virtual Network Computing software makes it possible to view and interact with one computer from any other computer or mobile device anywhere on the Internet VNC software is cross platform allowing remote control between different types of computers For example you can use VNC to view a Linux machine on your Windows PC Open source versions of VNC are freely and publicly available You can use Workstation to set a virtual machine to act as a VNC server and users on other computers can install a VNC client also called a VNC viewer to connect to the virtual machine After you set up a virtual machine as a VNC server you can see a list of users who are remotely connected to the virtual machine and find out how long they have been connected To see this list you can either choose VM gt Connected Users from the Workstation menu bar or you can right click the VNC icon in the status bar Workstation does not need to be running when VNC connections are made
230. der Mounting You can now mount shared folders to other locations besides the default location of mnt hgfs You can use the mount program to mount all shares one share or a subdirectory within a share to any location in your file system For example mount t vmhgfs host home user1 shares mounts all shares to home user1 shares mount t vmhgfs host foo tmp foo mounts the share named foo to tmp foo VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine mount t vmhgfs host foo bar var lib bar mounts the subdirectory bar within the share foo to var 1ib bar When you use the mount program the VMware host guest file system allows you to use VMware specific options in addition to the standard mount syntax To see usage information host guest file system options enter sbin mount vmhgfs h NOTE When you install VMware Tools an entry is made to etc fstab to specify the location of shared folders You can edit this file to change or add entries In previous versions of VMware Tools when a Linux guest attempted to mount a shared folder the vmware guestd program attempted to perform the mount If it failed the only evidence of the failure was an empty folder With the new version of VMware Tools the Tools services script loads a driver that performs the mount If the mount fails you will see a message regarding Mounting HGEFS shares HGFS means host guest file system The mount might fail if shared folder
231. des are mapped into keysyms that have names like space escape x and 2 The mapping can be controlled by an X application by using the function XChangeKeyboardMapping or by the program xmodmap To explore keyboard mappings you can use xev which shows the key codes and keysyms for keys typed into its window A key code corresponds roughly to a physical key while a keysym corresponds to the symbol on the key top For example with an XFree86 server running on a PC the Z key on the German keyboard has the same key code as the Y key on an English keyboard The German Z keysym however is the same as the English Z keysym and different from the English Y keysym For an XFree86 server on a PC there is a one to one mapping from X key codes to PC scan codes or v scan codes which is what Workstation really uses Workstation takes advantage of this fact When it is using an XFree86 server on the local host it uses the built in mapping from X key codes to v scan codes This mapping is keyboard independent and should be correct for most if not all languages In other cases not an XFree86 server or not a local server Workstation must map keysyms to v scan codes by using a set of keyboard specific tables Configuring How Key Codes Are Mapped Key code mapping is simple automatic and foolproof Keysym mapping is more complex and is described later However because the program cannot tell whether a remote server is running on a PC or on some
232. destroying the linked clone It is safe to delete this snapshot only if you have deleted the clone depending on it The snapshot manager allows you to rename any snapshot If you rename a snapshot for a cloned virtual machine use the Description field to aid you in future identification See Working with Snapshots in the Snapshot Manager on page 231 for more information on renaming snapshots Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine 250 You cannot power on or resume a linked clone if Workstation fails to locate the parent virtual machine This section discusses the issues related to accessing the necessary files Moving a Linked Clone You can move a linked clone or its parent within a file system or network but you must ensure that Workstation can continue to access the clone and the parent virtual machine Place the parent in a shared directory or on a network file server so Workstation can use the linked clone from any host computer with network access See Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines on page 185 For example if you put a linked clone on a laptop and the parent remains on another machine you can use the clone only when the laptop connects to the network or drive where the parent is stored To use a cloned virtual machine on a disconnected laptop you must use a full clone or you must move the parent virtual machine to the laptop Protecting the Parent of Linked Clones To prevent anyone fro
233. disk and keep it in the same location use vmware vdiskmanager n myDisk vmdk myNewDisk vmdk m To rename the disk and locate it in a different directory use vmware vdiskmanager n myDisk vmdk lt new path gt myNewDisk vmdk m To locate the disk in a different directory and keep the same name use vmware vdiskmanager n myDisk vmdk lt new path gt myDisk vmdk After you rename or relocate the virtual disk add it back to any virtual machines that use it For instructions see Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 204 Defragmenting a Virtual Disk To defragment a virtual disk use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager d myDisk vmdk You cannot defragment a virtual disk if you allocated all the disk space when you created the virtual disk You cannot use this command to defragment a physical disk See Defragmenting Disk Drives on page 382 for a discussion of the performance impact of defragmenting drives Preparing a Virtual Disk for Shrinking Before you can shrink a virtual disk you must prepare each volume on the disk C or D for example for shrinking The following example assumes that the volume is mounted as the M drive Information about mounting volumes appears in the VMware Inc 219 Workstation User s Manual procedure To shrink a virtual disk on page 217 To prepare a volume of the virtual disk for shrinking use the following command vmware vdisk
234. domains specify the Windows Server domain along with the appropriate user name and password How Converting Affects Settings The VMware virtual machine created by the Converter Import wizard contains an exact copy of the disk state from your source virtual machine or system image with the exception of some hardware dependent drivers and sometimes the mapped drive letters Settings from the source computer that remain identical include m Operating system configuration computer name security ID user accounts profiles and preferences and so forth m Applications and data files m Each disk partition s volume serial number Because the target and the source virtual machines or system images have the same identities name SID and so on running both on the same network can result in conflicts If you are planning to redeploy the source virtual machine or system image be aware of this issue and do not run both the source and target images or virtual machines on the same network at the same time VMware Inc 105 Workstation User s Manual 106 Alternatively you can resolve the duplicate ID problem by using additional tools such as the Windows 2000 System Preparation Tool Sysprep For example if you use the Converter Import to test the viability of running a Virtual PC virtual machine as a VMware virtual machine without first decommissioning the original Virtual PC machine you need to resolve the duplicate ID proble
235. ds etc init d volmgt stop etc init d volmgt start After the CD ROM is mounted change to a working directory for example tmp and extract VMware Tools as follows cd tmp gunzip c cdrom vmwaretools vmware solaris tools tar gz tar xf Run the VMware Tools tar installer cd vmware tools distrib vmware install1 p1 Respond to the configuration questions on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value 127 Workstation User s Manual 128 Log off of the root account exit Start X and your graphical environment In an X terminal launch the VMware Tools control panel vmware toolbox amp For information about using this control panel to configure VMware Tools see VMware Tools Configuration Options on page 132 NOTE You can run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks or change VMware Tools scripts you must run VMware Tools as root Su Installing VMware Tools in a FreeBSD Guest The first step is performed on the host within Workstation menus and the remaining steps are performed inside the virtual machine To install VMware Tools in a FreeBSD virtual machine 1 Power on the virtual machine and after the guest system has started choose VM gt iInstall VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine Be sure the guest operating system is running in text mode You cannot install VMware Tools while X is running As
236. ds that you defragment by using a guest operating system mechanism before taking the first snapshot or linked clone m Workstation makes all its changes to the redo log not to the original disk when you run a defragmenting program on the guest after a snapshot You lose the ability to defragment inside the original disk forever m Every sector that moves is copied to the redo log making the virtual machine redo log extremely large when the disk is heavily fragmented and you run defragmentation after a snapshot Defragment the virtual disk by using the Workstation defragmentation tool If the disk is a growable disk not one whose disk space was preallocated at the time when you created the virtual machine also use Workstation to defragment the virtual disk For instructions see Defragmenting Virtual Disks on page 199 Defragment the host disks Use a defragmentation utility for the host s operating system For example if the host s operating system is Windows Vista use the Windows Vista Disk Defragmenter tool Performance is weakened by fragmentation on the physical disk that holds the virtual machine s working directory or virtual disk files Fragmentation of the host disk can affect any or all of the following m Virtual disk files m Files that store newly saved data when you have a snapshot m Files that hold information used in suspending and resuming a virtual machine If you are experiencing slow disk
237. dules file for the same list 2 To load the proper modules run this command insmod lt modulename gt 3 If none of the listed parallel port modules is loaded use this command insmod parport_pc This command inserts the three modules needed for a parallel port If you continue to see problems it is possible that the 1p module is running If it is the virtual machine cannot use the parallel port correctly 4 Ifthe Lp module is loaded run this command as the root user to remove it rmmod lp 5 Verify that the line referring to the 1p module in the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file is removed or commented out by inserting a hash character at the beginning of the line The name of the configuration file depends on the Linux distribution you are using When you reboot the host after removing this line the configuration file no longer starts the 1p module 6 Toensure that the proper modules for the parallel port are loaded at boot time add this line to the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file alias parport_lowlevel parport_pc VMware Inc 329 Workstation User s Manual 330 Parallel Ports and Linux 2 4 x Kernels Be sure that PC Style Hardware CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is loaded as a module that is it must be set to m If you are using a 2 4 x kernel the modules that provide parallel port functionality are parport parport_pc and ppdev Also be sure to enable support for user space parallel dev
238. e Now that the virtual machine has an IP address for a WINS server you use NetLogon in the virtual machine to log on to a domain and access shares in that domain For example if the WINS server covers a domain with a domain controller it is possible to access that domain controller from the virtual machine and add the virtual machine to the domain You need to know the user ID and password of the Administrator user on the domain controller NOTE Your access is limited to shares of virtual machines that are on the same NAT network or are bridged on the same domain VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File Linux NAT configuration file host NAT gateway address ip 192 168 237 2 24 hostMAC 00 50 56 C0 00 08 enable configuration disabled by default for security reasons configport 33445 VMnet device if not specified on command line device VMnet8 Allow PORT EPRT FTP commands they need incoming TCP stream activeFTP 1 Allows the source to have any OUI Turn this one if you change the OUI in the MAC address of your virtual machines aLlowAnyOUI 1 udp Timeout in seconds no timeout default 60 real value might be up to 100 longer timeout 30 dns This section applies only to Windows Policy to use for DNS forwarding Accepted values include order rotate burst order send one DNS request at a time in order of the
239. e To set up a virtual network that connects to an external network 1 Set up four virtual machines using the New Virtual Machine wizard a To open this wizard choose File gt New gt Virtual Machine b Create the first virtual machine with bridged networking so it can connect to an external network by using the host computer s Ethernet adapter c Create the other three virtual machines without networking You will set up their virtual Ethernet adapters in later steps You will not install the operating systems until step 7 VMware Inc 279 Workstation User s Manual 2 Configure network settings for the first virtual machine a b c Open virtual machine 1 but do not power it on Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a second virtual network adapter See Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 Connect the second adapter to Custom VMnet2 3 Configure network settings for the second virtual machine as follows a b c Open virtual machine 2 but do not power it on Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a virtual network adapter See Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 Connect the second adapter to Custom VMnet2 4 Configure network settings for the third virtual machine as follows a b e Open virtual machine 3 but do not power it on Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a virtual network adapter See Addi
240. e Edit gt Preferences gt Workspace and select the check box for showing the tray icon Click the machine you want to open Workstation starts and displays the console view of the virtual machine 149 Workstation User s Manual Virtual Machine Location By default virtual machine files are stored in the virtual machine s working directory m On Windows hosts VMware Workstation stores virtual machines in the My Documents folder of the user who is logged on at the time the virtual machine is created On Windows Server 2003 Windows XP and Windows 2000 the default folder is C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents My Virtual Machines lt guestOSname gt On Windows Vista the default folder is C USers lt username gt VirtualL Machines lt guestOSname gt m On Linux hosts VMware Workstation stores virtual machines in lt homedir gt vmware lt guestOSname gt where lt homedir gt is the home directory of the user who is logged on at the time the virtual machine is created The working directory is also where Workstation stores suspended state vmss snapshot vmsn and redo log files You can find the path to the working directory by displaying the virtual machine settings editor select the virtual machine and choose VMp gt Settings gt Options gt General For more information about the working directory click the Help button on the Options gt General tab Running VMware Tools 150 For best pe
241. e making a recording making an execution trace file of the recording playing back the recording and managing recordings NOTE Before you enable this feature make sure that VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system Installing VMware Tools requires having a virtual CD ROM drive in the virtual machine This section includes the following procedures To enable record replay for a virtual machine on page 240 To display the Replay toolbar on page 241 To play back a recording on page 242 To adjust the speed of playback on page 243 m 7 7 7 m To create an execution trace file of a recording on page 244 m To delete a recording on page 244 To enable record replay for a virtual machine 1 Make sure that the virtual machine meets the requirements listed in Hardware and Virtual Hardware Requirements on page 238 2 Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 3 Select the virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor appears 4 Click the Options tab and select Snapshot Replay 5 On the Snapshot Replay settings panel use the following settings m Make sure the Disable snapshots check box is deselected m Select the Enable execution record and replay check box 6 Click OK NOTE When you enable the record replay feature the debugging mode automatically gets set to Full If you later disable record replay you need to manually set de
242. e Guest Operating System Installation Guide at http pubs vmware com guestnotes FreeBSD 64 Bit FreeBSD 64 bit See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for version details about this operating system at http pubs vmware com guestnotes Sun Solaris 32 Bit Solaris x86 32 bit Sun Solaris 64 Bit Solaris x86 64 bit VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements Support for 64 Bit Guest Operating Systems Workstation supports virtual machines with 64 bit guest operating systems running on host machines with the following processors AMD Athlon 64 revision D or later AMD Opteron revision E or later AMD Turion 64 revision E or later AMD Sempron 64 bit capable revision D or later Intel EM64T VT capable processors Workstation supports virtual machines with 64 bit guest operating systems only on host machines that have one of the supported 64 bit processors When you power on a virtual machine with a 64 bit guest operating system Workstation performs an internal check if the host CPU is not a supported 64 bit processor you cannot power on the virtual machine VMware also provides a standalone utility that you can use without Workstation to perform the same check and determine whether your CPU is supported for Workstation virtual machines with 64 bit guest operating systems You can download the 64 bit processor check utility from www vmware com download Workstation supports virtual machin
243. e Server 10 VMware Tools Requirements Make sure that the version of VMware Tools on the guest operating system matches the version of Workstation 6 which the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger is a component of on the host Java and JRE Requirements You cannot have GCJ Java installed on the guest operating system The guest operating system must be running JRE 1 4 2 or higher If you are not using JRE 5 0 on the guest you must update the build settings in Eclipse to be compatible with the older JRE To update the Eclipse build settings to use a 1 4 x JRE on the guest 1 In the Eclipse Package Explorer right click the topmost folder Project item and choose Properties 2 Inthe left pane of the Properties page select Java Compiler 3 Select Enable project specific settings and set the JDK Compliance Compiler compliance level to 1 4 Installing PSAPI DLL on Windows NT On Windows NT you must install the psapi d11 library file to retrieve process status information so that the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger can attach to a process You can download psapi d11 from http www microsoft com downloads release asp releaseid 30337 VMware Inc Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Disabling the Firewall on Linux Guest Systems You must disable the firewall on Linux guest operating systems The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger opens an available port searching from port 49152 for each debugging session
244. e Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger is a component of on the host Configuring the Network Set up the virtual machine network as Bridged or Host only On Windows XP in the guest system Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Local Security Policy gt Local Policies gt Security Options page set the policy Network access Sharing and security model for local accounts to Classic local users authenticated as themselves On Windows Vista Classic local users authenticated as themselves is the default value for this policy To verify that this policy is set correctly follow the same steps as for Windows XP NOTE Itis not possible to view this policy on Windows Vista Home Premium and Vista Home Basic VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Configuring the Firewall on Windows XP SP2 Virtual Machines Windows XP SP2 systems have the firewall enabled by default To debug in a virtual machine with Windows XP SP2 you must disable the firewall or configure it appropriately VMware recommends disabling the firewall Virtual machines are protected behind the host firewall For information on setting up remote debugging in Visual Studio using Windows XP SP2 with the firewall enabled see m http msdn microsoft com security productinfo xpsp2 default aspx pull library en us dnwxp html xpsp2remotedebug asp m http support microsoft com default aspx scid kb 5BLN 5D 833977 2020 Co
245. e are two basic approaches In one the router software runs on the host computer In the other the router software runs in its own virtual machine In both cases you need two host only interfaces The examples described here outline the simplest case with one virtual machine on each of the host only networks For more complex configurations you can add more virtual machines and host only networks as appropriate To set up routing between two host only networks 1 Set up the connection to the first default host only interface as described in To use configuration 1 or 2 on page 300 2 Set up the connection to the second VMnet2 host only interface as described in To use configuration 1 or 2 on page 300 3 If you plan to run the router software on a virtual machine set up a third virtual machine with connections to the two host only interfaces as described in To use configuration 3 connect to two host only interfaces on page 301 To run the router software on your host computer skip this step The rest of the steps in this procedure describe how to configure the virtual machines to use static IP addresses 4 Stop the VMnet DHCP server service m Ona Windows host from the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt DHCP select the service and click Stop m Ona Linux host open a terminal and use the following command to stop the vmnet dhcpd service killall TERM vmnet dhcpd
246. e host machine with another VMware product such as VMware Server or the VMware Virtual Machine Console The only VMware products that can share a host machine with Workstation are the VMware VirtualCenter client software and the VMware Converter If you plan to install VMware Workstation on a host machine that already contains another VMware product you must uninstall that product first After you have completed the prerequisites and determined which computer you want to use for hosting Workstation see the appropriate installation section m Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 44 m Installing Workstation on a Linux Host on page 49 Installing Workstation on a Windows Host 44 Before you perform the installation procedure make sure you have the Workstation 6 serial number ready Although you can enter the number after installation it is recommended at you enter it at installation time The following procedure describes how to run the Workstation installation wizard If instead of running the wizard you want to use the command line interface to perform a silent installation on many computers see Installing Workstation Silently on page 47 VMware Inc Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation To install Workstation on a Windows host 1 Logon to your Microsoft Windows host as the Administrator user or as a user who is amember of the Windows Administrators group To install Workstation on a Windows XP
247. e managers that support drag and drop extraction of individual files You can also drag and drop files from one virtual machine to another When you drag a file or folder from host to virtual machine or from virtual machine to host Workstation copies the file or folder to the location where you drop it This means for example that if you drop a file on the desktop icon of a word processor the word processor opens with a copy of the original file The original file does not reflect any changes you make to the copy Initially the application opens using a copy of the file that is stored in your temp directory On Windows this is the file specified in the TEMP environment variable and on Linux and Solaris it is the tmp VMwareDnD directory To protect any changes you make choose File gt Save As from the application s menu and save the file in a different directory Otherwise it can be overwritten or deleted by mistake VMware Inc 169 Workstation User s Manual 170 To prevent files from accidentally being transferred between the virtual machine and the host turn off this feature as described in the following procedure To enable or disable drag and drop for a virtual machine 1 Make sure VMware Tools is installed on the virtual machine 2 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 3 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 4 Click t
248. e of the operating systems in a virtual machine this assumption is no longer true VMware Inc 275 Workstation User s Manual 276 How to Edit the Setting Later If you make another selection in the New Virtual Machine wizard and later decide you want to use bridged networking make that change in the virtual machine settings editor from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt Ethernet See Changing a Networking Configuration on page 282 Network Address Translation NAT NAT gives a virtual machine access to network resources by using the host computer s IP address If you are not able to give your virtual machine an IP address on the external network you might find that NAT is the easiest way to give your virtual machine access to the Internet or other TCP IP network NAT uses the host computer s dial up networking or broadband connection Figure 13 2 Network Address Translation Setup Virtual Ethernet adapter Virtual machine poe DHCP server Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet8 NAT device If you select NAT the virtual machine can use many standard TCP IP protocols to connect to other machines on the external network For example you can use HTTP to browse Web sites FTP to transfer files and Telnet to log on to other computers NAT also allows you to connect to a TCP IP network using a Token Ring adapter on the host computer In the default configuration computers on t
249. e rest of the sections in this chapter If you did not enter the Workstation serial number when you installed the product an option available on a Windows host you are prompted to enter it the first time you attempt to power on a virtual machine The serial number is on the registration card in your package or in the email message confirming your electronic distribution order Enter your serial number and click OK The serial number you enter is saved and Workstation does not ask you for it again For your convenience Workstation sends the serial number to the VMware Web site when you use certain Web links built into the product for example Help gt VMware on the Web gt Register Now and Help gt VMware on the Web gt Request Support This allows VMware to direct you to the correct Web page to register and get support for your product 78 VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics Introduction to Workstation Preferences The Preferences dialog box lets you change a number of settings that apply to VMware Workstation itself no matter which virtual machine you are running The default settings for Workstation preferences are correct for most cases You should not change settings unless you are an experienced user NOTE Ona Linux host you must be logged in as root to save global preference changes To make changes to these settings choose Edit gt Preferences Figure 4 7 shows an example of the Workstation preferences
250. e virtual machine and press the T key trace key A trace file is created in the directory where this virtual machine s configuration vmx file is stored The filename is ReplLayTrace lt timestamp gt gz where lt timestamp gt is the time at which you pressed the T key NOTE The speed at which the recording plays slows considerably while the trace file is being made To end the trace file either press the T key again or click the Stop button in the Replay toolbar Otherwise the trace file ends when the recording finishes playing If you press the T key to end the trace file before the recording ends and then press T again another trace file is created To delete a recording 1 2 3 244 Select the virtual machine Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager In the Snapshot Manager window select the recording and click Delete Recordings can consume large amounts of disk space depending on the activities of the virtual machine and the length of the recording Delete recordings you don t need to retain VMware Inc Cloning a Virtual Machine This chapter provides instructions for creating and configuring clones of virtual machines This chapter includes the following topics m Understanding Clones on page 245 m Creating Clones on page 247 m Working with Clones on page 249 Understanding Clones A clone is a copy of an existing virtual machine The existing virtual machine is
251. e wizard and later want to use host only networking you can make that change in the virtual machine settings editor from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt Ethernet See Changing a Networking Configuration on page 282 Routing and Connection Sharing If you install the proper routing or proxy software on your host computer you can establish a connection between the host virtual Ethernet adapter and a physical network adapter on the host computer This allows you for example to connect the virtual machine to a Token Ring or other non Ethernet network On a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 host computer you can use host only networking in combination with the Internet connection sharing feature in Windows to allow a virtual machine to use the host s dial up networking adapter or other connection to the Internet See your Windows documentation for details on configuring Internet connection sharing Example of a Custom Networking Configuration 278 The virtual networking components provided by Workstation make it possible for you to create sophisticated virtual networks The virtual networks can be connected to one or more external networks or they can run entirely on the host computer Setting up networking components for your custom virtual network is a straightforward process Before attempting to set up complex virtual networks you should have a good understanding of how to configure n
252. e x is the number of processors originally assigned in ESX Server Workstation preserves this original configuration setting for the number of processors even though two is the maximum number of processors supported You must change this setting to one or two processors before you can power on the virtual machine in Workstation After you commit a change to this setting the original setting for number of processors is discarded and no longer appears as an option in the virtual machine settings editor VMware Inc Performance Tuning This chapter offers suggestions for getting the best performance from VMware Workstation and your virtual machines This chapter contains the following topics m Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer on page 367 m Configuring VMware Workstation and Virtual Machines on page 370 Configuring Guest Operating Systems on page 379 m Using the Microsoft Performance Console to Monitor Virtual Machine Performance on page 386 Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer The host computer is an obvious place to look to improve performance This section discusses these key areas CPU Avoid over committing the host processors The performance of virtual machines depends on the capacity of the host machine s processor or processors and might degrade significantly if you overcommit the processors by running too many virtual machines at the same time Memory Although the minimum r
253. each example but multiple virtual machines can be connected to the same virtual Ethernet switch On a Windows host you can connect an unlimited number of virtual network devices to a virtual switch On a Linux host you can connect up to 32 devices Bridged Networking Bridged networking connects a virtual machine to a network by using the host computer s Ethernet adapter If your host computer is on an Ethernet network this is often the easiest way to give your virtual machine access to that network The virtual Ethernet adapter in the virtual machine connects to the physical Ethernet adapter in your host computer allowing it to connect to the LAN used by the host computer Bridged networking makes the virtual machine visible to other computers on the network and they can communicate directly with the virtual machine Bridged networking works with Ethernet DSL and legacy phone modems 274 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Figure 13 1 Bridged Networking Setup Virtual Ethernet adapter z Virtual machine p mmnnnnnn Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet0 Host Ethernet adapter How to Set Up Bridged Networking Bridged networking is setup automatically if you select Use bridged networking in the New Virtual Machine wizard or if you select the Typical setup path This selection is available on a Linux host only if you enable the bridged networking option when you install Workstation You can set up
254. ect3D Workstation includes experimental support for Direct3D video acceleration This feature is not fully functional V CAUTION Features with experimental support are not intended to be enabled on production systems Enabling 3 D acceleration might cause the host or guest to crash causing you to lose data even if 3 D applications are not active 320 To take advantage of the experimental 3 D capabilities of Workstation the virtual machine must be running the version of VMware Tools that corresponds to the version of Workstation you are using to run it For example a virtual machine running on Workstation 6 0 must be running the version of VMware Tools provided with Workstation 6 0 If you move the virtual machine and want to use the 3 D capabilities be sure you have the correct version of VMware Tools installed VMware Inc Chapter 14 Configuring Video and Sound Audience for Direct3D Experimental Support Workstation provides this feature for advanced customers who want to explore an in progress implementation of 3 D acceleration Technical support for accelerated 3 D is not yet provided for Workstation However you are encouraged to file a support request so VMware can evaluate problems you experience with accelerated 3 D Review Helping VMware with Experimental Support on page 324 before you file a support request Accelerated 3 D Limitations Experimental support for Direct3D applies only to Windows 2000 and
255. ections depending on the kind of connection you need to make You can set two parameters each of which appears on a separate line autodetect lt n gt VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network The autodetect setting determines whether the VMware NAT device automatically attempts to map virtual machine source ports below 1024 to NAT source ports below 1024 A setting of 1 means true A setting of 0 means false On a Windows host the default is 1 true On a Linux host the default is 0 false port lt n gt The port setting specifies a destination port where lt n gt is the port on the server that accepts the connection from the client Whenever a virtual machine connects to the specified port on any server the NAT device attempts to make the connection from a source port below 1024 You can include one or more port settings in the privilegedUDP or privilegedTCP section or in both sections as required for the connections you need to make Enter each port setting on a separate line On a Linux Host Use the NAT configuration file on the host to configure the NAT device This file is located in etc vmware vmnet8 nat nat conf The configuration file is divided into sections Each section configures a part of the NAT device Text surrounded by square brackets such as host marks the beginning of a section In each section is a configuration parameter that can be set The configuration parameters take
256. ed for Windows hosts only Linux hosts do not have full screen switch mode Creating a Virtual Machine for Use in Full Screen Switch Mode To create new virtual machines run Workstation in standard mode The instructions in this section assume that you are creating the virtual machines on a separate administrative computer If you prefer create the virtual machines directly on the user s computer To create a virtual machine that will be used in full screen switch mode 1 Create the new virtual machine following the instructions in Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 As you complete the New Virtual Machine wizard make the following choices m InStep 3 In the Select the Appropriate Configuration page select Typical and click Next on page 93 select Custom to perform a custom installation m InStep 5 On the Name the Virtual Machine page select a name and folder for the virtual machine and click Next on page 93 make a note of the folder in which you create the virtual machine You must copy all the files in this folder to the user s computer after you finish creating and configuring the virtual machine m InStep 7 On the Specify Disk Capacity page enter the size of the virtual disk specify the way you want the disk space allocated and click Finish on page 93 specify the size for the virtual disk and select Allocate all disk space now This selection is strongly recommended If you do no
257. ed in C Documents and Settings lt user gt My Virtual Machines to C Users lt user gt Documents My Virtual Machines VMware Inc 57 Workstation User s Manual After the upgrade is complete the Favorites list in Workstation should work correctly Workstation 5 on Windows XP to Workstation 6 on Windows Vista If you have Workstation 5 installed on a Windows XP host first uninstall Workstation 5 Use the Control Panel s Add Remove Programs item to uninstall Workstation Next upgrade the operating system to Windows Vista Finally install Workstation 6 as described in Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 44 Workstation 5 on Windows Vista to Workstation 6 on Windows Vista If you have Workstation 5 installed on a Windows Vista host first uninstall Workstation 5 Go to Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features gt Uninstall a program Select VMware Workstation and click Uninstall Next install Workstation 6 as described in Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 44 Workstation 5 was only experimentally supported on Windows Vista Workstation 6 on Windows XP to Workstation 6 on Windows Vista The instructions in this section assume that you have Windows XP with Service Pack 2 To upgrade Workstation 6 from Windows XP to Windows Vista 1 Log in as the Administrator user or as a user who is a member of the Windows Administrators group 2 Make sure that Workstation is n
258. ed in this section verify whether the device driver is installed on the host If the driver is not installed install it and see if the device appears correctly to Workstation If it does not appear correctly or if you cannot or do not want to install the driver on the host add the device manually to the virtual machine as described in the procedure that follows When adding a device manually to the virtual machine use scsiX Y notation to refer to the device on the host instead of a device name Workstation uses such as CdRom0 For this type of notation X is the SCSI bus on which the device is located on the host and Y is the target ID the device uses on the host V CAUTION Before you add the device you must disable the original SCSI device driver on the host Some Windows operating systems do not process the send command from the adapter if the device driver is owning the device A few circumstances require you to add or configure the device manually Follow the directions for the scenario that matches your circumstance In each case power off the virtual machine and open the virtual machine s configuration vmx file in a text editor and make the changes described 360 VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Scenario 1 No SCSI Devices In this case the virtual machine does not contain any SCSI adapters or devices or you want to add a generic SCSI device to a new virtual SCSI adapter in the virtual machine To add t
259. editor Figure 4 7 Preference Editor s Workspace Tab on a Linux Host VMware Inc y Preferences B Default Location for Teams and Virtual Machines Jusrhmp My VMs _ B Bowse Virtual Machines x Remember opened virtual machines between sessions i lt Run powered on virtual machines in background after close _ Enable all shared folders by default Show tray icon when virtual machines are powered on Default hardware compatibility rkstation6 Software Updates Check for updates Weekly gt Last checked Thu Mar 29 13 44 08 2007 No updates were available Next check Thu Apr 5 13 44 08 2007 Check Now Help Xx Close 79 Workstation User s Manual 80 Following is a list of the tabs in the Preferences dialog box along with cross references to the sections of this manual that pertain to each tab Workspace tab Lets you configure the following settings m Location section Lets you change the directory in which newly created virtual machines are stored See Virtual Machine Location on page 150 and Files That Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 108 m Virtual Machines section Several of these options have to do with exiting Workstation while leaving some virtual machines powered on See Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation on page 84 For information about enabling shared folders see Using Shared Folders o
260. efault to the BusLogic adapter For Windows Vista guests your only choice is LSI Logic NOTE The LSI Logic adapter has improved performance and works better with generic SCSI devices The LSI Logic adapter is also supported by ESX Server 2 0 and higher Keep this in mind if you plan to migrate the virtual machine to another VMware product Your choice of SCSI adapter does not affect your decision to make your virtual disk an IDE or SCSI disk However some guest operating systems such as 32 bit Windows XP do not include a driver for the Buslogic or LSI Logic adapter You must download the driver from the LSI Logic Web site NOTE Drivers for a Mylex BusLogic compatible host bus adapter are not obvious on the LSI Logic Web site Search the support area for the numeric string in the model number For example search for 958 for BT KT 958 drivers See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for details about the driver and the guest operating system you plan to install in this virtual machine Disk Modes Normal or Independent This option is available on Linux hosts for custom configurations only The default normal mode is to include disks in any snapshots you take You can change this behavior however If you do not want data on the disk to be recorded when you take a snapshot of the virtual machine you can configure the disk to be independent For more information see Using Snapshots on page 225
261. egments tab Select the LAN segment you want to delete Click Remove The LAN segment is removed VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams Cloning and Taking Snapshots of Team Members You can clone a virtual machine in a team in the same way you clone any other virtual machine See Creating Clones on page 247 When you clone a virtual machine in a team m The resulting clone is not part of the team m The clone appears on the Favorites list as well as in a summary window m Ifthe parent virtual machine is configured for a LAN segment the virtual Ethernet adapter for that LAN segment on the clone is disconnected To connect to a network you must reconfigure the virtual Ethernet adapter manually Snapshots operate on virtual machines not on the whole team When a team is active the Snapshot button on the toolbar takes a snapshot of only the active virtual machine To preserve the state of all virtual machines on a team power off the team and take a snapshot of each virtual machine before you power on the team again VMware Inc 269 Workstation User s Manual 270 VMware Inc Configuring a Virtual Network The first topics in this chapter preview the virtual networking components that VMware Workstation provides and show how you can use them with your virtual machine The rest of the chapter provides more detail on networking capabilities and specialized configurations This chapter includes the followin
262. ement gt Storage gt Disk Management Select the partition you want to unmap and choose Action gt All Tasks gt Change Drive Letter and Paths Click Remove m Windows Vista host Use Disk Management Start gt Control Panel Classic View gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Storage gt Disk VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks Management Right click the partition you want to unmap and choose Change Drive Letter and Paths Click Remove m Linux only Set the device group membership or device ownership as follows a Make sure the master physical disk device or devices are readable and writable by the user who runs VMware Workstation On most distributions the physical devices such as dev hda IDE physical disk and dev sdb SCSI physical disk belong to group id disk If this is the case you can add VMware Workstation users to the disk group Another option is to change the owner of the device Consider all the security issues involved in this option b Grant VMware Workstation users access to all dev hd abcd physical devices that contain operating systems or boot managers You can then rely on the physical disk configuration files in VMware Workstation to guard access This provides boot managers access to configuration files and other files they might need to boot the operating systems For example LILO needs to read boot on a Linux partition to boot a non Linux operating system that might be on another drive
263. ensure that battery information is reported in the guest This way you can determine when the battery is running low To report the status of the battery in the guest 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Onthe Options tab select Power 4 Select the Report battery information to guest check box and click OK Using Exclusive Mode You might want to use exclusive mode if you want to run graphics intensive applications such as games in full screen mode Like full screen mode exclusive mode causes the Workstation virtual machine display to fill the screen Drawbacks to using exclusive mode include m The full screen toolbar is not available in exclusive mode To configure any virtual machine settings you need to leave exclusive mode by pressing Ctrl Alt m Exclusive mode does not use more than one monitor m Exclusive mode causes the host resolution to resize which can cause items on the host desktop to be moved For best performance make sure the guest operating system has VMware Tools installed See Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine To use exclusive mode 1 Start Workstation and make sure one or more virtual machines are powered on 2 If you have multiple monitors move the Workstation window into the monitor you want
264. equired amount of memory is 512MB VMware recommends at least 2GB of memory for best performance You must have enough memory to run the host operating system plus the memory required for each guest operating system and for applications on the host and guest VMware Inc 367 Workstation User s Manual 368 Using More Than 1GB of Memory on a Linux Host By default Linux kernels in the 2 2 x series support 1GB of physical memory To use more memory in Linux take one of several approaches m Upgrade to a 2 4 x series kernel that allows for more physical memory m Recompile your kernel as a 2GB kernel by using the CONFIG_2GB option m Enable the CONFIG_BIGMEM option to map more physical memory as described later in this section CONFIG_2GB Option The CONFIG_2GB option calls for recompiling your kernel as a 2GB kernel Recompile your kernel with CONFIG_2GB enabled This allows Linux to support nearly 2GB of physical memory by dividing the address space into a 2GB user section and a 2GB kernel section as opposed to the normal division of 3GB for user and 1GB for kernel CONFIG_BIGMEM Option With the CONFIG_BIGMEM option enabled the kernel does not directly address all of physical memory and it can then map 1GB or 2GB of physical memory into the address space at a time This allows the use of all of physical memory at the cost of changing the semantics the kernel uses to map virtual to physical addresses However VMware produc
265. er on page 218 Table 9 1 VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility Commands Options and Parameters Description lt diskname gt Name of the virtual disk file The virtual disk file must have a vmdk extension Specify a path to the folder where you want to store the disk files If you mapped a network share on your host operating system you can create the virtual disk on that share by providing the correct path information with the disk filename C Creates the virtual disk Use the a s and t options and specify the name of the virtual disk lt diskname gt r Converts the specified virtual disk creating a new virtual disk as a result Use the lt sourcediskname gt t option to specify the disk type to which the virtual disk is converted and specify the name of the target virtual disk lt targetdiskname gt After the conversion is completed and you have tested the converted virtual disk to make sure it works as expected delete the original virtual disk file For the virtual machine to recognize the converted virtual disk use the virtual machine settings editor to remove the existing virtual disk from the virtual machine and then add the converted disk to the virtual machine See Adding Virtual and Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine on page 202 x lt n gt GB MB lt diskname gt Expands the virtual disk to the specified capacity Specify the new larger size of the virtual disk in gigabytes or mega
266. er 214 vmdk file 108 109 Virtual Disk Manager 214 virtual hardware CPU issues 106 disk device issues 106 ethernet adapter issues 106 graphics card issues 106 virtual keyboard 341 virtual machine 81 adding a virtual disk 202 204 adding floppy drive 212 adding or modifying an Ethernet adapter 282 adding physical disk 205 adding to team 260 and SMP 365 cloning from team 269 constituent files 108 converting 23 98 creating 87 111 VMware Inc creating aclone 247 default location of 89 defined 447 delete 154 files 150 IDE drives in installing software in 166 migrating 191 moving 185 188 moving SMP virtual machines 366 name change 76 platform specifications 35 portability 196 power off vs shut down 152 recording activity of 240 removing from Favorites list 75 removing from team 261 reset vs restart 153 resuming 223 running in the background 24 84 241 settings 81 shutting down 152 starting 148 starting in full screen mode 398 suspending 223 upgrade or downgrade 23 59 upgrading 59 upgrading procedure 61 using snapshots 225 window size 163 virtual machine settings editor defined 447 restricting access 389 390 using 179 virtual network editor 448 Virtual PC importing 98 107 VMware Inc Index virtual SMP moving SMP virtual machines 366 using 365 virtual switch 273 virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing See virtual SMP VirtualCenter and Virtual Disk Manager 215 Visual Stud
267. er location This change protects you from powering on a malicious virtual machine that might use shared folders to gain access to data on your host machine You can however change this default behavior If you have a previous version of Workstation and you used shared folders you will find after upgrading to Workstation 6 0 that you will need to re enable folder sharing You have various levels of security when sharing folders m Enable some or all shared folders for a particular virtual machine m Set shared folders to be disabled at the next power on VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements Set a default to enable all shared folders that might be present in virtual machines that you did not create yourself See Using Shared Folders on page 171 VMware Player 2 0 now allows you to use shared folders See Sharing Virtual Machines with VMware Player on page 192 Enhanced File Sharing and Copy and Paste Functionality Following is a list of enhancements for the Workstation 6 0 release Use shared folders on a Solaris guest Previously shared folders were available only for Linux and Windows guests See Using Shared Folders on page 171 Drag and drop files between a Linux or Windows host and a Linux Windows or Solaris guest Linux hosts and Linux and Solaris guests must be running X Windows See Using Drag and Drop on page 169 Copy and paste text between a Windows or Linux h
268. ernal timer This feature can be useful for test and development scenarios 402 VMware Inc Workstation Command Line Reference This appendix discusses the command line options that are available for the vmware program and the vmrun program This appendix contains the following topics m Startup Options for Workstation and Virtual Machines on page 403 m Command Line Application for Operating Virtual Machines on page 405 For information abut using the vmware fullscreen command to use full screen switch mode see Starting and Stopping Virtual Machines on the User s Computer on page 398 Startup Options for Workstation and Virtual Machines Table A 1 describes options available when you run VMware Workstation from the command line You can type these commands in a Linux terminal window or at the Windows command prompt You can also create scripts to run multiple commands The syntax for this command is m Ona Linux host operating system usr bin vmware n x X m t q s lt variablename gt lt value gt Fe E A A A ET eer X toolkit options m Ona Windows host operating system C Program Files VMware VMware Workstation Programs vmware exe B n x X t q s lt variablename gt lt value gt v lt path_to_virtual_machine gt lt virtual_machine_name gt vmx VMware Inc 403 Workstation User s Manual Table A 1 Command Line Options for the vmware Program Option
269. ers If you have trouble finding a shared folder when using the desktop icon open Windows Explorer and look in My Network Places or Network Neighborhood For example if you specify the name Test files for one of your shared folders you can navigate to it on the guest system by opening My Network Places gt Entire Network gt VMware Shared Folders gt host gt Shared Folders gt Test files You can also go directly to the folder using the UNC path host Shared Folders Test files On the guest system you can map a shared folder to a drive letter just as you would with a network share In Windows Explorer choose Tools gt Map Network Drive and browse to the location of the shared folder The shared folder is located at host Shared Folders NOTE If your guest operating system has VMware Tools from Workstation 4 0 shared folders appear as folders on a designated drive letter Viewing Shared Folders in a Linux or Solaris 10 Guest On a Linux virtual machine shared folders appear under mnt hgfs On a Solaris virtual machine shared folders appear under hgfs Viewing Shared Folders on the Host From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt Shared Folders to see a list of the shared folders and the directory paths to them VMware Inc 175 Workstation User s Manual 176 Shared Folders on Linux Guests Permissions and Folder Mounting The version of VMware Tools included in Workstation 6 contains m
270. ers With shared folders you can easily share files among virtual machines and the host computer You choose a directory on the host or on a network directory that is accessible to the host and you give it the name you want to use on the guest To use shared folders you must have the current version of VMware Tools installed in the guest operating system and you must configure your virtual machine settings to specify which directories are to be shared You can use shared folders with virtual machines running the following guest operating systems and on all supported host systems Windows Server 2003 Windows XP Windows 2000 Windows NT 4 0 Windows Vista Linux with a kernel version of 2 4 or higher Solaris x86 10 Solaris x86 10 Update 1 Solaris x86 10 Update 2 Solaris x86 10 Update 3 The shared folders can be in the host computer s file system or they can be network directories accessible from the host computer To set up shared folders for a virtual machine 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select Shared Folders VMware Inc 171 Workstation User s Manual 172 Click Add On Windows clicking Add starts the Add Shared Folder wizard On Linux it opens the Shared Folder Properties dialog box Use the following information to help you com
271. ers section Access the enabled shared folder on the guest operating system m Ona Windows guest operating system map a network drive to the Shared Folders directory as described in Viewing a Shared Folder on page 175 m On Linux shared folders appear under mnt hgfs On Solaris shared folders appear under hgfs VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Enabling and Disabling Shared Folders This section includes the following procedures To enable shared folders for virtual machines created by other users on page 173 As a security precaution by default a shared folder is disabled if it was not created by the user that powers on the virtual machine This procedure describes how to change the default behavior You might want to enable folder sharing if you created virtual machines with Workstation 4 or 5 Folder sharing for Workstation 4 and 5 virtual machines is also disabled by default To enable or disable shared folders for specific virtual machines on page 174 This procedure describes how to enable folder sharing for a specific virtual machine and also how to enable specific folders To enable shared folders for virtual machines created by other users 1 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences On the Workspace tab in the Virtual Machines section select Enable all shared folders by default This setting applies to shared folders on all virtual machines that are
272. es in a virtual machine These devices include scanners tape drives and other data storage devices NOTE To access host SCSI devices as generic SCSI devices from within a virtual machine you must run Workstation as a user with administrator access In theory generic SCSI is completely device independent but VMware has discovered it is sensitive to the guest operating system device class and specific SCSI hardware Try any SCSI hardware you want to use and report problems to VMware technical support NOTE If you are using generic SCSI devices in a Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me guest operating system and are experiencing problems with the devices download the latest Mylex BusLogic BT KT 958 compatible host bus adapter from www lIsilogic com This driver overrides what Windows chooses as the best driver but it corrects known problems VMware Inc 357 Workstation User s Manual Preparing a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Guest Operating System to Use SCSI Devices To use SCSI devices in a 32 bit Windows XP virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site www vmware com download Follow the instructions on the Web site to install the driver Preparing a Windows NT 4 0 Guest Operating System to Use SCSI Devices Generic SCSI devices use the virtual Mylex BusLogic BT KT 958 compatible host bus adapter provided by the virtual machine Some guest opera
273. es that custom settings are not to be modified This is the case even if you later changed the setting back to the default In the DHCP settings dialog box you can change the range of IP addresses provided by the Workstation DHCP server on a particular virtual network DHCP Settings x M Settings VMnet host VMnetl Subnet Netmask Start IP address 168 245 128 End IP address 192 168 245 254 Broadcast address M Lease duration for DHCP clients Days Hours Minutes Default lease time jo jo a 30 Max lease time jo B a 0 4 Cancel Help You can also use this dialog box to set the duration of DHCP leases provided to clients on the virtual network Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Enabling Disabling Adding and Removing Host Virtual Adapters When you install Workstation two network adapters are added to the configuration of your host operating system One allows the host to connect to the host only network and one allows the host to connect to the NAT network If you are not using a virtual network adapter you can remove it On a Windows host you can also disable an adapter The presence of virtual network adapters has a slight performance cost because broadcast packets must go to the extra adapters On Windows networks browsing your network might be sl
274. es with 64 bit guest operating systems only in versions 5 5 and later If your version of Workstation is 5 0 or earlier upgrade to version 5 5 or later for 64 bit guest operating system support A virtual machine created in Workstation version 5 5 with a 64 bit operating system cannot be powered on or resumed in Workstation versions 5 0 and earlier VMware Inc 41 Workstation User s Manual 42 VMware Inc Installing VMware Workstation This chapter discusses how to install Workstation on your Linux or Windows host system This chapter contains the following topics Installation Prerequisites on page 43 Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 44 Installing Workstation on a Linux Host on page 49 m Where to Go Next on page 53 If you are upgrading rather than performing a fresh installation see Chapter 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation on page 55 Installation Prerequisites Installing VMware Workstation is usually a simple process of running a standard installation wizard This section outlines the tasks you need to perform before starting an installation and it contains an important note about the compatibility of having multiple VMware products installed on the same computer as Workstation Before you begin installation be sure you have Compatible host Verify that the computer and host operating system meet the system requirements for running Workstation as described in Hos
275. et the value of the UUID parameter Use a text editor to edit the configuration file The format for the line is uuid bios lt uuidvaLlue gt The UUID value must be surrounded by quotation marks A sample configuration line looks like uuid bios 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 aa bb cc dd ee ff After adding this line to the configuration file power on the virtual machine The new UUID is used when the virtual machine boots VMware Inc 187 Workstation User s Manual Moving a Virtual Machine You can take a virtual machine that was created by using Workstation and move it toa different computer or to a different location on the same computer You can even move your virtual machine to a host with a different operating system For example you can move a virtual machine from a Windows host to a Linux or VMware ESX Server host In general moving a virtual machine means moving the files that make up the virtual machine The path names for all files associated with a Workstation virtual machine are relative meaning the path to each file is relative to the virtual machine directory For example if you are in the virtual machine directory the relative path to the virtual disk file is lt machine name gt vmdk V CAUTION Always make backup copies of all the files in your virtual machine s directory before you start a process like this Hosts with Different Hardware 188 The guest operating system might not work corre
276. etwork devices in your host and guest operating systems VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network The example described in this section illustrates many of the ways you can combine devices on a virtual network Other custom configurations are described in Advanced Networking Topics on page 289 and Using NAT on page 304 In this configuration a Web server connects through a firewall to an external network An administrator s computer connects to the Web server through a second firewall Figure 13 4 Custom Configuration That Uses Two Firewalls Host s Ethernet Virtual adapter Ethernet switch a VMnet0 DEBE BBB Virtual bridge Virtual Virtual Ethernet Ethernet adapter adapter Virtual Ethernet adapter ORSR E E E E EOE E P Virtual machine 1 Virtual Ethernet switch Firewall Virtual machine 2 VMnet2 Web server Virtual Ethernet adapter Virtual Ethernet adapter Virtual Ethernet adapter Leon 8 Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet3 Virtual machine 3 Firewall Virtual machine 4 Internal PC To set up this configuration create four virtual machines and use the virtual machine settings editor to adjust the settings for their virtual Ethernet adapters You also need to install the appropriate guest operating systems and application software in each virtual machine and make the appropriate networking settings in each virtual machin
277. etworking 274 Network Address Translation NAT 276 Host Only Networking 277 Example of a Custom Networking Configuration 278 Changing a Networking Configuration 282 Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters 282 Configuring Bridged Networking Options on a Windows Host 283 Enabling Disabling Adding and Removing Host Virtual Adapters 287 Advanced Networking Topics 289 Selecting IP Addresses on a Host Only Network or NAT Configuration 289 Avoiding IP Packet Leakage in a Host Only Network 291 Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine 294 Controlling Routing Information for a Host Only Network on Linux 295 Potential Issues with Host Only Networking on Linux 296 Setting Up a Second Bridged Network Interface on a Linux Host 297 Setting Up Two Separate Host Only Networks 298 Routing Between Two Host Only Networks 302 Using Virtual Ethernet Adapters in Promiscuous Mode on a Linux Host 303 Using NAT 304 How the NAT Device Uses the VMnet8 Virtual Switch 304 The Host Computer and the NAT Network 305 DHCP on the NAT Network 305 DNS on the NAT Network 305 External Access from the NAT Network 306 Advanced NAT Configuration 307 Considerations for Using NAT 312 Using NAT with NetLogon 312 Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File 315 Using Samba with Workstation 316 Using a Samba Server for Bridged and Host Only Networks 317 Using Samba Without Network Access 317 10 VMware Inc Contents 14 Configuring Video and Sound 319 Setting Screen
278. ew device and click OK twice 5 Run the silent installation on the extracted installation packages At the command prompt if you want to install all the VMware Tools components type msiexec i D VMware Tools msi ADDLOCAL ALL qn You can customize the installation command by using standard Microsoft Windows Installer installation options If you do not want to install all the VMware Tools components use the following list to determine which components to install Toolbox VMware Tools control panel and its utilities Excluding this feature prevents you from using VMware Tools in the guest operating system and is not recommended Drivers Includes the SVGA mouse BusLogic and vmxnet drivers m SVGA VMware SVGA driver Excluding this feature limits the display capabilities of your virtual machine m Mouse VMware mouse driver Excluding this feature decreases mouse performance in your virtual machine m Buslogic VMware BusLogic driver If your virtual machine is configured to use the LSI Logic driver you might want to remove this feature m VMXNet VMware vmxnet networking driver MemCt l VMware memory control driver Recommended if you plan to use this virtual machine with VMware ESX Server Excluding this feature hinders the memory management capabilities of the virtual machine running on an VMware ESX Server system Hgfs VMware shared folders driver Recommended if you plan to use this virtual m
279. f vm defaulLt Description If you configured the power off operation to shut down the guest this script runs when the virtual machine is being powered off If you configured the reset operation to restart the guest this script runs when the virtual machine is being reset This script has no effect on networking for the virtual machine poweron vm default If you configured the power on operation to start up the guest this script runs when the virtual machine is being powered on rather than resumed If you configured the reset operation to restart the guest this script runs after virtual machine restarts This script has no effect on networking for the virtual machine resume vm default If you configured the power on operation to start up the guest or the reset operation to restart the guest this script runs when the virtual machine is resumed after it was suspended On Windows guests if the virtual machine is configured to use DHCP this script renews the IP address of the virtual machine On Linux FreeBSD and Solaris guests this script starts networking for the virtual machine suspend vm default If you configured the suspend operation to suspend the guest this script runs when the virtual machine is being suspended On Windows guests if the virtual machine is configured to use DHCP this script releases the IP address of the virtual machine On Linux FreeBSD and Solaris guests this script stops
280. f multiple virtual machines you must take a separate snapshot for each virtual machine You might want to do this for example if you need to take snapshots for all virtual machines in a team NOTE Workstation operates more efficiently with snapshots disabled If you do not need snapshot functionality disable it for better performance See Disabling Snapshots on page 235 Snapshots in a Linear Process One common use of snapshots is in a development process as a way to save each step in a linear process That way as you add new untested code to a project you can always revert to a prior known working state of the project when newly added code does not work as expected Another example of using snapshots in a linear process is a computerized training course You can take snapshots of each lesson starting point so you can instantly revert to the appropriate place for each student skipping lengthy computer preparation time Figure 10 1 Snapshots as Restore Points in a Linear Process M nd lt bad bad bad End Windows lesson 1 lesson 2 lesson 3 lesson 4 lesson 5 operating system Workstation supports more than 100 snapshots per linear process VMware Inc 225 Workstation User s Manual 226 Snapshots in a Process Tree Another way to use snapshots is shown in the Figure 10 2 Here instead of saving each step of a process in a single long sequence you save a number of sequences as branches from a
281. fect you can change most of the behavior by using configuration settings m xkeymap Language lt keyboard type gt Use this setting if Workstation has a table in xkeymap for your keyboard but can t detect it lt keyboard type gt must be one of the tables in the xkeymap directory See above for location However the failure to detect the keyboard probably means the table isn t completely correct for you m xkeymap keysym lt sym gt lt v scan code gt If you use keysym mapping map keysym lt sym gt to lt v scan code gt When you do lt sym gt must be an X keysym name and lt v scan code gt should be a C syntax hexadecimal number for example 0x001 The easiest way to find the keysym name for a key is to run xev or xmodmap pk The X header file usr include X11 keysymdef h has a complete list of keysyms The name of a keysym is the same as its C constant without the XK_ prefix Most v scan codes are in V Scan Code Table on page 347 The xkeymap tables themselves are also helpful Use them to fix small errors in an existing mapping m xkeymap fileName lt file path gt Use the keysym mapping table in lt fi le path gt A table is a sequence of configuration lines of the following form lt sym gt lt v scan code gt where lt sym gt is an X keysym name and lt v scan code gt is a C syntax hexadecimal number for example 0x001 See the explanation of xkeymap keysym above for
282. following optional lines svga vramSize 67108864 This line increases the amount of VRAM on the virtual display card to 64MB Adding more VRAM helps to reduce thrashing in the guest The maximum value is 128MB vmmouse present FALSE This line disables the absolute pointing device in the guest Applications that require DirectInput relative mode require that you turn off the absolute pointing device in the guest In practice this is only required for a certain class of full screen 3 D applications for example real time games like first person shooters If you set the vmmouse present option also turn off the preference for motion ungrabbing in the Workstation preferences as follows a From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences b Click the Input tab c Deselect Ungrab when cursor leaves window To enable the guest operating system for accelerated 3 D 1 2 VMware Inc Power on the virtual machine Install VMware Tools For instructions see Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Install DirectX 9 0c End User Runtime This download is available from Microsoft at www microsoft com downloads search aspx displaylang en amp categoryid 2 Install and run your 3 D applications 323 Workstation User s Manual 324 Known Issues Common problems for Direct3 D experimental support include the following Switching tabs in the VMware Workstation console does not work while 3 D
283. following this one which is called To add or remove a host Ethernet adapter from the list of excluded adapters 3 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor The following procedure enables you to exclude a host Ethernet adapter from the list of adapters Workstation uses for automatic bridged networking on VMnet0 VMware Inc 283 Workstation User s Manual To add or remove a host Ethernet adapter from the list of excluded adapters 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Automatic Bridging tab 3 Inthe Excluded adapters section do one of the following as appropriate m To remove an adapter select the adapter and click Remove m To add an adapter click Add In the Add Excluded Adapters dialog box select the listing for the adapter you want to add and click OK 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor To designate a physical Ethernet adapter to bridge to custom virtual switches 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Host Virtual Network Mapping tab 3 Choose an adapter from the drop down list beside the name of the virtual switch you want to use You can create a custom bridged network on virtual switches VMnet2 to VMnet7 On Windows you can also use VMnet9 On Linux you can also use VMnet10 through VMnet255 CAUTION Be careful when you change the bridged adapter mappings
284. g it to a virtual machine see Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 Overview of Disk Storage in a Virtual Machine Like a physical computer a VMware Workstation virtual machine stores its operating system programs and data files on one or more hard disks Unlike a physical computer Workstation gives you options for undoing changes to the virtual machine s hard disk The New Virtual Machine wizard creates a virtual machine with one disk drive Use the virtual machine settings editor by choosing VM gt Settings from the Workstation menu bar to add more disk drives to your virtual machine to remove disk drives from your virtual machine and to change certain settings for the existing disk drives This section describes the choices you can make in setting up hard disk storage for your virtual machine VMware Inc 195 Workstation User s Manual 196 Virtual Disks In most cases it is best to configure virtual machines to use virtual hard disks rather than physical hard disks A virtual disk is a file or set of files that appears as a physical disk drive to a guest operating system The files can be on the host machine or on a remote computer When you configure a virtual machine with a virtual disk you can install a new operating system onto the virtual disk without repartitioning a physical disk or rebooting the host Portability A key advantage of virtual disks is their portability Because the virtual disks
285. g Session in a Virtual Machine You can debug an application in any configured virtual machine To start a debugging session in a virtual machine 1 Choose VMware gt Start NOTE You must log in to the guest system manually before the application is started For additional information see Configuring User Accounts on page 429 The application is started in the virtual machine 2 Perform debugging tasks as you would from the Debug gt Start Debugging Visual Studio menu If you want to kill the processes associated with the debugging session on the guest system and restart debugging choose VMware gt Restart Starting a Session Without Debugging in a Virtual Machine You can start an application in any configured virtual machine without debugging When you start an application without debugging the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger 1 Powers on the virtual machine if necessary 2 Shares the folder to the executable 3 Runs the executable 4 Removes the shared folder when the executable terminates When you start an application without debugging the integrated virtual debugger does not execute pre debug or post debug operations share additional directories or start the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest system VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger To start an application in a virtual machine without debugging Choose VMware gt Start Without Debugging NOTE Y
286. g system to the guest operating system when you power ona virtual machine Use this feature only if you have a good understanding of a scripting language for example Perl or NetShell and know how to modify system startup scripts How to Pass a String There are two ways of passing strings to a virtual machine s guest operating system m Place a string in the virtual machine s configuration file by setting the string to the machine id parameter For example you can set this string machine id Hello World m Pass the string to the guest operating system from the command line when you power on the virtual machine For an example see the procedure included at the end of this section VMware Inc 141 Workstation User s Manual What Can Be Used in Strings You can pass items like the Windows system ID SID a machine name or an IP address Inside the guest operating system startup script you can then have the service retrieve this string The string can then be used in another script to set your virtual machine s system ID machine name or IP address When to Pass a String Use this strategy for example to make copies of the same configuration file add a different string to each either in the configuration file itself or at the command line and use these variations of the same configuration file to launch the same virtual disk in nonpersistent mode multiple times in a training or testing environment Following i
287. g topics Network Basics on page 272 Components of the Virtual Network on page 273 Common Networking Configurations on page 274 Example of a Custom Networking Configuration on page 278 Advanced Networking Topics on page 289 Using NAT on page 304 E E E E m Changing a Networking Configuration on page 282 E E m Using Samba with Workstation on page 316 VMware Inc 271 Workstation User s Manual Network Basics 272 VMware Workstation provides several ways you can configure a virtual machine for virtual networking Bridged networking Configures your virtual machine as a unique identity on the network separate from and unrelated to its host Other computers on the network can then communicate directly with the virtual machine Bridged networking works with Ethernet DSL cable wireless and legacy phone modems See Bridged Networking on page 274 Network address translation NAT Configures your virtual machine to share the IP and MAC addresses of the host The virtual machine and the host share a single network identity that is not visible outside the network NAT can be useful when you are allowed a single IP address or MAC address by your network administrator You might also use NAT to configure separate virtual machines for handling HTTP and FIP requests with both virtual machines running off the same IP address or domain NAT works with Ethernet DSL and le
288. gacy phone modems See Network Address Translation NAT on page 276 Host only networking Configures your virtual machine to allow network access only to the host With host only networking the virtual machine can communicate only with the host and other virtual machines in the host only network This can be useful when you want a secure virtual machine that is connected to the host network but available only through the host machine In this configuration the virtual machine cannot connect to the Internet See Host Only Networking on page 277 Custom networking Lets you configure your virtual machine s network connection manually On Windows hosts you can use the virtual network editor to access multiple network cards in your host and create multiple virtual networks See Example of a Custom Networking Configuration on page 278 If you select the Typical setup path in the New Virtual Machine wizard the wizard sets up bridged networking for the virtual machine Select the Custom setup path to choose any of the other common configurations bridged networking network address translation NAT and host only networking The wizard connects the virtual machine to the appropriate virtual network You can set up more specialized configurations by choosing the appropriate settings in the virtual machine settings editor in the virtual network editor on Windows hosts and on your host computer VMware Inc Chapte
289. guest display resolution to match the size of the Workstation console 1 An Autofit command is toggled on or off each time you select it If both Autofit commands are toggled on you can manually resize the Workstation console but the guest operating system can also resize the Workstation console 2 This command is redundant when one of the Autofit options is active because the console and the guest operating system display are the same size VMware Inc 163 Workstation User s Manual 164 Table 7 1 Autofit and Fit Commands Continued View Menu Command Description Fit Window Now Causes the Workstation console to match the current display size of the guest operating system Fit Guest Now Causes the guest operating system display size to match the current Workstation console An Autofit command is toggled on or off each time you select it If both Autofit commands are toggled on you can manually resize the Workstation console but the guest operating system can also resize the Workstation console This command is redundant when one of the Autofit options is active because the console and the guest operating system display are the same size Considerations for Display Resizing in Linux Guests For Linux guests the following considerations apply to display resizing If you have virtual machines that were suspended under a version of VMware Tools before version 5 5 display resizing will not work u
290. h virtual machine in its own separate directory Setting Configuration Options on the User s Computer This section describes the local and global configuration settings you can use Global Configuration Settings Global configuration settings are made in the Workstation global configuration file created by default in the following locations m Ona Windows host C Documents and Settings ALL Users Application Data VMware VMware Workstation config ini m Ona Linux host etc vmware config Full screen switch mode is enabled for Windows hosts only This Linux configuration file path is provided for clarity and completeness VMware Inc Chapter 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts You can edit this file with a text editor Set permissions on this file so that the user cannot change it Local Configuration Settings Local configuration settings are made in the configuration file for a particular virtual machine The local configuration file is in the virtual machine s directory The filename has a vmx extension The format for an entry in either configuration file is lt option gt lt value gt Entries in the configuration files can appear in any order The hot key entries described in this section require you to enter a virtual key code as part of the value for an option Virtual key codes use hexadecimal format which is a hexadecimal number preceded by Ox For example to use the virtual ke
291. he Control Panel locate the VMware Tools icon and double click it 3 Inthe VMware Tools Properties dialog box that appears on the Options tab select Show VMware Tools in the taskbar This setting reactivates the icon in the notification area of the taskbar 4 To change any other VMware Tools properties use the tabs in this dialog box For more information about the properties click the Help button To change property settings for VMware Tools on a Linux Solaris or FreeBSD system 1 Boot the guest operating system start X and launch your graphical environment 2 Launch the VMware Tools background application with this command vmware toolbox amp You can run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks or to change any VMware Tools scripts you must run VMware Tools as root su 3 To change any other VMware Tools properties use the tabs in this dialog box For more information about the properties click the Help button VMware Inc 151 Workstation User s Manual Shutting Down a Virtual Machine As with physical computers you can shut down your guest operating system before you power off your virtual machine or team To shut down a Windows guest operating system 1 In the guest system shut down the operating system as you would if you were using a physical machine rather than a virtual machine For example in Windows XP click Start gt Shut Down In the dialog box that appears choose
292. he Options tab and select Guest Isolation 5 To enable or disable the setting use the check box called Enable drag and drop to and from this virtual machine and click OK Using Copy and Paste To use the copy and paste feature make sure you have VMware Tools installed on the virtual machine Copying and pasting text and files works with Linux and Windows hosts and Linux Windows and Solaris 10 guests You can also copy and paste text and files from one virtual machine to another Linux hosts and guests must be running X Windows Solaris 10 guests must be running an Xorg X server and JDS Gnome Copying and pasting files does not work on Windows 95 98 and NT guests You can cut or copy and paste text between applications in the virtual machine and the host computer or between two virtual machines Use the normal hot keys or menu choices to cut copy and paste To prevent accidental copying and pasting from one environment to another turn off this feature as described in the following procedure To enable or disable copying and pasting 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine 3 Click the Options tab and select Guest Isolation 4 To enable or disable the setting use the check box called Enable copy and paste to and from virtual machine and click OK Using Shared Fold
293. he VMware Converter product Using the Converter Import wizard enables you to convert a physical Windows machine into a virtual machine and convert a virtual machine from one VMware virtual machine format to another You can also convert virtual machines or system images from the following third party vendors into a VMware virtual machine m StorageCraft images spf files m Microsoft Virtual PC 7 x and higher vmc files m Any version of Microsoft Virtual Server vmc files m Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery formerly LiveState Recovery Sv2i files m Norton Ghost images 9 x and higher sv2i files For more information see Importing Virtual Machines from Other Formats Windows Hosts Only on page 98 Easy Upgrade or Downgrade of VMware Virtual Machines A new Change Version wizard steps you through the process of upgrading or downgrading virtual machines between Workstation versions 4 5 and 6 The wizard helps you determine which virtual hardware version to use for various VMware products You have the choice of either changing the version of the original virtual machine or creating a full clone For more information see Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 VMware Inc 23 Workstation User s Manual 24 Running Virtual Machines in the Background You no longer need to power off virtual machines when you exit Workstation You can leave virtual machines running in the background even
294. he Workstation menu choose VM gt Removable Devices and verify that the virtual machine has access to the CD ROM drive ISO image file or floppy drive as needed For more information see Adding DVD CD ROM and Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 210 Set the final memory size for your virtual machine and install VMware Tools before you activate the software Some applications use a product activation feature that creates a key based on the virtual hardware in the virtual machine where it is installed Changes in the configuration of the virtual machine might require you to reactivate the software To minimize the number of significant changes set the memory size and install VMware Tools Disabling Acceleration If a Program Won t Run In rare instances you might find that when you install or run software inside a virtual machine Workstation appears to hang Generally the problem occurs early in the program s execution In many cases you can get past the problem by temporarily disabling acceleration in the virtual machine To disable acceleration 1 3 4 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered off or powered on Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Options and select Advanced In the Settings section select Disable acceleration and click OK This setting slows down virtual machine performance so it is recommended only
295. he device to the virtual machine add the following lines to the virtual machine s configuration file scsiZ Y present true scsiZ Y deviceType scsi passthru scsiZ Y fileName scsiX Y scsiZ present true Define X Y and Z as follows m Xis the SCSI bus the device uses on the host system m Yis the target ID the device uses in the virtual machine and on the host Use the same target ID in the virtual machine that the host already uses for the device to allow the device to work correctly m Zis the SCSI bus the device uses in the virtual machine Scenario 2 You Want to Use the Existing SCSI Device as a Generic SCSI In this case the virtual machine has a SCSI adapter and a SCSI device and you want to use the same device as a generic SCSI device To configure the device as a generic SCSI device add the following lines to the virtual machine s configuration file scsiZ Y deviceType scsi passthru scsiZ Y fileName scsiX Y Define X Y and Z as follows m Xis the SCSI bus the device uses on the host system m Y is the target ID the device uses in the virtual machine and on the host Use the same target ID in the virtual machine that the host already uses for the device to allow the device to work correctly m Zis the SCSI bus the device uses in the virtual machine VMware Inc 361 Workstation User s Manual 362 Scenario 3 Workstation Does Not Recognize the Generic SCSI Device In this case
296. he external network cannot initiate connections to the virtual machine That means for example that the default configuration does not let you use the virtual machine as a Web server to send Web pages to computers on the external network This configuration has the advantage of protecting the guest operating system from being compromised before you have a chance to install security software For example it is often recommended that for Windows guest operating systems you use NAT until you install antivirus software VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network How to Set Up NAT A NAT connection is set up automatically if you select the Custom setup in the New Virtual Machine wizard and select Use network address translation On a Linux host you must choose to make NAT available to your virtual machines when you install Workstation Requirements for IP Addresses If you use NAT your virtual machine does not have its own IP address on the external network Instead a separate private network is set up on the host computer Your virtual machine gets an address on that network from the VMware virtual DHCP server The VMware NAT device passes network data between one or more virtual machines and the external network It identifies incoming data packets intended for each virtual machine and sends them to the correct destination How to Edit the Setting Later If you make some other selection in the New Virtual Machine wizard and la
297. he host computer s memory Specifying the Amount of Memory That Can Be Swapped to Disk By default Workstation limits the number of virtual machines that can run at once based on the amount of memory specified in the application settings This prevents virtual machines from causing each other to perform poorly To allow more or larger virtual machines to run adjust a third setting the amount of virtual machine memory that the host operating system can swap to disk To change this setting choose the Edit gt Preferences click the Memory tab and select one of the following radio buttons m Fit all virtual machine memory into reserved host RAM Strictly apply the reserved memory limit set in the top of the panel This setting imposes the tightest restrictions on the number and memory size of virtual machines that can run at a given time Because the virtual machines are running entirely in RAM they have the best possible performance m Allow some virtual machine memory to be swapped Allow the host operating system to swap a moderate amount of virtual machine memory to disk if necessary This setting allows you to increase the number or memory size of virtual machines that can run on the host computer at a given time Unfortunately it might also result in reduced performance if virtual machine memory must be shifted between RAM and disk Allow most virtual machine memory to be swapped This option can result in lower performance
298. he virtual machine Figure 4 9 Virtual Machine Settings Options Tab irtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary El General Vista VM D gt Power Shared Folders Disabled Snapshot Replay A Guest Isolation Enabled Enabled Tools On next power on Remote Display Disabled E Appliance View Enabled E Advanced Normal Normal M Virtual machine name Vista Yml M Guest operating system Microsoft Windows C Linux Novell Netware Sun Solaris C Other Version Windows Vista he m Working directory Suspend files and snapshots will be stored here C Documents and Settings My Docu Browse M Virtual keyboard IV Use enhanced virtual keyboard The settings for the virtual machine Options tab are discussed later in this manual in the task specific topics and procedures where you would use them To display online help for an item you select in the Options list click the Help button VMware Inc 83 Workstation User s Manual Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation 84 When you close a virtual machine or team and when you exit Workstation if any virtual machines are still powered on you are prompted to specify one of the following actions to take m Continue running the virtual machine in the background If a virtual machine continues running after you exit Workstation you can still interact with it through VNC or some other servi
299. hen the Source Is a Physical Machine To import a remote machine you are prompted to supply the computer name or IP address and the user name and password for logging on to the machine with administrative privileges The user name needs to be in the form lt DOMAIN gt lt user name gt NOTE Remote physical machines cannot be imported into an ESX compatible format by the wizard at this time VMware Inc 101 Workstation User s Manual 102 When the Source Is an NT Virtual Machine If the source virtual machine is Windows NT SMP the wizard might require files from service packs or hot fixes The wizard shows which files it requires You will need to browse to the required files They can be on a disk your local system or the network On Windows NT machines during the import process a snapshot driver is downloaded to the machine This driver handles the copying and moving of files and registry settings The driver requires a reboot to complete its tasks When it is finished the driver is uninstalled When the Source Is an ESX Virtual Machine You will need to supply the name of the ESX server and the user name and password for logging in Password Protected Virtual Machines If the virtual machine you want to import is password protected you will need to supply the password About Page Files and Hibernation Files You have the option of importing all the disks for the physical or virtual machine or to save space
300. his information to Select appropriate default values such as the amount of memory needed Name files associated with the virtual machine Adjust settings for optimal performance Work around special behaviors and bugs within a guest operating system Do not attempt to install a 64 bit operating system after selecting a 32 bit guest operating system type here If the operating system you plan to use is not listed select Other for both guest operating system and version NoTE Workstation supports 64 bit guest operating systems only in Workstation versions 5 5 and later and only on host machines with supported processors For the list of processors Workstation supports for 64 bit guest operating systems see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the Help menu Virtual Machine Location The following examples show the default locations suggested for virtual machines m Windows hosts On Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 the default folder for a Windows XP Professional virtual machine is C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents My Virtual Machines Windows XP Professional On Windows Vista the default folder is C Users lt username gt Documents Virtual Machines Windows XP Professional m Linux hosts The default location for a Windows XP Professional virtual machine is lt homedir gt vmware Windows XP Professional where lt homedir gt is the home directory of the use
301. ho wants to create virtual machines VMware Inc 15 Workstation User s Manual Document Feedback If you have comments about this documentation submit your feedback to docfeedback vmware com Conventions The following typographic conventions are used in this manual Table P 1 Conventions Used in This Manual Style Elements Blue boldface online only Cross references and links Black boldface User interface elements such as button names and menu items Monospace Commands filenames directories and paths Monospace bold User input Italic Document titles glossary terms and occasional emphasis lt Name gt Variable and parameter names Technical Support and Education Resources 16 The following sections describe the technical support resources available to you Self Service Support Use the VMware Technology Network VMTN for self help tools and technical information m Product information http www vmware com products m Technology information http www vmware com vmtn technology m Documentation http www vmware com support pubs m VMTN Knowledge Base http kb vmware com m Discussion forums http www vmware com community m User groups http www vmware com vmtn usergroups html For more information about the VMware Technology Network go to http www vmtn net VMware Inc Preface Online and Telephone Support Use online support to submit techn
302. hoose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard On the Hardware Type page select Floppy Drive and click Next Complete the rest of the wizard by using the instructions provided in the wizard pages If you are adding a second floppy drive to the virtual machine enable this second floppy drive in the virtual machine s BIOS as follows a Boot the virtual machine and as it boots click inside the virtual machine window and press F2 to enter the BIOS setup utility b Onthe main screen choose Legacy Diskette B and use the plus and minus keys on the numerical keypad to select the type of floppy drive you want to use Press F10 to save the settings Connecting a CD ROM DVD or Floppy Drive to an Image File You can use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to connect an existing virtual CD ROM or floppy drive to an image file ISO file as described in the following procedure An ISO image file looks like a CD ROM to your guest operating system and even appears as a CD ROM in Windows Explorer To connect a CD ROM or floppy drive to an image file 1 VMware Inc Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Select the DVD CD ROM drive or floppy drive you want to connect to the image file 213 Workstation User s Manual
303. ical disk or you can create a new virtual machine and specify at creation time which physical disk the virtual machine should use Regardless of which strategy you use make sure the physical disk meets the requirements listed in the next section Prerequisites for Using a Physical Disk Before you run the New Virtual Machine wizard or use the virtual machine settings editor to add a physical raw disk perform the following tasks m Because the virtual machine and guest operating system access a physical disk partition while the host continues to run its operating system verify that the partition is not mounted by the host or in use by another virtual machine Corruption is possible if you allow the virtual machine to modify a partition that is simultaneously mounted under the host s operating system VMware Inc 205 Workstation User s Manual 206 Check the guest operating system documentation regarding the type of partition on which the operating system can be installed For example on Windows Vista hosts you cannot use the system partition or the physical disk that contains it in a virtual machine DOS Windows 95 and Windows 98 operating systems must be installed on the first primary partition whereas other operating systems such as Linux can be installed on a primary or an extended partition on any part of the drive Make sure the physical partition or disk does not have data you will need in the future If it does
304. ical support requests view your product and contract information and register your products Go to http www vmware com support Customers with appropriate support contracts should use telephone support for the fastest response on priority 1 issues Go to http www vmware com support phone_support html Support Offerings Find out how VMware support offerings can help meet your business needs Go to http www vmware com support services Reporting Problems If you have problems while running VMware Workstation please report them to the VMware support team These guidelines describe the information the VMware support team needs from you to diagnose problems If a virtual machine exits abnormally or crashes run the support script to collect the appropriate log files and system information Follow the steps below that apply to your host computer To run the support script on a Windows host 1 Open a command prompt 2 Change to the VMware Workstation program directory C cd Program Files VMware VMware Workstation If you did not install the program in the default directory use the appropriate drive letter and path in the cd command above 3 Run the support script cscript vm support vbs After the script runs it displays the name of the directory where it has stored its output VMware Inc 17 Workstation User s Manual Use a file compression utility such as WinZip or PKZIP to zip the script output directory
305. ice drivers CONFIG_PPDEV To check the configuration 1 Determine whether the parport parport_pc and ppdev modules are installed and loaded on your system by running the 1smod command as the root user These three modules should be included in the listing of loaded modules You can also look at the proc modules file for the same list 2 To load the proper modules run this command insmod lt modulename gt 3 If none of the listed parallel port modules is loaded use this command insmod parport_pc This command inserts the parport and parport_pcmodules needed for a parallel port 4 Use this command to load the ppdev module insmod ppdev If you continue to see problems it is possible that the Lp module is loaded If it is the virtual machine cannot use the parallel port correctly 5 If the Lp module is loaded run this command as the root user to remove it rmmod lp 6 Verify that the line referring to the 1p module in the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file is removed or commented out by inserting a hash character at the beginning of the line The name of the configuration file depends on the Linux distribution you are using When you reboot the host after removing this line the configuration file no longer starts the 1p module 7 Toensure that the proper modules for the parallel port are loaded at boot time add this line to the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file alias parport_lowlevel parport
306. ick Defragment m On Windows hosts click the Utilities button and choose Defragment d When the process is finished click OK to close the dialog box NOTE This capability works only with growable virtual disks not physical disks or virtual disks whose disk space was preallocated 3 Runa disk defragmentation utility on the host computer Defragmenting disks can take considerable time Shrinking Virtual Disks If you have a virtual disk that grows as data is added you can shrink it as described in this section If you allocated all the space for your virtual disk at the time you created it you cannot shrink it Shrinking a virtual disk reclaims unused space in the virtual disk If there is empty space in the disk this process reduces the amount of space the virtual disk occupies on the host drive Restrictions and Requirements Shrinking a disk requires free disk space on the host equal to the size of the virtual disk you are shrinking Shrinking applies only to virtual disks You cannot shrink physical disks or CD ROMs In some configurations it is not possible to shrink virtual disks If your virtual machine uses such a configuration the Shrink tab in the VMware Tools control panel displays information explaining why you cannot shrink your virtual disks For example you cannot shrink a virtual disk if m You preallocated disk space when you created the disk m The virtual machine has any snapshots To delete
307. icted Users do not have a toolbar or access to the VM gt Power menu or the virtual machine settings editor Users close the virtual machine by choosing File gt Close The virtual machine powers off and the next time a user powers it on it returns to the snapshot To remove the restriction on the interface 1 2 392 Power off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window Open the configuration file vmx file and do one of the following m Set gui restricted FALSE m Remove or comment out the gui restricted TRUE line Save the changes to the configuration file and close it Start the virtual machine by double clicking the shortcut The virtual machine starts at the snapshot and the interface is not restricted VMware Inc Chapter 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts Using Full Screen Switch Mode Full screen switch mode is a run time option for the VMware Workstation program on Windows hosts When Workstation is running in full screen switch mode the user has no access to the Workstation user interface The user cannot create reconfigure or launch virtual machines A system administrator performs these functions When Workstation is running in full screen switch mode one or more virtual machines can be running and you can use hot keys to switch from one to another You can also provide hot key access to the host operating system NOTE Full screen switch mode is enabl
308. idia com content drivers drivers asp If you are using a Windows 2000 or Windows XP host make sure hardware acceleration is turned up in the display properties a Right click the desktop and choose Properties gt Settings gt Advanced gt Troubleshoot b Move the Hardware Acceleration slider all the way to the Full position If you are using Linux test your Linux host for compatibility a To verify that direct rendering is enabled run glxinfo grep direct b To ensure that 3 D applications work on your host run glxgears After your host is configured configure a virtual machine for accelerated 3 D To enable a virtual machine for accelerated 3 D 1 Choose a virtual machine with Windows 2000 or XP guest operating system Do not enable Direct3D on a virtual machine that is powered on or suspended If the virtual machine is set to use more than one monitor use the virtual machine settings editor to set it back to using only one monitor Make sure the virtual machine is powered off and then select it choose VMp gt Settings gt Hardware gt Display and specify one monitor VMware Inc Chapter 14 Configuring Video and Sound Add the following to the configuration vmx file for the virtual machine mks enable3d TRUE This line enables accelerated 3 D on the host It is required to support accelerated 3 D in the guest and also enables the host to accelerate 2 D portions of the guest display Also add one or both of the
309. ifferent modes You must power off the virtual machine before taking a snapshot if the virtual machine has multiple disks in different disk modes For example if you have a special purpose configuration that requires you to use an independent disk you must power off the virtual machine before taking a snapshot Enabling Snapshot Actions as a Background Activity Taking a snapshot is not instantaneous By default a preference setting enables you to take snapshots as a background process This way you can continue working while Workstation preserves the snapshot in the background If you take another snapshot or revert to one before Workstation completes a pending snapshot operation a progress dialog box appears When this occurs you must wait for the pending snapshot operation to finish before the next snapshot or resume operation begins Enabling background snapshots for a host with slow hard disks can adversely affect performance If you experience significant performance problems when taking or restoring snapshots turn off this option as described in the following procedure To enable or disable background snapshots 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences 2 Click the Priority tab and do one of the following m To enable background snapshots make sure the check box in the Snapshots area is selected m To disable background snapshots deselect the check box 3 Click OK and restart the virtual machine
310. igh Speed USB 2 0 Devices If the guest operating system has appropriate USB 2 0 device drivers you can use peripherals that require high speed performance such as speakers webcams next generation printers and scanners fast storage devices MP3 players DVD RW drives and high capacity CD ROM jukeboxes You can connect to six USB 2 0 devices See Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 351 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements For USB 1 1 devices a virtual USB hub has been added so that you can connect to more than two USB 1 1 devices Ability for a Virtual Machine to Act as a VNC Server VNC Virtual Network Computing software makes it possible to view and interact with a computer from any remote computer or mobile device connected to the Internet You can set a virtual machine to act as a VNC server without installing any third party VNC software in the guest Users on remote computers can install a VNC client also called a VNC viewer to connect to the virtual machine and interact with it See Using a VNC Client for Remote Connections to a Virtual Machine on page 182 Increased RAM Support and Ability to Run on Server Class Systems The previous limit of 4GB total RAM that could be used for all virtual machines combined has been removed As of this release the amount of memory used by all virtual machines combined is limited only by the amount of the host computer s RAM The maximum amo
311. ilable to enable you to use a mapped drive to connect to a virtual disk without having to go into a virtual machine Previously this functionality was available only by using a command line utility Alternatively you can map a drive by right clicking a virtual disk vmdk file in Windows Explorer This feature gives you another way of transferring files between host and guests See Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 Automatic Update to the Latest Version of VMware Tools Every time you power on a virtual machine the guest operating system compares its version of VMware Tools against the version that is currently installed on the host If an update is available you see a message in the status bar of the window To upgrade to the new version you previously needed to use a menu item to install the new version With Workstation 6 on Windows and Linux guests you have the option of setting VMware Tools to automatically upgrade itself when the virtual machine is powered on On Windows hosts if you don t choose to automatically upgrade you can alternatively right click the Tools icon in the notification area of the guest s taskbar to open the VMware Tools Control Panel and click the Upgrade button See Upgrading VMware Tools on page 114 Enhanced Ability to Restrict Shared Folders As a security precaution a feature has been added that disables shared folders for virtual machines that you download or copy from anoth
312. ile on the host NOTE If instead of creating a movie you want to actually record the activity of the virtual machine see Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental on page 237 You might want to record a virtual machine for debugging purposes or to exactly reproduce the steps that cause a certain behavior To capture a movie of virtual machine activity 1 VMware Inc From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Capture Movie A Save File dialog box appears Enter information for your movie and click Save Use the following guidelines m The Quality setting determines the compression and therefore the file size of the resulting movie m Ifyou select Omit frames in which nothing occurs the movie will include only those periods of time when something is actually happening in the virtual machine This reduces the file size and length of the movie While movie capture is active a red circle a virtual LED appears in the notification area of the window wo Giamy z In the virtual machine perform the actions you want to have appear in the movie To stop the movie do one of the following m Choose VM gt Stop Movie Capture m Right click the movie capture icon in the notification area and choose Stop Movie Capture The red circle disappears from the status bar and your movie is saved 181 Workstation User s Manual To play the movie back 1 On Windows machines make sure VMware CODEC coder
313. in Device Control on a Linux Host On Linux hosts guest operating systems can use devices that are not already in use by the host that is devices that are not claimed by a host operating system driver If your device is in use by the host and you try to connect it to the guest by using the VM gt Removable Devices menu a dialog box appears asking whether you want to have Workstation disconnect the driver on the host If for some reason this disconnection fails you can unload the device driver manually as root su by using the rmmod command Or if the driver was automatically loaded by hotplug you can disable it in the hotplug configuration files in the etc hotpLug directory See your Linux distribution s documentation for details on editing these configuration files A related issue sometimes affects devices that rely on automatic connection as PDAs often do If you have successfully used autoconnection to connect the device to your virtual machine but then experience problems with the connection to the device try the following procedure To correct autoconnection problems 1 Disconnect and reconnect the device You can either unplug it physically and plug it back in or use the VM gt Removable Devices menu to disconnect it and reconnect it 2 If you see a dialog box warning that the device is in use disable it in the hotplug configuration files in the etc hotpLug directory Disconnecting USB Devices from a Virtual
314. in a virtual machine 422 439 starting applications in virtual ma chine without 422 starting in a virtual machine 421 438 default scripts for VMware Tools 136 defragmenting virtual disks 199 defragmenting virtual disks before shrinking 200 deleting configurations 421 recordings of virtual machine activity 244 snapshots 233 virtual machines 154 destinations for imported virtual machines 103 device drivers for generic SCSI devices 363 for USB support 354 VMware Tools 112 devices adding a generic SCSI device 359 360 adding configuring removing 179 VMware Inc Index connecting and disconnecting 135 180 disconnecting from USB controller 356 generic SCSI device adding 364 in virtual machine 179 processor 35 USB 351 Devices tab in Preferences dialog box 81 VMware Tools 135 DHCP assigning IP addresses on a virtual network 289 changing settings 285 configuring on a Linux host 290 configuring on a Windows host 290 DHCPD 296 lease 286 on a virtual network with NAT 305 server 273 286 server on virtual network 277 278 stopping 302 dial up connection 293 direct memory access 381 directories mounting shared on Linux 176 viewing shared on Solaris guests 175 viewing shared on Windows guests 175 disable acceleration 166 copying and pasting text and files 170 drag and drop of files and folders 170 folder sharing 172 interface features 389 451 Workstation User
315. indows 2000 Professional SP3 SP4 Windows 2000 Advanced Server SP3 SP4 Windows Host Operating Systems 64 Bit m Windows Vista Enterprise Edition Windows Vista Business Edition Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium Editions Windows Vista Ultimate Edition m Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition SP1 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition R2 m Windows XP Professional x64 Edition A Web browser is required for the Help system Linux Host Operating Systems 32 Bit Supported distributions and kernels are listed below Workstation might not run on systems that do not meet these requirements NoTE As newer Linux kernels and distributions are released VMware modifies and tests its products for stability and reliability on those host platforms VMware makes every effort to add support for new kernels and distributions in a timely manner but until a kernel or distribution is added to the list below its use with VMware products is not supported Look for newer prebuilt modules in the download area of the VMware Web site Go to www vmware com download m Mandriva Linux 2006 and 2007 Mandriva Corporate Desktop 4 0 Mandriva Corporate Server 4 0 Mandrake Linux 10 1 Mandrake Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 19 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements m Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 4 5 Beta formerly called 4 0 Update 5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 0 updates 1 2 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES
316. ine the change is like pulling the hard drive out of one computer and installing it in a second computer with a different motherboard and other hardware The steps you take depend on the operating system you want to use inside the virtual machine For details see the VMware technical note Dual Boot Computers and Virtual Machines 198 You can also create a new virtual machine that uses a physical disk For details see Using Physical Disks in a Virtual Machine on page 205 In most cases however it is better to use a virtual disk If you use physical disk the vmdk file stores information about the physical disk or partition used by the virtual machine After you configure a virtual machine to use one or more partitions on a physical disk don t modify the partition tables by running fdisk or a similar utility in the guest operating system VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks If you use fdisk ora similar utility on the host operating system to modify the partition table of the physical disk you must re create the virtual machine s physical disk All files that were on the physical disk are lost when you modify the partition table WARNING Do not use a physical disk to share files between host and guest operating A systems It is not safe to make the same partition visible to both host and guest You can cause data corruption if you do this To share files between host and guest operating systems use shared folders Fo
317. ines and Exiting Workstation on page 84 Keyboard Shortcuts on page 85 The illustrations in these sections show a Windows XP guest operating system VMware Inc 63 Workstation User s Manual Starting Workstation The method of starting the Workstation application depends on your host operating system To start Workstation on a Windows host 1 From the Start menu choose Start gt Programs gt VMware gt V Mware Workstation or double click the shortcut on your desktop a Uie If this is the first time you have launched Workstation read and accept the end user license agreement EULA The VMware Workstation window opens To start Workstation on a Linux host 1 2 Open a terminal window Type vmware amp and press Enter By default the installer places the file in usr bin If usr bin is not in your default path run the program with the following command usr bin vmware amp NOTE On Linux hosts the Workstation installer adds an entry to the Start menu for VMware Workstation This menu entry is located in different submenus depending on your Linux distribution For example SUSE Linux 9 1 Start gt System gt More Programs gt VMware Workstation Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS WS Release 3 Start gt System Tools gt More System Tools gt VMware Workstation Read and accept the end user license agreement EULA The Workstation window opens Overview of the Workstation Window A Worksta
318. ines and teams that are running in the background These are the virtual machines and teams that belong to the logged in user VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics Keyboard Shortcuts If you prefer to work from the keyboard use the keyboard shortcuts shown in Table 4 1 If you changed the Preferences setting for the hot key combination substitute your new setting for Ctrl Alt as needed in the shortcuts listed in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Keyboard Shortcuts Shortcut Action Ctrl B Power on Ctrl E Power off Ctrl R Reset the power Ctrl Z Suspend Ctrl N Create a new virtual machine Ctrl O Open a virtual machine Ctrl F4 Close the summary console view for the selected virtual machine A confirmation dialog appears only if the virtual machine is powered on Ctrl D Edit the virtual machine s configuration F9 Toggle between displaying and hiding the sidebar Ctrl G Grab input from keyboard and mouse Ctrl P Edit preferences Ctrl Alt Enter Toggle between full screen mode and windowed mode Ctrl Alt Release the mouse cursor If the virtual machine is in the type of full screen mode called exclusive mode pressing Ctrl Alt brings the virtual machine out of exclusive mode and into full screen mode Ctrl Alt Tab Switch among open virtual machines while mouse and keyboard input are grabbed Ctrl Tab Switch among open virtual machines while mouse and keyboard input
319. information The device target ID is usually set by some jumpers or switches on the device Refer to the owner s manual for the device for information on how to determine the target ID VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Generic SCSI on a Linux Host Operating System Using the SCSI generic driver in Linux VMware Workstation allows your guest operating system to operate generic SCSI devices within a virtual machine The SCSI generic driver sets up a mapping for each SCSI device in dev Each entry starts with sg for the SCSI generic driver followed by a letter For example dev sg0 is the first generic SCSI device Each entry corresponds to a SCSI device in the order specified in proc scsi scsi from the lowest device ID on the lowest adapter to the highest device ID on the lowest adapter and so on to the highest device ID on the highest adapter Do not enter dev st0 or dev sr0 NOTE When setting up a generic SCSI device in the virtual machine settings editor as described later in this section specify the device you want to install in the virtual machine by typing its dev sg entry in the Connection field You must be logged on as a user who has permissions to use the device Generic SCSI requires version 2 1 36 or higher of the SCSI Generic sg o driver which comes with kernel 2 2 14 and higher Avoiding Concurrent Access to a Generic SCSI Device Some Linux devices such as tape drives disk drives and CD R
320. ing and Sharing Virtual Machines NOTE If the host is a uniprocessor machine assigning two processors is neither supported nor recommended A warning message will appear You can disregard this message and assign two processors to the virtual machine but when you finish creating the virtual machine you will not be able to power it on unless you move it to a host machine with at least two logical processors Opening a Virtual Machine Created in ESX Server That Has More Than Two Processors You can use Workstation 5 5 or higher running on a multiprocessor host machine to open a virtual machine created in VMware ESX Server that has one or more virtual processors However in Workstation you cannot power on or resume a virtual machine that has more than two virtual processors assigned even if more processors were assigned when the virtual machine was created in ESX Server You can see this setting in the virtual machine s summary view or by using the virtual machine settings editor To open an ESX virtual machine that has more than two processors 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt Processors and note that Number of Processors is set to Other x where x is the number of processors originally assigned in ESX Server Workstation preserves this original configuration setting for the number of processors even though two is the maximum number of processors supported 2 Change this setting to two pro
321. ing one virtual machine while another virtual machine is running or while some other processor intensive task a compile for example is running in the background Conversely if your host machine runs too sluggishly when a virtual machine is running in the background you can direct the virtual machine to drop its priority when it does not have control of the mouse and keyboard Set Input grabbed to Normal and set Input ungrabbed to Low Memory VMware Workstation allows you to adjust the following memory related settings m Memory size of a particular virtual machine Amount of the host computer s RAM that can be used for all virtual machines combined m Extent to which you want to allow the host operating system s memory manager to swap virtual machines out of physical RAM By adjusting these three settings you can affect both virtual machine and overall system performance Setting the Memory Size of a Virtual Machine The first configuration parameter you can set is the size of an individual virtual machine s memory The guest memory size should not be set lower than the minimum recommendations of the operating system provider You can specify the amount of memory for a virtual machine either when you create it by using the New Virtual Machine wizard or after you create it by using the virtual machine settings editor m In the virtual machine settings editor From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings and
322. ing virtual disk to a virtual machine 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard On the Hardware Type page select Hard Disk and click Next On the Select a Disk page select Use an existing virtual disk and click Next nH oO A Q On the Select an Existing Disk page enter the path name and filename for the existing disk file or browse to the file and click OK If you want to map an existing virtual disk drive to a Windows host machine see Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 Removing a Virtual Disk from a Virtual Machine Use the virtual machine settings editor to disconnect a virtual disk from a virtual machine The Remove command described in the following procedure does not delete files from the host file system You need to disconnect a virtual disk if you want to map the disk to a Windows host machine You might want to map the disk to a host as an alternative to copying the data back and forth between guest and host In this case you remove the disk from the virtual machine as described in this section map it to the host as described in Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 and add it back to the virtual machine when you are finished To delete virtual disk files you need to delete them manually You might however want to ret
323. ing virtual machines Click Browse to select from vmx files on the system Click Apply If you click Revert settings revert to default values If newly created the launch configuration is added to the left pane 420 VMware Inc Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Deleting Configurations You can remove an existing configuration To remove a configuration 1 Choose Run gt Debug The Debug page is displayed You can create manage and run configurations from this page 2 Inthe left pane select one or more configurations you want to delete and click the Delete selected launch configuration s icon at the top of the pane The configuration is removed in the left pane Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines Once you have created the appropriate launch configurations the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger enables you to m Start an application debugging session in a virtual machine m Start an application in a virtual machine without debugging m Start a debugging session that attaches to a process already running in a virtual machine Starting an Application Debugging Session in a Virtual Machine You can debug an application in any configured virtual machine To start a debugging session in a virtual machine 1 Begin the session in one of the following ways m From the Debug menu choose the configuration for the application you want to start debugging m Inthe Debug p
324. ings for application execution and debugging in virtual machines m Start an application debugging session in a virtual machine m Start an application in a virtual machine without debugging m Start a debugging session that attaches to a process already running in a virtual machine VMware Inc 411 Workstation User s Manual Using Eclipse launch configurations you can choose what virtual machine to run your application in and how it is executed Once configured the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger finds the virtual machine powers it on if necessary sets up the environment based on your configuration settings and starts or attaches to the application To configure how an application is started in a virtual machine you can specify m The name of the virtual machine vmx configuration file m Optional The path to the JVM on the guest system m Optional The location of folders to be shared between the host and the guest m Optional Actions to perform before launching an application from Eclipse including m Revert to the most recent snapshot m Run specified pre execution commands m Optional Actions to perform after an application launched from Eclipse is terminated including m Run specified post execution commands for example to perform cleanup tasks m Set the virtual machine state to m Suspended default m Revert to the most recent snapshot m Powered off For information on installation req
325. ings gt Hardware and select the Ethernet adapter The Network Connection section displays the details You can change the setting To add another adapter see Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 DHCP Server The DHCP dynamic host configuration protocol server provides IP network addresses to virtual machines in configurations that are not bridged to an external network For example host only and NAT configurations use the DHCP server VMware Inc 273 Workstation User s Manual Network Adapter One virtual network adapter is set up for your virtual machine when you create it with the New Virtual Machine wizard using any type of networking It appears to the guest operating system as an AMD PCNET PCI adapter or as an Intel Pro 1000 MT Server Adapter On Windows Vista guests it is an Intel Pro 1000 MT Server Adapter You can create and configure up to 10 virtual network adapters in each Workstation 6 virtual machine by using the virtual machine settings editor The limit is 3 adapters for Workstation 4 or 5 virtual machines For more information see Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 Common Networking Configurations The following sections illustrate the networking configurations that are set up for you automatically when you choose the standard networking options in the New Virtual Machine wizard or the virtual machine settings editor Only one virtual machine is shown in
326. installation further by adding any of the following installation properties to the command using the format lt property gt lt value gt A value of 1 means true A value of 0 means false If you use the serial number property enter the serial number with hyphens xXxxxx xxxXxX XXXXX XXXXX Table 2 2 PROPERTY Values Property Effect of the Property Default DESKTOP_SHORTCUT Installs a shortcut on the desktop 1 DISABLE_AUTORUN Disables CD autorun on the host 1 REMOVE_LICENSE Uninstall only Removes all stored licenses at 0 uninstall SERIALNUMBER Enters the serial number VMware Inc Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation Uninstalling Workstation on a Windows Host To uninstall Workstation use the Add Remove Programs control panel Select the entry for VMware Workstation and click Remove Follow the on screen instructions On Windows Vista go to Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features gt Uninstall a program Select VMware Workstation and click Uninstall Installing Workstation on a Linux Host Before you begin read the following notes and make adjustments to your host system m Ifyou have a previous tar installation delete the previous vmware distrib directory before installing from a tar file again The location of this directory depends on where you placed it when you did the previous installation Often it is placed in tmp vmware distrib m The real time clock function must be
327. io installing the Workstation plug in for 46 Visual Studio integrated debugger for 22 167 VIX API 22 vmc file importing 98 vmdk file 108 109 vmem file 109 VMI Virtual Machine Interface enabled kernels 384 VMnet1 297 VMnet8 304 vmrun 405 vmsd file 109 vmsn file 109 vmss file 109 vmtm file 109 VMware community forums 16 vmware config p 51 VMware Converter 23 98 100 VMware Player running 192 sharing virtual machines with 192 VMware Tools About tab 137 automated install 120 command line interface 144 configuring 132 configuring in a Netware virtual machine 137 463 Workstation User s Manual control panel 113 133 defined 448 device drivers 112 Devices tab 135 displaying in taskbar 151 for FreeBSD guests 128 for Linux guests 123 for NetWare guests 130 for Solaris guests 127 for Windows guests 116 installing 113 installing from the command line with the RPM installer 125 installing from the command line with the tar installer 125 Options tab 134 running 150 running scripts during power state changes 139 Scripts tab 135 Shared Folders tab 137 Shrink tab 137 silent install 120 starting automatically in Windows guest 150 starting in Linux Solaris or FreeBSD 151 uninstalling or modifying installation 132 updating 114 using from command line 137 VMware Tools service 144 VMware user process 113 vmwtool commands 137 VMware Tools service executing commands
328. ion 2 or 3 is already installed uninstall the old version before installing the new one On a Windows host the uninstaller might ask to remove licenses from your registry If there is any possibility that you might want to reinstall the old version do not allow the uninstaller to remove the licenses You can safely keep licenses for multiple VMware products on the computer at the same time On a Linux host the license remains in place You can safely leave the license where it is When the old version has been uninstalled you can install Workstation 6 as described in the following sections m Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 44 m Installing Workstation on a Linux Host on page 49 NOTE If you have Workstation version 2 or 3 virtual machines that you want to use with Workstation 6 upgrade the virtual machines to at least Workstation version 4 before you install Workstation 6 VMware Inc Chapter 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation Upgrading on a Windows Host You can upgrade from Workstation version 4 or 5 to version 6 by running the VMware Workstation 6 installation program as described in this section Make sure that you have a Workstation 6 serial number before you start Upgrades from earlier versions of Workstation are not supported For more information see Removing Workstation 2 or 3 to Install Workstation 6 on page 56 To upgrade from Workstation version 4 or 5 1 Log in to your Micro
329. ion 4 but no multiple snapshot functionality is allowed Recording Activity of a Virtual Machine Experimental This experimental feature should be of interest to software developers and QA engineers The record replay feature lets you record all of a Workstation 5 or Workstation 6 virtual machine s activity over a period of time Unlike Workstation s movie capture feature the record replay feature lets you exactly duplicate the operations and state of the virtual machine throughout the time of the recording WARNING Features with experimental support are not intended to be enabled on A production systems Enabling the record replay feature might cause the host to crash causing you to lose data After you enable the record replay feature for a virtual machine start recording by simply clicking the Record button Click the Stop button to end the recording and go live You can make multiple recordings and use the snapshot manager to name them VMware Inc 237 Workstation User s Manual 238 delete them and play them You can also make an execution trace file of a recording to record events that occur during the recording Playing a recording is in some respects similar to going to a snapshot When you play a recording you discard the current state of the virtual machine and go to the recording At any time when the recording is playing you can click the Stop button and resume interacting with the guest operating sys
330. irements and Recommendations 428 Troubleshooting Tips 431 Managing Virtual Machine Configurations 433 Creating Configurations 433 Renaming Configurations 434 Removing Configurations 434 Setting Configuration Properties 435 Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines 438 Starting a Debugging Session in a Virtual Machine 438 Starting a Session Without Debugging in a Virtual Machine 438 Attaching the Debugger to a Process Running in a Virtual Machine 439 Glossary 441 Index 449 VMware Inc 13 Workstation User s Manual 14 VMware Inc Preface This preface provides information about the Workstation User s Manual and links to VMware technical support and educational resources This preface contains the following topics m About This Book on page 15 m Technical Support and Education Resources on page 16 About This Book This manual the Workstation User s Manual provides information about installing and using VMware Workstation 6 To view the most current version of the manual see the VMware Web site http www vmware com support pubs ws_pubs html Intended Audience This book is intended for anyone who needs to install upgrade or use VMware Workstation Workstation users typically include people who do software development and testing or work with multiple operating systems or computing environments software developers QA engineers trainers salespeople who run demos and anyone w
331. irtual disks 178 master boot record MBR disks 102 memory amount required on host 30 available in virtual machine 36 more than 1GB on a Linux host 368 setting size 372 swapping to disk 374 virtual machine memory size 372 memory trimming 374 MIDI 325 migrate virtual disks to the latest version 117 virtual machine 59 191 mode fullscreen 156 442 quick switch 157 445 modifier keys 395 monitors specifying the number of 160 using multiple 160 mouse driver installed by VMware Tools 112 USB 357 movie capture 181 moving a virtual machine 188 MP3 325 455 Workstation User s Manual 456 MS DOS 39 multiple monitors using 160 Mylex 36 91 357 364 N name changing team name 257 changing virtual machine name 76 named pipe 334 336 337 340 NAT advanced configuration 307 and DHCP 305 and DNS 305 and the host computer 305 defined 443 external access from a NAT network 306 on virtual network 276 304 port forwarding 311 312 316 sample configuration file for Linux host 315 selecting IP addresses 289 specifying connection from port be low 1024 308 when creating a virtual machine 90 NAT conf 309 315 NetLogon 312 NetWare Novell 40 130 137 network adding and modifying virtual Ether net adapters 282 automatic bridging 283 bridged networking 441 changing DHCP settings 285 changing subnet settings 285 changing the configuration 282 components 273 configuring bridged networking
332. is for all virtual machines configured to use the global setting To use global settings for upgrading VMware Tools automatically 1 VMware Inc Start Workstation If you use a UNIX host become root su and then start Workstation On UNIX systems non root users are not allowed to modify the preference setting for VMware Tools upgrades From the VMware Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences and click the Tools tab Specify which update policy you want to use and click OK If you need more information about the options click Help to display the online help for this dialog box NOTE The automatic upgrade feature is available only for Windows and Linux guest operating systems For each of your virtual machines do the following a Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off b Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens c Click the Options tab and select Tools d Select Use global settings from Edit gt Preferences gt Tools and click OK 115 Workstation User s Manual 116 To set autoupgrade options for VMware Tools on a per virtual machine basis 1 Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select Tools 4 Select the update option you want to use and click OK For more information about
333. is section provides instructions for adding the following devices Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 211 Adding Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 212 Connecting a CD ROM DVD or Floppy Drive to an Image File on page 213 VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine You can add one or more DVD or CD drives to your virtual machine You can connect the virtual machine s drive to a physical drive on the host machine or to an ISO image file You can configure the virtual DVD or CD drive as either IDE or SCSI no matter what kind of physical drive you connect it to In other words if your host computer has an IDE CD drive you can set up the virtual machine s drive as either SCSI or IDE and connect it to the host s drive The same is true if the host s physical drive is a SCSI drive To add a DVD or CD drive to a virtual machine 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens On the Hardware tab click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard On the Hardware Type page select DVD CD ROM Drive and click Next Make a selection on the Select a Drive Connection page and click Next nH OF A W Do one of the following If you selected Use physical drive a Choose a drive from the drop down list or choose Auto detect b Ifyou do not want the CD drive connected when
334. is stored is based on the name you originally give the team Although you can change the name of the team the name of this file does not change To change the name of a team Do one of the following m If the team is in the Favorites list right click it and choose Rename Type the new name and press Enter m Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list and choose Team gt Settings gt Options Type a new name in the Team name field and click OK Deleting a Team When you delete a team you can choose to delete m Only the team retaining the virtual machines in the team m The team and the virtual machines in the team A WARNING Deleting a team permanently removes the team files from the host file system and removes associated LAN segments from all virtual machines Deleting the team s virtual machines along with the team removes the virtual machine files permanently To remove a team from the Workstation window without deleting the team see Opening and Closing a Team on page 256 VMware Inc 257 Workstation User s Manual To delete a team 1 2 Make sure the team is powered off Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list and from the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Delete from Disk Do one of the following m To delete the team without deleting the virtual machines in it choose Delete m To delete the team and the virtual machines in it choose Delete Team and VMs
335. is useful in troubleshooting This file is vmware log stored in the directory that holds the configuration i vmx file of the virtual machine nvram lt vmname gt nvram Stores the state of the virtual machine s BIOS or nvram vmdk lt vmname gt vmdk Virtual disk file which stores the contents of the virtual machine s hard disk drive A virtual disk is made up of one or more vmdk files The virtual machine settings editor shows the name of the first file in the set the one that contains pointers to the other files in the set If you specify that all space should be allocated when you create the disk these files start at the maximum size and do not grow Almost all of a vmdk file s content is the virtual machine s data with a small portion allotted to virtual machine overhead If the virtual machine is connected directly to a physical disk the vmdk file stores information about the partitions the virtual machine is allowed to access Earlier VMware products used the extension dsk for virtual disk files 108 VMware Inc Table 5 1 Virtual Machine Files Continued Extension File Name vmdk Continued lt vmname gt s lt gt vmdk Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Description If you specified that the files can grow the file names have an s in the file number for example Windows XP Professional s001 vmdk If you specified that the virtual disk should be split
336. ist that is not on a virtual machine or team to display a context menu from which you can choose to create a new virtual machine team or folder You can also open an existing virtual machine team Microsoft Virtual PC or Virtual Server virtual machine StorageCraft or Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery system image VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics To create folders for organizing favorites 1 Right click Favorites or any item in the Favorites list and choose New Folder 2 Complete the New Folder dialog box that appears You can also drag and drop folders to place one inside another 3 Drag and drop Favorites items in the desired folder To add a virtual machine or team entry to the Favorites list 1 Launch Workstation For instructions see Starting Workstation on page 64 2 Choose File gt Open and browse to the location of the virtual machine vmx file or team vmtm file that you want to add as a favorite 3 Choose File gt Add to Favorites The virtual machine or team name appears in the Favorites list To add a powered on virtual machine or team to the Favorites list 1 In the sidebar right click the virtual machine or team in the Powered On list 2 From the context menu that appears choose Add to Favorites The virtual machine name appears in the Favorites list To remove a name from the Favorites list 1 Click a name in the Favorites list to select it 2 Choose File gt Remove from Favor
337. it is possible that the Lp module is loaded If it is the virtual machine cannot use the parallel port correctly 3 If the Lp module is loaded run this command as the root user to remove it rmmod lp 4 Verify that the line referring to the Lp module in the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file is removed or commented out by inserting a hash character at the beginning of the line The name of the configuration file depends on the Linux distribution you are using When you reboot the host after removing this line the configuration file no longer starts the 1p module 5 Toensure that the proper modules for the parallel port are loaded at boot time add this line to the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file alias parport_lowlevel parport_pc VMware Inc 331 Workstation User s Manual Linux kernels in the 2 6 x series also use a special arbitrator that allows access to the parallel port hardware If the parallel port is in use by the host the guest cannot use it If a virtual machine is using the parallel port the host and any users accessing the host are not given access to the device Workstation puts a lock on the device and this lock restricts access so that only the virtual machine can use the port You can choose VM gt Removable Devices to disconnect the parallel port from the virtual machine and reconnect it Device Permissions Some Linux distributions by default do not grant the virtual machine access
338. ites The virtual machine name is removed from the Favorites list You can remove the name of a virtual machine from the Favorites list at any time Removing the name does not affect the virtual machine s files or operation You can add the virtual machine to the list again at any time To remove the currently open virtual machine from the Favorites list Choose File gt Remove from Favorites The virtual machine is removed from the Favorites list VMware Inc 75 Workstation User s Manual To rename a Favorite list entry for a virtual machine or a team 1 Right click the Favorites item you want to rename 2 Choose Rename from the context menu 3 Type the new name for the item and press Enter Another way to change the name of a virtual machine or team is to choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt General for a virtual machine or Team gt Settings gt Options for a team and type the new name into the Name field NOTE Changing the name is for display only and does not rename the virtual machine files on the host Powered On List This list enables you to find out which virtual machines or teams are currently powered on Right click items in the Powered On list to display a menu of commands you can use for that virtual machine or team Alternatively you can see the same information about which machines are powered on by right clicking the virtual machine status icon in the notification area of your host s taskbar Checki
339. itor 81 headless virtual machines run in the background 24 84 241 help configuring Web browser for 49 host defined 21 hard disk space required 31 operating system defined 443 optical drives supported 31 system requirements 29 host computer 443 host virtual adapters 287 453 Workstation User s Manual 454 host virtual network mapping 284 285 host only networking basic configuration 277 defined 443 selecting IP addresses 289 hot keys for full screen switch mode 395 396 397 in Workstation preferences 342 Hot Keys tab 80 l ICMP 306 IDE drive supported in host 31 drives in virtual machine 36 optical drive supported in host 31 IDE integrated development environment plug ins 22 167 IDESCSI setting up virtual disk as 197 image file floppy 36 214 ISO 36 211 213 importing virtual machines 23 98 100 independent disk 230 install guest operating system 95 on Linux host 49 on Windows host 44 silent 47 120 software in a virtual machine 166 VMware Tools 113 integrated virtual debuggers 22 167 Intel EM64T processor 30 41 lomega parallel port zip drives 332 IP address assigning 291 clone 249 in virtual machine 90 static 290 IP forwarding 293 IP packet forwarding disabling 292 ISO image file 36 211 213 J JVM automatically selected 418 changing the path 418 K kbps for LAN segment 268 kernel paravirtual support for 384 upgrades and Workstation 51 key code mapping 3
340. ity Include as many details about your configuration 3 D applications and hardware as you can VMware Inc Chapter 14 Configuring Video and Sound Configuring Sound Workstation provides a sound device compatible with the Sound Blaster AudioPCI and supports sound in Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Linux guest operating systems The Workstation sound device is enabled by default Sound support includes PCM pulse code modulation output and input For example you can play wav files MP3 audio and Real Media audio MIDI output from Windows guests is supported through the Windows software synthesizer MIDI input is not supported and no MIDI support is available for Linux guests Windows 2000 Windows XP and most recent Linux distributions automatically detect the sound device and install appropriate drivers for it For Windows Vista when you install VMware Tools in a 64 bit Windows Vista guest operating system a sound driver is installed For 32 bit Windows Vista guests and Windows 2003 Server guests you need to use Windows Update to install a 32 bit driver Installing Sound Drivers in Windows 9x and NT Guests Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 98SE and Windows NT 4 0 do not have drivers for the Sound Blaster AudioPCI adapter To use sound in these guest operating systems download the driver from the Creative Labs Web site www creative com and install it in the g
341. keep the same UUID each time the virtual machine moves select Always Keep 186 VMware Inc Chapter 8 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines NOTE Tochange the Always Keep or Always Create setting power off the virtual machine and edit its configuration file vmx Delete the line that contains uuid action create or uuid action keep Or conversely if you want to specify to always keep or always create the UUID and not prompt the user to choose a setting when first powering on the virtual machine edit the configuration file and add the appropriate line for uuid action Suspending and resuming a virtual machine does not trigger the process that generates a UUID Thus the UUID in use at the time the virtual machine was suspended remains in use when the virtual machine is resumed even if it has been copied or moved However the next time the virtual machine is rebooted the message appears so you can choose to create a new UUID or keep the existing one Specifying a UUID for a Virtual Machine The UUID is a 128 bit integer The 16 bytes of this value are separated by spaces except for a dash between the eighth and ninth hexadecimal pairs An example UUID looks like this 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 aa bb cc dd ee ff You might want to assign a specific UUID to the virtual machine To do this you need to override the generated UUID value Power off the virtual machine and edit its configuration file vmx to s
342. king on page 219 E E E m Renaming a Virtual Disk on page 219 E E m Shrinking a Virtual Disk on page 220 Creating a Virtual Disk To create a new virtual disk use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager c t s 40GB a ide myDisk vmdk This creates a 40GB IDE virtual disk named myDisk vmdk The virtual disk is contained in a single vmdk file The disk space is not preallocated Converting a Virtual Disk To convert the virtual disk type from preallocated to growable use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager r sourceDisk vmdk t targetDisk vmdk This converts the disk from its original preallocated type to a growable virtual disk that consists of a single virtual disk file The virtual disk space is no longer preallocated and VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks the Virtual Disk Manager reclaims some disk space in the virtual disk so it is only as large as the data contained within it Increasing the Size of an Existing Virtual Disk To expand a virtual disk use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager x 40GB myDisk vmdk This increases the maximum capacity of the virtual disk to 40GB Renaming a Virtual Disk To rename a virtual disk first remove it from any virtual machine that contains the disk choose VM gt Settings gt lt virtual_disk gt and click Remove Next use a command like one of the following the file paths assume a Windows host m To rename the
343. kstation directory The default location is c Program Files VMware VMware Workstation m Add the VMware Workstation directory to the system path On Windows 2000 and XP you can change this setting at Control Panel gt System gt Advanced gt Environment Variables gt System variables gt Path Valid vmrun commands and options are described in Table A 2 VMware Inc 405 Workstation User s Manual If authentication is required in the host or guest operating system use the following authentication flags as appropriate h lt hostName gt P lt hostPort gt u lt userName in host OS gt p lt password in host OS gt gu lt userName in guest OS gt gp lt password in guest OS gt Table A 2 vmrun Commands and Parameters Command Description Parameters General Commands list List all running virtual machines None upgradevm Upgrade a virtual machine to the current Path to vmx file Workstation version installtools Install VMware Tools in the guest Path to vmx file operating system In Windows guests the VMware Tools installer runs automatically In Linux guests this command connects the virtual machine s virtual CD ROM drive to the VMware Tools ISO image for that guest but the installer does not start automatically Complete the installation with additional manual steps as described in Installing VMware Tools on a Linux Guest on page 123 Power Commands start Start a
344. l Debugger supports the following Linux 32 bit and 64 bit host operating systems m Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 4 5 Beta formerly called 4 0 Update 5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 0 updates 1 2 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 4 0 updates 1 2 3 4 Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 4 0 updates 1 2 3 4 Red Hat Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 20 8 upgrade 2 4 20 20 9 m Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Ubuntu Linux 6 06 Supported JRE Versions The host system must be running a Java Runtime Environment JRE meeting Java 2 Platform Standard Edition J2SE 5 0 or higher specifications J2SE consists of the JRE and developer tools for compiling debugging and running applications written in the Java language NOTE Eclipse displays the error message unable to load class if an unsupported version of J2SE is being used on the host system VMware Inc Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Eclipse Requirements You must have Eclipse 3 2 installed on the host On Windows Vista hosts you must have Eclipse 3 2 2 installed The Java language is supported You cannot have GCJ Java installed on the guest operating system Review Virtual Machine Requirements for information about guest system requirements Virtual Machine Requirements The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger is supported on any Workstation 6 virtual machine that is running a supported Windows or Linux guest operating system Supported Guest Operating Systems
345. l Hardware Requirements 238 Recording and Playing Back Virtual Machine Activity 240 11 Cloning a Virtual Machine 245 Understanding Clones 245 Why Make a Clone 246 Full and Linked Clones 246 Full Clones and Snapshots of the Parent 247 Creating Clones 247 Working with Clones 249 Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone 249 Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone 249 Network Identity fora Clone 249 Linked Clone Snapshot 250 Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine 250 12 Configuring Teams 253 VMware Inc Benefits of Using Teams 253 Creating a Team 255 Opening and Closing a Team 256 Changing the Name ofa Team 257 Deleting a Team 257 Viewing Teams and Their Virtual Machines 258 Adding and Removing Team Virtual Machines 260 Setting the Startup Sequence foraTeam 261 Starting and Stopping Teams 262 Powering a Team On and Off 262 Suspending and Resuming a Team 263 Power Operations for Individual Members of a Team 264 Working with Team Networks 264 LAN Segment Requirements 264 Creating a Team LAN Segment 265 Adding and Removing Ethernet Adapters 266 Configuring Connections fora LAN Segment 267 Configuring LAN Segments 267 Deleting a LAN Segment 268 Cloning and Taking Snapshots of Team Members 269 Workstation User s Manual 13 Configuring a Virtual Network 271 Network Basics 272 Components of the Virtual Network 273 Virtual Switch 273 DHCP Server 273 Network Adapter 274 Common Networking Configurations 274 Bridged N
346. l Machine Without Upgrading on page 59 m Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 Using an Older Version Virtual Machine Without Upgrading You might not want to upgrade a virtual machine because you want it to remain compatible with other VMware products you are using Following is a brief summary of VMware product version compatibility m A virtual machine created in Workstation 4 x is compatible with GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x and ACE 1 0 m A virtual machine created in Workstation 5 x is compatible with VMware Server 1 x ESX Server 3 x and VMware Player 1 x You can run these virtual machines in Workstation 6 but you will not have the benefits of the new features of Workstation 6 For more information about compatibility between VMware products refer to the VMware Virtual Machine Mobility Planning Guide If you decide not to upgrade a virtual machine you still need to upgrade VMware Tools to the new version Follow the instructions for your guest operating system in Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Do not remove the older version of VMware Tools before installing the new version Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine If you created virtual machines with an earlier version of Workstation you will probably want to upgrade to the latest version so that you can enjoy the benefits of the newest features For more information about new features see What s New in Version
347. l and Linked Clones on page 246 for a description of the differences On the Name of the New Virtual Machine page enter a name and a path for the cloned virtual machine and click Finish The default name and path are based on the original virtual machine name and location You can type a new entry for name and path or browse to a directory for the clone files The Clone Virtual Machine wizard displays a status page A full clone can take many minutes to create depending on the size of the virtual disk that is being duplicated Click Done to exit the Clone Virtual Machine wizard VMware Inc Chapter 11 Cloning a Virtual Machine Working with Clones This section discusses the following topics Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone on page 249 Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone on page 249 Linked Clone Snapshot on page 250 m m m Network Identity for a Clone on page 249 m m Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 250 Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone It is possible to make a linked clone from a linked clone using the Clone Virtual Machine wizard Keep these cautions in mind m Performance degrades when you do this When possible make a linked clone of the parent virtual machine m To power on and work with a linked clone of a linked clone Workstation must be able to locate all ancestors in the chain See Linked Clones and Access to the Parent
348. l machine including floppy drives DVD CD ROM drives USB devices and Ethernet adapters For information about how to configure specific devices see Chapter 15 Connecting Devices on page 327 and Chapter 9 Using Disks on page 195 To connect to and disconnect from a removable device 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered on Do one of the following From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Removable Devices gt lt Device_Name gt and then Connect or Disconnect If you choose Edit a dialog box appears Make the desired changes and click OK If you need assistance click the Help button to display online help From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings and select the device in the left pane In the settings panel on the right in the Device status section click Connected and click OK Right click the device icon in the notification area of the window and choose Connect or Disconnect VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Creating a Screen Shot of a Virtual Machine You can capture a screen shot of a virtual machine From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Capture Screen You can save this image as a bitmap bmp file ona Windows host or as a portable network graphics png file on a Linux host Creating a Movie of a Virtual Machine You can capture a movie of your activity within a virtual machine Workstation saves this image as an avi f
349. l machine and do one of the following m From the menu bar choose View gt Full Screen m Click the Full Screen button on the toolbar m Press Ctrl Alt Enter 4 To switch from full screen mode back to windowed mode which shows your virtual machine inside a Workstation window again do one of the following m Click the Restore button on the full screen toolbar m Press Ctrl Alt Enter VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine 5 To hide the full screen toolbar and menus while you are using full screen mode click the push pin icon and move your mouse pointer off of the toolbar This action will unpin the toolbar The toolbar slides up to the top of the monitor and disappears 6 To display the toolbar again move the mouse pointer to the top of the screen until the toolbar appears If you want the toolbar to remain on the screen click the push pin icon again 7 To switch from one powered on virtual machine to another while in full screen mode do one of the following m Click the Next button on the toolbar as shown in Figure 7 2 m Click the virtual machine arrow as shown in Figure 7 2 The virtual machine selector arrow enables you to choose a specific powered on virtual machine m Press Ctrl Alttright arrow to go to the next virtual machine or press Ctrl Alttleft arrow to go to the previous virtual machine 8 Use the VM menu on the toolbar to access any of the commands that you normally see in the Works
350. le the restricted user interface must be made by a user with sufficient privileges to edit the virtual machine s configuration file and to set file permissions as described in the following procedure To enable the restricted user interface 1 Power off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window 2 Open the virtual machine s configuration file vmx file in Notepad or another text editor 3 Add the following line anywhere in the file gui restricted TRUE 4 Optionally set file permissions on the configuration file to give normal users of the system only read access to the file so they cannot manually modify the configuration 5 Create a shortcut to the configuration file on the desktop and give it an appropriate name NOTE Although the restricted user interface provides no access to menu and toolbar controls for the snapshot you can give users limited snapshot control If you set up a snapshot for the restricted virtual machine and set the power off option to Ask Me the user sees the standard dialog box when shutting down a virtual machine and has the opportunity to choose Just Power Off Take Snapshot or Revert to Snapshot Automatically Returning to a Snapshot with a Restricted User Interface You can combine a restricted user interface with a snapshot to ensure that users virtual machines always start in the same state Typically users running a virtual machine with a restricted user interface c
351. lect Have Disk Enter the following path and click OK D video win9x D is the drive letter for the first virtual CD ROM drive in your virtual machine Click OK again to install the driver Click Close from the Advanced Display Properties dialog box and click Close from the Display Setting dialog box Click Yes to restart Windows 95 and start using the new video driver The VMware Tools background application starts when you reboot your virtual machine Automating the Installation of VMware Tools in a Windows Guest You can automate the installation of VMware Tools in a Windows guest operating system by using the Microsoft Windows Installer runtime engine to install the software silently in quiet mode If you are installing VMware Tools in a number of Windows virtual machines you might want to use the silent install features VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools To install VMware Tools in silent mode 1 VMware Inc Make sure the guest operating system in which you are installing VMware Tools has the Microsoft Windows Installer runtime engine version 2 0 or higher installed Version 2 0 or higher is included with newer versions of Windows If you are installing VMware Tools in older Windows guest operating systems check the version of this file WINDIR system32 msiexec exe If you need to upgrade the engine run instmsiw exe instmsia exe for Windows 95 or Windows 98 guests which is inc
352. lone Creates a standalone virtual machine called a clone Power off the virtual machine before making a clone from a snapshot For more about clones see Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 245 V CAUTION If a snapshot has been cloned it becomes locked If you delete a locked snapshot the clones created from that snapshot no longer operate m Delete Deletes the selected snapshots or recordings To delete a snapshot or recording and all its children right click it and choose Delete Snapshot Recording and Children Deleting a snapshot or recording does not affect other snapshots or recordings or the current state of the virtual machine To select all snapshots and recordings right click a snapshot or recording and choose Select All NOTE You cannot delete the snapshot if the associated virtual machine is designated as a template for cloning See Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 250 for a description of template settings for linked clones To use the snapshot manager 1 Open the snapshot manager by doing one of the following m From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager m On the Workstation toolbar click the Manage Snapshots for Virtual Machine icon 2 Do one of the following m Select a snapshot or recording and click the button for the desired action To select more than one Ctrl click the desired snapshots and recordings m Right click a snap
353. lowing m Choose the appropriate command from the VM gt Power menu m From the Workstation menu bar choose one of the Team gt Power options For more information see Starting a Virtual Machine on page 148 Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 152 Using the Suspend and Resume Features on page 223 Powering Off Versus Shutting Down and Resetting Versus Restarting on page 152 Working with Team Networks 264 One of the advantages of teams is the ability to isolate virtual machines in private virtual networks called LAN segments This can be useful with multitier testing network performance analysis and situations where isolation and packet loss are important This section focuses on LAN segments For information about other aspects of networking see Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network on page 271 LAN Segment Requirements The following sections describe the requirements for virtual machines connecting to a LAN segment Network Adapter A physical PC must have a network adapter for each physical network connection Similarly a virtual machine must be configured with a virtual network adapter for each LAN segment it interacts with To connect a virtual machine to multiple LAN segments simultaneously you must configure that virtual machine with multiple network adapters See Adding and Removing Ethernet Adapters on page 266 VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams LAN Segment IP
354. luded with the VMware Tools installer For more information on using the Microsoft Windows Installer msdn microsoft com library default asp url library en us msi setup about_win dows_installer asp Make sure the virtual machine s CD ROM drive is connected to the VMware Tools ISO image is configured to connect when you power on the virtual machine a Select the virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt CD ROM b Inthe Device status section select the Connect at Power On check box c Inthe Connection section select Use ISO image and browse to the windows iso file located in the directory where you installed Workstation d Click OK In the guest operating system if necessary suppress prompts about installing unsigned drivers The drivers installed by VMware Tools are not signed by Microsoft When you install VMware Tools you are asked to confirm the installation of these drivers For all Windows systems except Windows Vista a On the virtual machine s desktop or Start menu right click My Computer and choose Properties b Click the Hardware tab and click Driver Signing The Driver Signing dialog box appears c Click Ignore and click OK twice 121 Workstation User s Manual For Windows Vista a b On the Start menu right click Computer and choose Properties Click Advanced system settings gt Hardware gt Windows Update driver settings Click Never check for drivers when I connect a n
355. m Possible Migration Issues Caused by Hardware Changes Most migrated applications should function correctly in the VMware virtual machine because their configuration and data files have the same location as the source virtual machine However applications might not work if they depend on specific characteristics of the underlying hardware such as the serial number or the device manufacturer When troubleshooting after virtual machine migration consider the following potential hardware changes m The CPU model and serial numbers if activated can be different after the migration They correspond to the physical computer hosting the VMware virtual machine m The Ethernet adapter can be different AMD PCNet or VMXnet with a different MAC address Each interface s IP address must be individually reconfigured m The graphics card can be different VMware SVGA card m The numbers of disks and partitions are the same but each disk device can have a different model and different manufacturer strings m The primary disk controllers can be different from the source machine s controllers m Applications might not work if they depend on devices that are not available from within a virtual machine Opening and Importing a Virtual Machine or System Image The previous sections described the settings you need to specify for the conversion and also described the limitations of the two strategies for converting virtual machines This
356. m Isolation tools HGFS disable The value of this option determines whether virtual machines can be configured with shared folders for sharing files among virtual machines and with the host computer The default setting is FALSE shared folders are enabled The following entries are required in the global configuration file config ini and must not be changed mks ctlAltDel ignore TRUE mks fullscreen allowScreenSaver TRUE fullScreenSwitch onSeparateDesktop TRUE msg autoAnswer TRUE Starting and Stopping Virtual Machines on the User s Computer Use the vmware fullscreen command to run VMware Workstation in full screen switch mode and to start and stop virtual machines on a user s computer The command can pass certain information to the virtual machine when it starts As administrator you must decide how to issue the command For example you can use a custom application or script running on the host operating system to issue one or more vmware fullscreen commands Or you can include the command to start a VMware Inc Chapter 17 Special Purpose Configuration Options for Windows Hosts virtual machine ina shortcut in the host operating system s startup group so the virtual machine starts when the user logs on to the host computer Issue the vmware fullscreen command once for each virtual machine you want to start or stop Starting a Virtual Machine At its most basic the vmware fullscreen command to po
357. m Recovery virtual machines sv2i files Microsoft Virtual PC and Virtual Server virtual machines and StorageCraft files spf files For VMware virtual machines to create a linked clone the virtual hardware version of the destination machine cannot be higher than the hardware version of the source WARNING For linked clones the virtual machine created by the importer will become A corrupted if the source is modified after the import This is true for linked clones imported from Virtual PC and Virtual Server machines and from Symantec backup images In the case of Virtual PC and Virtual Server source virtual machines simply powering them on in Virtual PC or Virtual Server modifies them Supported Destinations The Converter Import wizard can output virtual machines that are compatible with m Workstation 4 x 5 x and 6 x m VMware Player 1 x and 2 x m ESX Server 3 x This destination is not supported if you are importing a remote physical machine m ESX Server 2 5 x This destination is supported only by importing through a VirtualCenter 2 x server that manages the 2 5 x ESX Server m GSX Server 3 x m VMware Server 1 x m VirtualCenter 2 x NOTE Workstation 4 virtual machines are compatible with VMware GSX Server 3 0 ESX Server 2 x and ACE 1 x Required Information When Designating a Destination for the Virtual Machine This section details some considerations you need to take into account and decisions you need
358. m being disabled inadvertently See also linked clone parent snapshot undoable mode In VMware ESX Server 2 x a disk mode in which all write operations issued by software running inside the virtual machines appear to be written to the disk but are in fact stored in a temporary file REDO for the duration of the session When the virtual machine is powered off the user has three choices permanently apply VMware Inc V X Glossary all changes to the disk discard the changes thus restoring the disk to its previous state or keep the changes so that further changes from future sessions can be added to the log See also disk mode virtual disk A file or set of files appearing as a physical disk drive to a guest operating system These files can be on the host machine or on a remote file system When you configure a virtual machine with a virtual disk you can install a new operating system into the disk file without the need to repartition a physical disk or reboot the host See also physical disk virtual hardware The devices that make up a virtual machine The virtual hardware includes the virtual disk removable devices such as the DVD ROM CD ROM and floppy drives and the virtual Ethernet adapter You configure these devices with the virtual machine settings editor See also virtual machine settings editor virtual machine A virtualized x86 compatible PC environment in which a guest operating system and associated applicatio
359. m deleting the parent virtual machine for a linked clone designate the parent as a template The two parts of the process are discussed in the following sections m To enable template mode using the virtual machine settings editor on page 251 m To create a linked clone from a template on page 251 VMware Inc Chapter 11 Cloning a Virtual Machine To enable template mode using the virtual machine settings editor 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click the Options tab and select Advanced In the Settings section click Enable Template mode to be used for cloning and click OK With template mode enabled a virtual machine cannot be deleted or added to a team and the virtual machine s snapshots cannot be deleted To create a linked clone from a template 1 2 VMware Inc Select the virtual machine to use as a parent of your linked clone Verify that the parent has at least one snapshot Open the snapshot manager and create a snapshot if none exists Verify that template mode has been enabled See To enable template mode using the virtual machine settings editor on page 251 With the virtual machine still selected launch the Clone Virtual Machine wizard by choosing VM gt Clone from the Workstation menu bar Click Next to display the Clone Source page
360. manager p M After the preparations are complete unmount the volume Repeat this process for each volume of the virtual disk After you prepare all the volumes for shrinking you can shrink the virtual disk Shrinking a Virtual Disk To shrink a virtual disk it must be located on a Windows host Before you can shrink the virtual disk prepare all the volumes of the virtual disk for shrinking Then use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager k myDisk vmdk You cannot shrink a virtual disk if you allocated all the disk space when you created the virtual disk You cannot shrink a physical disk If the virtual disk has any snapshots you cannot shrink the virtual disk Delete all snapshots before you shrink the virtual disk Using Dual Boot Computers with Virtual Machines Many users install Workstation on a dual boot or multiple boot computer so they can run one or more of the existing operating systems in a virtual machine For more information about using dual boot computers with Workstation see the VMware technical note called Dual Boot Computers and Virtual Machines Legacy Virtual Disks This section discusses your options for using Workstation 6 in a mixed environment with virtual machines that were created with earlier versions of Workstation or created with other VMware products 220 VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks Following is a brief summary of feature compatibility between various virtual hardware versio
361. mand is executed from the shared folder and when the debugging session ends the folder is no longer shared The name of the shared folder is host Shared Folders ProjectName lt random_number gt When a guest path is selected the command is executed from the specified path on the guest The default is a host path through a shared folder 435 Workstation User s Manual 436 Set Remote Debug Monitor to the location of the Remote Debug Monitor on the host The default is the Visual Studio installed path typically Program Files Microsoft Visual Studio 8 Common7 IDE Remote Debugger x86 msvsmon exe Use the default remote debug monitor if you are debugging a 32 bit process in a 32 bit virtual machine If you want to debug a 32 bit process in a 64 bit virtual machine use the Remote Debug Monitor Program Files x86 Microsoft Visual Studio 8 Common7 IDE Remote Debugger x86 msvsmon exe If you want to debug a 64 bit process in a 64 bit virtual machine use the 64 bit Remote Debug Monitor Program Files Microsoft Visual Studio 8 Common7 IDE Remote Debugger x64 msvsmon exe Type a name for the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest The default name is lt user name gt If a Remote Debug Monitor is already running on the guest when the new connection is made between the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest and the Visual Studio debugger on the host you are prompted to choose whether to connect to the one that is runni
362. mem 959M m Edit lilo conf In the kernel section add this line append mem 959M If you are using a 2GB kernel with CONFIG_BIGMEM enabled and have 1984MB or more memory Workstation does not run You can either pass the boot time switch mem 1983M at the LILO prompt or add it to Lilo conf to disable CONFIG_BIGMEM and thus allow you to run Workstation To use the switch do one of the following m Atthe LILO prompt type Linux 2 2 16xxx mem 1983M m Edit Lilo conf In the kernel section add this line append mem 1983M Disks For best performance avoid the situation of very low free space on the host disk Performance can degrade considerably when Workstation has to use a nearly full host hard disk to do various virtual disk operations such as grow the guest sparse disk take a snapshot or append to redo files Enabling Host Disk Caching on Microsoft Windows Hosts On Windows hosts the Disk Properties Policies page associated with each hard drive provides a check box for enabling write caching on the disk and in some cases enabling advanced performance on the disk Checking one or both of these boxes can improve host disk performance in general Checking them for the host disks containing VMware virtual disk files can improve VMware disk performance in particular especially when VMware is making heavy use of the disk The following procedure provides instructions for using these settings on a Windows XP host VMware Inc 369
363. ment and testing m Develop and test multiple operating systems and applications on a single PC m Connect virtual machines to simulate and test multitier configurations VMware Inc 19 Workstation User s Manual Use multiple snapshots and debugging support to facilitate testing Archive test environments on file servers where they can be easily restored or shared To enhance productivity of IT professionals Configure and test desktops and servers as virtual machines before deploying them to production Test new multitier applications application updates and OS patches on a single PC Host legacy applications within virtual machines facilitating OS migrations and eliminating the need to port legacy applications Create a virtual library of end user configurations on a shared drive To facilitate computer based training and software demos Package and deploy classroom material in virtual machines Allow students to experiment with multiple operating systems applications and tools in secure isolated virtual machines Configure virtual machines to undo all changes at shutdown Demo complex or multitier configurations on a single laptop Overview of This Manual If you re a veteran user of VMware products see What s New in Version 6 on page 21 and see Chapter 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation on page 55 If you re new to VMware Workstation the first chapters of this manual through Chapter 7
364. n You can delete the installer afterwards to reclaim disk space Optical CD ROM DVD ROM Drive m DE and SCSI optical drives supported m CD ROM and DVD ROM drives supported m ISO disk image files supported Floppy Drives Virtual machines can connect to the host s floppy drives Floppy disk image files are also supported Local Area Networking Optional m Any Ethernet controller supported by the host operating system m Non Ethernet networks supported using built in network address translation NAT or using a combination of host only networking plus routing software on the host operating system Host Operating System VMware Workstation is available for both Windows and Linux host operating systems Windows Host Operating Systems 32 Bit Workstation supports the following Windows 32 bit host operating systems m Windows Vista Enterprise Edition Windows Vista Business Edition Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium Editions Windows Vista Ultimate Edition m Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition SP1 Windows Server 2003 Web Edition SP1 VMware Inc 31 Workstation User s Manual 32 Windows Server 2003 Small Business Edition SP1 Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition SP1 Windows Server 2003 R2 Listed versions are also supported with no service pack m Windows XP Home Edition SP1 SP2 Windows XP Professional SP1 SP2 Listed versions are also supported with no service pack m Windows 2000 Server SP3 SP4 W
365. n a FreeBSD Guest 128 Installing VMware Tools in a NetWare Virtual Machine 130 Starting VMware Tools If You Do Not Use a Session Manager 131 Uninstalling VMware Tools or Changing Which Modules Are Installed 132 VMware Tools Configuration Options 132 Using the VMware Tools Control Panel to Configure Tools 133 Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System 137 Customizations to VMware Tools 139 Using Custom Scripts When the Power State Changes 139 Executing Commands After You Power Off or Reset a Virtual Machine 141 Passing a String from the Host to the Guest 141 Passing Information Between the Guest and Another Program 144 Using the VMware Tools Command Line Interface 144 Options for the VMware Tools cmd Command 145 7 Running a Virtual Machine 147 Starting a Virtual Machine 148 Virtual Machine Location 150 Running VMware Tools 150 6 VMware Inc Contents Shutting Down a Virtual Machine 152 Powering Off Versus Shutting Down and Resetting Versus Restarting 152 Deleting a Virtual Machine 154 Controlling the Display 154 Simplifying the Screen Display 155 Using Full Screen Mode 156 Using Quick Switch Mode 157 Reporting Battery Information in the Guest Operating System 158 Using Exclusive Mode 158 Using Multiple Monitors 160 Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display 163 Working with Nonstandard Resolutions 165 Installing New Software 166 Disabling Acceleration If a Program Won
366. n from the logged in user s session The vmware guestd program therefore has no knowledge of desktop sessions which means that it cannot display graphical applications VMware Inc 139 Workstation User s Manual NOTE You might notice that you can successfully run a script by clicking the Run Now button in the VMware Tools control panel but that this same script fails when run as part of a Workstation power operation This is because scripts run by clicking Run Now are run as the logged in user and have a different working directory than when scripts are run by vmware guestd To use custom scripts 1 Study the default scripts to determine if you want to create your custom script by making changes to the default script and saving it to a new location In Windows guests the default scripts are located in the Program Files VMware VMware Tools folder On UNIX the default scripts are located in the etc vmware tool1s directory Either modify the default script and save it with a different name or write a completely different script If you write a new script for Windows create the script as a batch file For UNIX create the script in any executable format such as shell or Perl scripts Associate each custom script with its particular power operation For more information see Scripts Tab on page 135 Make sure that the following conditions are met in the guest operating system m The virtual machine is using
367. n page 171 m Software Updates section See Checking for Product Updates on page 76 Input tab Lets you adjust the way the virtual machine captures control of keyboard and mouse For example by default the virtual machine grabs keyboard and mouse input when you click inside the virtual machine Hot Keys tab Lets you specify the key combination that is used with hot key sequences for all your virtual machines Use hot key sequences to enter and leave full screen mode ungrab mouse and keyboard input and so on Display tab Lets you adjust the manner in which the console and the host display accommodate a different guest operating system display resolution Also see Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display on page 163 and Using Full Screen Mode on page 156 Memory tab For details on adjusting memory settings in VMware Workstation see Memory on page 372 On Linux you must be running Workstation as root in order to change the settings on the Memory tab of the preferences editor Priority tab For information about the snapshot settings on this tab see Enabling Snapshot Actions as a Background Activity on page 229 On Linux you must be running Workstation as root in order to change this setting For information about the process priority settings available on Windows hosts see Configuring Process Scheduling on Windows Hosts on page 371 Lockout tab Windo
368. n provides instructions for checking the following areas of concern the version of your Linux kernel your device access permissions and the required modules This section includes the following topics Parallel Ports and Linux 2 2 x Kernels on page 329 Parallel Ports and Linux 2 4 x Kernels on page 330 Parallel Ports and Linux 2 6 x Kernels on page 331 Device Permissions on page 332 VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Parallel Ports and Linux 2 2 x Kernels The 2 2 x kernels that support parallel ports use the parport parport_pc and vmppuser modules Be sure that PC Style Hardware CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is loaded as a module On Linux hosts Workstation requires that the parallel port PC style hardware option CONFIG_PARPORT_PC be built and loaded as a kernel module that is it must be set to m Workstation is unable to use parallel port devices if CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is built directly compiled into the kernel This limitation exists because CONFIG_PARPORT_PC does not correctly export its symbols The vmppuser module is supplied by Workstation to give virtual machines user level access to the parallel port To check the configuration 1 Determine whether the parport parport_pc and vmppuser modules are installed and running on your system by running the 1smod command as the root user These three modules should be included in the listing of running modules You can also look at the proc mo
369. n separate toolbars for power buttons snapshot buttons view buttons and record replay buttons On a Linux host all the buttons are contained in a single toolbar To customize the toolbar display on a Linux host 1 3 Right click the far right side of the toolbar to display a Toolbar menu Power Snapshot View Replay Desktop Style Icons Only Text Only Icons and Text Selective Text Beside Icons Choose Power Snapshot View or Replay to add or remove the corresponding toolbar buttons When a choice is checked the corresponding buttons are displayed In the lower part of the menu choose the display style for toolbar buttons To customize the toolbar display on a Windows host 1 Right click any part of the toolbar to display a Toolbar menu v Power v Snapshot v View v Replay Customize Click Power Snapshot View or Replay to add or remove that toolbar When a toolbar is checked it is displayed To change which buttons appear in a toolbar or the order in which they appear display that toolbar and continue with the following steps VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics 3 Right click the Power Snapshot View or Replay toolbar to open the Customize Toolbar window The Customize Toolbar window for that toolbar appears Buttons listed under Current Toolbar Buttons are displayed in the toolbar in the order shown in the Customize Toolbars window 4 Make an
370. n software can run Multiple virtual machines can operate on the same host machine concurrently virtual machine configuration The specification of what virtual devices disks memory size etc are present in a virtual machine and how they are mapped to host files and devices virtual machine configuration file A file containing a virtual machine configuration It is created by the New Virtual Machine wizard It is used by VMware Workstation to identify and run a specific virtual machine virtual machine settings editor A point and click editor used to view and modify the settings of a virtual machine after its initial creation See also New Virtual Machine wizard virtual network A network between virtual machines with no dependence on real world hardware connections For example you can create a virtual network between a virtual machine and a host that has no external network connections You can also create a LAN segment for communications between virtual machines on a team See also LAN segment team VMware Inc 447 Workstation User s Manual Y Z 448 virtual network editor A point and click editor used to view and modify the networking settings for the virtual networks created by VMware Workstation VMware Player Free software that enables PC users to easily run any virtual machine on a Windows or Linux PC VMware Player runs virtual machines created by VMware Workstation VMware Server or ESX Server and also supp
371. nc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics Figure 4 4 Appliance View Windows Host Appliance View button T Windows XP Professional Wks 6 Mware Workstation File Edit view vM Team Windows Help u Me ACAS 98a Sidebar wm Windows XP Professional 3 gu Vista VM gu Red Hat Linux gt Powered On Windows 2000 Professione MyApplian ce 1 0 E Windows XP Professional G Favorites 883 Team Windows VMs generic browser appliance E Red Hat 3 53 Team Qa YMs amp Clone of Red Hat 3 amp Mixed version team E Red Hat Linux B Windows VMs Windows 2000 Profess E vista vM ED Windows XP Professior Windows xP Professional f y Ready You can press Open Browser button to start using this D ano eE tian 1 Q appliance E3 Open Browser BeeBoo 2 a Appliance view is available only for virtual machines that you designate as appliances as described in Displaying the Virtual Machine as an Appliance on page 168 Displaying Multiple Virtual Machines at the Same Time To simultaneously view more than one virtual machine when they are not all on the same team open multiple Workstation windows and launch one or more virtual machines in each Workstation window Alternately use a team to coordinate and use multiple virtual machines within a single console window See Viewing Teams and Their Virtual Machines on page 2
372. nc 383 Workstation User s Manual 384 To turn off visual effects Depending on which operating system you use m On Windows 98 a Right click on the desktop of your virtual machine and choose Properties from the menu that appears b Click the Effects tab and deselect the Animate windows menus and lists check box c Ifyou have Show window contents while dragging selected deselect that check box m On Windows 2000 a Right click the guest operating system desktop and choose Properties gt Effects b Deselect Use transition effects for menus and tool tips m On Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 a Right click the guest operating system desktop and choose Properties gt A ppearance gt Effects b Deselect Use transition effects for menus and tool tips m On Windows Vista a Use the Control Panel s Performance Information and Tools item in Classic view b Click the link called Adjust visual effects Enhanced Performance with Paravirtualized Kernels in Linux Guests Since 2005 VMware has been collaborating with the Linux community to develop a common paravirtualization interface In 2006 VMware released its VMI specification as an open specification For more information on paravirtualization in general see the following VMware Web site http www vmware com interfaces paravirtualization html If you have a VMware VMI Virtual Machine Interface enabled kernel in the guest operating system you will see im
373. ner 357 screen colors for VNC clients 183 setting for virtual machines 319 screen modes full screen 156 quick switch 157 screen resolution 165 screenshot capture 181 scripts enabling disabling and running 135 139 running during power state changes 139 Scripts tab VMware Tools 135 SCSI 31 adding a generic SCSI device 359 360 364 avoiding concurrent access on a Linux host 363 connecting to generic 357 devices in virtual machine 36 driver for Windows NT guest 358 driver for Windows Server 2003 guest 358 VMware Inc Index driver for Windows XP guest 358 drivers 91 357 364 generic SCSI on a Linux host 363 generic SCSI on a Windows host 357 permissions for a generic SCSI de vice on a Linux host 363 setting up virtual disk as 197 Sempron processor 30 41 serial connection between host application and virtual machine 334 between two virtual machines 335 to a serial port on the host 333 serial number 78 for Workstation 47 serial port installing and using 333 server DHCP 273 290 305 313 DNS 297 305 308 WINS 306 settings editor virtual machine 179 447 share drag and drop 442 files on a Linux host with Samba 316 shared folder defined 446 enable and disable 172 mounting on Linux 176 on Linux and Solaris guests 175 permissions on Linux 176 using 171 viewing 175 Shared Folders tab VMware Tools 137 sharing virtual machines 191 shortcut desktop for Workstation 46 shor
374. nes automatically The snapshot appears in the snapshot manager The name of this snapshot is the date and time the virtual machine was powered off The description is Automatic snapshot created when powering off Ask me Prompts you every time you power off a virtual machine to specify whether you want to power off revert or take a snapshot VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine To set a snapshot option that occurs when powering off 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select Snapshot Replay 4 Select an option in the section When powering off These options are described at the beginning of this topic and in the online help 5 Click OK Snapshots and Workstation 4 Virtual Machines Workstation 4 virtual machines do not support multiple snapshots For full Workstation 6 functionality you must upgrade If you want to upgrade but the Workstation 4 virtual machine has snapshots you must first remove the snapshots Use your earlier Workstation 4 x application to remove the snapshot and then upgrade to Workstation 6 You can then upgrade the virtual machine as described in Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 If you choose not to upgrade you preserve the ability to use the virtual machine in Workstat
375. networking for the virtual machine NOTE Scripts in Windows NT and Windows Me guest operating systems do not release and renew the IP address Scripts cannot be run in Windows 95 NetWare and FreeBSD guest operating systems 136 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Shared Folders Tab Windows Guests Only On Windows guests a Shared Folders tab provides information on how to access your shared folders on the host so you can share files between the host and guest For more information see Viewing Shared Folders in a Windows Guest on page 175 Although the Shared Folders tab does not appear in Linux or Solaris guests you can share folders with Linux and Solaris guests See Viewing Shared Folders in a Linux or Solaris 10 Guest on page 175 Shrink Tab In the Shrink tab you can reclaim unused space in a virtual disk However some configurations do not allow you to shrink a virtual disk For more information see Shrinking Virtual Disks on page 200 On UNIX guests to shrink virtual disks run VMware Tools as the root user su If you shrink the virtual disk as a non root user you cannot prepare to shrink the parts of the virtual disk that require root level permissions About Tab The About tab displays version build number and copyright information In Windows guests this tab also shows the status of the VMware Tools Service Using the System Console to Configure VMware T
376. nfiguration Options on page 132 You can access VMware Tools through the Windows Control Panel choose Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt VMware Tools or by clicking or right clicking the VMware Tools icon which appears by default in the notification area of the taskbar Additional Steps When Migrating from Old Versions of Windows If you are migrating from VMware GSX Server to Workstation and your guest operating system is Windows NT Windows Me Windows 98 or Windows 95 you might need to configure the video driver manually Instructions appear in Notepad at the end of the installation process If the Notepad window is hidden click the Notepad button on the Windows taskbar VMware Inc 117 Workstation User s Manual 118 See the following steps that correspond to your guest operating system To migrate from Windows NT guest operating systems 1 After installing VMware Tools click Finish The Display Properties dialog box appears Click the Display Type button The Display Type dialog box appears Click the Change button The Change Display dialog box appears Select VMware Inc from the Manufacturer list Select VMware SVGA as the display adapter and click OK Click Yes in response to the on screen question about third party drivers to install the driver and click OK to confirm the drivers were installed Click Close from the Display Type dialog box and click Close from the Display Properties dialog bo
377. nfiguration file the one specified on the command line overrides the one in the configuration file For example to start a virtual machine and specify that its direct switch key combination is Ctrl Shift F1 use the following command vmware fullscreen poweron directkey 0x70 0x6 lt config file gt Enter the complete command on one line Use fullscreen without poweron to start a virtual machine and go straight to full screen switch mode The virtual machine takes over the display immediately instead of running invisibly until the user switches to it later VMware Inc 399 Workstation User s Manual 400 Stopping a Virtual Machine Use either of the following commands to shut down the specified virtual machine m vmware fullscreen poweroff lt config file gt m vmware fullscreen poweroff lt alias gt You can specify the path to the configuration vmx file or you can specify the alias if you used name when you started the virtual machine Stopping All Virtual Machines Use the following command to power off all virtual machines cleanly vmware fullscreen exit Workstation exits as soon as all the virtual machines have powered off Switching Among Virtual Machines and the Host Use one of the following commands to shut down the specified virtual machine m vmware fullscreen switchto lt config file gt m vmware fullscreen switchto lt alias gt m vmware fullscreen switchto host m vmw
378. nfiguring User Accounts Log in to the guest operating system with an Administrator account Use the same local or domain user account on the host machine to log in to the guest operating system NOTE The user name password and domain name if not local on both systems must match on the host and the guest Otherwise the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest will not be able to communicate with the Visual Studio debugger on the host For additional information on setting up Windows user accounts for remote debugging see http msdn2 microsoft com en us library ms164725 aspx NOTE Communication between Visual Studio and the guest operating system is not initiated until the virtual machine is powered on and the configured user is logged in This user runs the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest which in turn communicates with the Visual Studio debugger on the host To prevent a time delay power on the virtual machine and log in to the guest operating system before debugging in a virtual machine You can set up automatic login to bypass the login screen when the guest is booting as described next Setting the Password Policy Windows has a default security feature that helps protect users with blank passwords from network based attacks Users who do not password protect their accounts can log in only at their physical computer console the monitor keyboard and mouse that is physically connected to their computer This restriction ap
379. ng and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 Connect the second adapter to Custom VMnet2 Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a second virtual network adapter Connect the adapter to Custom VMnet3 5 Configure network settings for the fourth virtual machine as follows a b 280 Open virtual machine 4 but do not power it on Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a virtual network adapter See Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 Connect the second adapter to Custom VMnet3 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network 6 Determine the network addresses used for VMnet2 and VMnets3 m On Windows hosts open a command prompt and run ipconfig all Note the network addresses used by each virtual adapter m On Linux hosts open a terminal and run ifconfig Note the network addresses used by each virtual switch 7 Power on each virtual machine in turn and install the appropriate guest operating system NOTE Ona Windows host for step 8 you are not required to configure network addresses manually You can instead use Workstation s DHCP server From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt DHCP and add VMnet2 and VMnets to the list of virtual networks served by the virtual DHCP server 8 Configure the networking in each guest operating system m Machine 1 For the bridged Ethernet adapter in virtual machine 1 use
380. ng for Product Updates 76 Workstation automatically checks for product updates By default it checks once a week at the time you launch Workstation You can change the interval for the automatic checks by using the following procedure To have VMware Workstation check for updates 1 Choose Edit gt Preferences gt Workspace 2 On the Check for Software Updates drop down menu set the interval The Software updates section of the Workspace tab shows the time and result of the most recent automatic check for updates and the time of the next scheduled check You can check for updates manually by choosing Help gt Check for Updates on the Web Alternatively on Linux click Check Now on the Workspace tab of the preferences editor from the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences NOTE Checking for product updates works only if the host computer is connected to the Internet VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics Introduction to Creating a Virtual Machine The instructions in this section get you started quickly with creating a virtual machine Once you create a virtual machine you will find the information in the rest of this chapter easier to understand The instructions in this section tell you to accept the default settings so that you can complete the New Virtual Machine wizard quickly Completing the procedure is like completing a tutorial Later when you want to create virtual machines that you actually
381. ng or start another one with a different name Setting Virtual Machine Properties Virtual machine properties include The path to the virtual machine file vmx file Optional The location of any directories shared between the host and the guest To set virtual machine properties 1 2 Choose VMware gt Options and select Virtual Machine in the left pane Set Virtual Machine to the path to the virtual machine file vmx file Click Browse to select from vmx files on the system Optional Set Shared Folders to a semicolon delimited list of paired folder names in the form lt shared_name gt lt host_folder_name gt Click Browse to enter share names and folder names using a dialog box VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Optional Setting Pre Debug Event Properties Pre Debug Event properties determine which actions are performed before the debug command is run All of these settings are optional To configure actions to perform before beginning debugging 1 2 Choose VMware gt Options and select Pre Debug Event in the left pane Set Revert to Parent Snapshot to Yes or No If set to Yes the virtual machine reverts to its parent snapshot when the debugging session is started The default is No Set Copy Files to a semicolon delimited list of paired file or directory names that are copied from the host to the guest machine in the form lt host_machine_file folder gt
382. ng the recording before it finishes playing do one of the following m Choose VM gt Replay gt Stop m Click the Stop button in the Replay toolbar m Click inside the virtual machine so that keyboard events are grabbed by the virtual machine and press the L key go live key You can then resume interacting with the virtual machine You cannot pause the recording or reverse it If you stop the recording before it is finished replaying and then click the Replay Last Recording button again the recording starts from its beginning not from the point where you clicked Stop 242 VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine To adjust the speed of playback 1 To set all recordings for a virtual machine to begin playback in slow motion a Make sure the virtual machine is powered off b Add the following line to the configuration vmx file for the virtual machine replay halt_delay lt microseconds gt where lt microseconds gt is the number of microseconds that the virtual processor should halt when replaying This setting controls halt emulation behavior The default is 0 which means the recording plays in real time The maximum value is 10000 c Save and close the file During playback if you want to speed up playback or slow it down even further use the keyboard shortcuts described in Step 3 NOTE This step is not a prerequisite to using keyboard shortcuts to speed up or slow down a recording
383. nitiated from the external network to a virtual machine on the NAT network When a machine on the external network attempts to initiate a connection with a virtual machine on the NAT network it cannot reach the virtual machine because the NAT device does not forward the request Network connections that are initiated from outside the NAT network are not transparent However it is possible to configure port forwarding manually on the NAT device so network traffic destined for a certain port can still be forwarded automatically to a virtual machine on the NAT network See Advanced NAT Configuration on page 307 File sharing of the type used by Windows operating systems and Samba is possible among computers on the NAT network including virtual machines and the host computer If you are using WINS servers on your network a virtual machine using NAT networking can access shared files and folders on the host that are known by the WINS server so long as those shared files and folders are in the same workgroup or domain VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Advanced NAT Configuration This section includes the following sections m Ona Windows Host on page 307 m Ona Linux Host on page 309 On a Windows Host Use the virtual network settings editor to configure NAT as described in the following procedure To edit the NAT configuration file see Custom NAT and DHCP Configuration on a Windows Host on page
384. nnect You might also use this delay to ensure that a virtual machine functioning as a server completes its startup before client virtual machines start If your virtual machine team depends on precise startup timing experiment to determine how much time your host and guest operating environments and applications need to launch 261 Workstation User s Manual The startup sequence applies to power on power off suspend and resume operations m Power on and resume operations for virtual machines occur in the order of the sequence shown in the team settings list m Power off and suspend operations for virtual machines occur in the reverse of the order shown in the team settings list To set the startup sequence for members of a team 1 Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Settings and click the Virtual Machines tab 3 Use the up and down arrow buttons to arrange the virtual machines in the list The virtual machine at the top of the list is the first in the startup sequence 4 Select each virtual machine and specify how many seconds you want it to wait before starting the next virtual machine NOTE This startup delay is applied to power on power off suspend and resume operations 5 Click OK to save your changes Starting and Stopping Teams 262 Power operations for teams are much the same as those for an individual virtual machine Howeve
385. ns of VMware Workstation m A Workstation 6 virtual machine supports all Workstation 6 features but is not compatible with other VMware products m A Workstation 5 virtual machine is compatible with VMware Server 1 x ESX Server 3 x and VMware Player 1 x Workstation versions 5 5 and later support 64 bit guest operating systems m A Workstation 4 virtual machine is compatible with VMware GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x and ACE 1 0 You can use Workstation 6 to power on virtual machines created with any of the product versions in this list However many new features of Workstation are not available in older virtual machines To upgrade your virtual machines to version 6 see Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 If you decide not to upgrade a virtual machine to Workstation 6 VMware recommends that you upgrade VMware Tools to the latest version Follow the instructions for your guest operating system in Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Do not remove the older version of VMware Tools before installing the new version You can also use Workstation 6 to create a version 4 or 5 virtual machines For instructions see Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 For more information about compatibility between VMware products refer to the VMware Virtual Machine Mobility Planning Guide NOTE If you have Workstation 2 or 3 virtual machines that you want to use with Workstation 6 upgr
386. nsupported virtual devices Before you enable the record replay feature use the virtual machine settings editor to remove the following devices from the virtual machine m Floppy drives m CD ROM drives NOTE Before you remove the CD ROM drive from a virtual machine make sure that VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system During VMware Tools installation Workstation temporarily connects the virtual machine s first virtual CD ROM drive to the correct ISO image file for the guest operating system USB controllers Sound adapters Generic SCSI devices LSI Logic adapters In addition avoid connecting the virtual machine to a network or disconnecting it during a recording session Disk space How much disk space a recording uses depends on the type of activity that occurs on the virtual machine during the recording session Assume that you will need a substantial amount of disk space Disk mode You cannot use the record replay feature if the virtual machine s virtual hard disk is set to independent mode This is because recording virtual machine activity requires writing data about the disk to a continual snapshot To change the disk mode use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt Hard Disk gt Advanced 239 Workstation User s Manual 240 Recording and Playing Back Virtual Machine Activity This section provides instructions for enabling the record replay featur
387. nt for the mode and choose one of the following options m Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk m Nonpersistent Changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot For more information on the snapshot feature see Using Snapshots on page 225 Click Finish The wizard configures the new physical disk If the partitions used on the physical disk are not formatted for your guest operating system use the guest operating system s tools to format them CAUTION Regarding the use of fdisk or a similar utility m After you add a virtual machine disk by using one or more partitions on a physical disk never modify the partition tables by running fdisk or a similar utility in the guest operating system m If you use fdisk or a similar utility on the host operating system to modify the partition table of the physical disk you must re create the virtual machine s physical disk Adding DVD CD ROM and Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine 210 Workstation 6 virtual machines can use up to 4 IDE devices and up to 60 SCSI devices Any of these devices can be a virtual or physical hard disk or DVD or CD ROM drive A virtual machine can read data from a DVD disc Workstation does not support playing DVD movies in a virtual machine You might be able to play a movie if you use a DVD player application that does not require video overlay support in the video card Th
388. nt state To install the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger or the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger you have the following options m If you have already installed Visual Studio or Eclipse you can install either or both of these IDE plug ins when you install Workstation as follows m On Windows hosts when you complete the Workstation Installation wizard if you have Visual Studio or Eclipse already installed the virtual debuggers are installed by default If you do not want to install them you need to choose the Custom setup and deselect them m On Linux hosts during installation you are prompted to specify whether you want the debugger installed m Ifyou already have Workstation installed run the Workstation installer again m On Windows hosts choose Modify to install the virtual debuggers m On Linux hosts when prompted specify that you do want the debugger installed For information about installing and using the Workstation IDE plug ins see Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger on page 411 and Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger on page 423 VMware Inc 167 Workstation User s Manual Displaying the Virtual Machine as an Appliance 168 If you want a virtual machine to function as an appliance such as a Web server with a browser based interface set the virtual machine to display its appliance view when starting up rather than the ope
389. ntil the virtual machines are completely powered off and powered on again Rebooting the virtual machine is not sufficient Update VMware Tools to the latest version in the guest for the display resizing options to work Before you can use the Autofit Guest and Fit Guest Now options VMware Tools must be running All the restrictions on resizing that the X11 Windows system imposes on physical hosts apply to guests m You cannot resize to a mode that is not defined The VMware Tools configuration script will add a large number of mode lines but you will not get 1 pixel granularity as in Windows VMware Tools adds modelines in 100 pixel increments This means you cannot resize a guest larger than the largest mode defined in your X11 configuration file If you attempt to resize larger a black border will appear and the guest will stop growing m The X server always starts up in the largest resolution that is defined This cannot be avoided The XDM KDM GDM login screen will always appear at the largest size But both Gnome and KDE allow you to specify your preferred resolution so you can reduce the guest display size after you log in VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Considerations for Display Resizing in Solaris Guests For Solaris 10 guests the following considerations apply to display resizing m Update VMware Tools to version 6 0 or higher in the guest for the display resizing options to work m Before you can
390. nu 434 VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Setting Configuration Properties You can edit configuration properties for a specific configuration by choosing the configuration name from the Configuration drop down menu You can also edit configuration properties for all configurations by choosing All Configurations from the Configuration drop down menu The Default configuration initially includes the default values for all properties that have them Setting General Properties General properties include The command to be executed by Visual Studio in the guest operating system How the command is run as a path on the host in a shared folder or as a path on the guest The location of the Remote Debug Monitor on the host The name of the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest To set general properties 1 2 VMware Inc Choose VMware gt Options and select General in the left pane Set Command to the command to be executed by the debugger in the guest system Click Browse to select a path to the executable on the host file system The command directory is automatically shared between the host and the guest Set Run Command As to indicate how the debug command is run either as a host path through a shared folder or a guest path When a host path through a shared folder is selected the folder where the command is located is shared before the debugging session is started The com
391. nu bar choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 On the Hardware tab select Ethernet 4 Connect the two adapters as follows a Select the first network adapter in the list of devices and in the Network Connection section select Host only This adapter is connected to the default host only interface VMnet1 b Select the second network adapter in the list and in the Network Connection section select Custom and choose VMnet2 Host only from the drop down list If no network adapter is shown in the list of devices add one as described in Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 282 To finish configuring the adapters 1 Power on the virtual machine and install your guest operating system In configurations 1 and 2 you see one Ethernet adapter In configuration 3 you see two Ethernet adapters within the guest 2 Configure the Ethernet adapters as you would physical adapters on a physical computer giving each an IP address on the appropriate VMnet subnet To see what IP address a host only network is using m On Windows hosts open a command prompt and run ipconfig all m On Linux hosts open a terminal and run ifconfig VMware Inc 301 Workstation User s Manual Routing Between Two Host Only Networks If you are setting up a complex test network that uses virtual machines you might want to have two independent host only networks with a router between them Ther
392. o not need to install device specific drivers for your USB devices in the host operating system to use those devices only in the virtual machine NOTE Windows NT and Linux kernels older than 2 2 17 do not support USB On Windows XP guests be sure to install the latest service pack if you want to use USB 2 0 If you use Windows XP with no service packs the driver for the EHCI controller cannot be loaded On a Windows 2000 host computer with USB 2 0 support use the Microsoft USB 2 0 driver for the USB controller Third party USB 2 0 drivers such as those provided by some motherboard manufacturers are not supported For notes on replacing the third party drivers see Replacing USB 2 0 Drivers on a Windows 2000 Host on page 354 VMware has tested a variety of USB devices with this release If the guest operating system has appropriate drivers you should be able to use PDAs printers storage disk devices scanners MP3 players digital cameras and memory card readers Modems and certain streaming data devices such as speakers and webcams do not work properly unless you enable USB 2 0 support as described earlier in this section Enabling and Disabling the USB 2 0 Controller The virtual machine s USB ports are enabled by default although support for high speed USB 2 0 devices is not supported by default If you will not be using USB devices in a virtual machine you can disable or enable its USB controller using the vir
393. ode not interrupt mode For the debugger virtual machine make sure you have downloaded Debugging Tools for Windows Follow the steps for the client virtual machine in Connecting Two Virtual Machines on page 335 Power on both virtual machines Make sure the serial port is connected Choose choose VM gt Removable Devices If the serial port is not connected choose the virtual serial port and click Connect In the debugger virtual machine start debugging with WinDbg or KD normally Configuring Keyboard Features This section includes the following topics Enhanced Virtual Keyboard for Windows Hosts on page 341 Hot Keys on page 342 Specifying a Language Keymap for VNC Clients on page 343 Keyboard Mapping on a Linux Host on page 344 Enhanced Virtual Keyboard for Windows Hosts This feature provides better handling of international keyboards and keyboards with extra keys It also offers security improvements as it processes raw keyboard input as soon as possible bypassing Windows keystroke processing and any malware that s not already at a lower layer This feature is currently available for all 32 bit Windows guests except Windows Vista guests If you use this feature when you press Ctrl Alt Delete the guest system only rather than both guest and host will act on the command VMware Inc 341 Workstation User s Manual 342 To use the enhanced virtual keyboard on Windows hosts 1 S
394. ol on a Windows Host When you connect a device to a virtual machine it is unplugged from the host or from the virtual machine that previously had control of the device When you disconnect a device from a virtual machine it is plugged in to the host CAUTION On Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 hosts you need V to take a special step to disconnect USB network and storage devices from the host before connecting them to a virtual machine Use the appropriate system tray icon to disconnect the device from the host On Windows 2000 the icon is called Eject Hardware and on Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 it is called Safely Remove Hardware On Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 hosts when you connect a USB network or storage device to a virtual machine you might see a message on your host that says the device can be removed safely This is normal behavior and you can dismiss the dialog box However do not remove the device from your physical computer VMware Inc 355 Workstation User s Manual 356 Under some circumstances if a USB storage device is in use on the host for example one or more files stored on the device are open on the host an error appears in the virtual machine when you try to connect to the device You must let the host complete its operation or close any application connected to the device on the host and then connect to the device in the virtual machine aga
395. on halt or reboot 141 overview of 111 passing strings from the host 141 VMware Tools 144 VMware Tools update option 114 VMware user process in VMware Tools 113 vmware user starting manually 131 VMwere config pl file 50 vmware fullscreen log file 401 vmwtool 137 vmx file 110 vmxf file 110 VNC setting a keyboard map for 343 setting a virtual machine to act as a VNC server 182 v scan code defined 345 table of codes 347 Ww wav file 325 window autofit 163 fit 164 window size 163 165 Windows 32 bit guest operating systems 38 64 bit guest operating systems 39 uninstalling on Windows host 49 upgrading on Windows host 57 upgrading to Windows Vista 57 VMware Tools for 116 Windows 95 sound driver 325 Windows 98 sound driver 325 Windows NT SCSI driver for guest 358 sound driver 325 Windows Server 2003 SCSI driver for guest 358 VMware Inc Index Windows XP installing guest operating system 97 SCSI driver for guest 358 wizard Add New Hardware 180 New Team 255 New Virtual Machine 77 93 196 444 Workspace tab in preferences editor 80 workspaces location of 80 switching in Linux guest 342 Workstation checking for updates for 76 serial number for 47 starting 64 write caching 369 X X server and keyboard mapping 344 X toolkit options 404 xFree86 and keyboard mapping 344 Z zip drives disconnecting 356 on a parallel port 332 VMware Inc 465 Workstation User s Manual 466 VMwa
396. on the Hardware tab select Memory and specify the number m Inthe New Virtual Machine wizard Choose to create a custom configuration and when you come to the Memory for the Virtual Machine page specify the number VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning The typical configuration used by the New Virtual Machine wizard sets reasonable defaults for the memory based on the type of the guest operating system and the amount of memory in the host computer This value also appears in the virtual machine settings editor as the recommended memory value The virtual machine settings editor also shows a value for the maximum amount of memory for best performance If you have only one virtual machine running on the host and you set virtual machine memory to this value the virtual machine can run entirely in RAM A virtual machine running completely in RAM performs better than a virtual machine that must swap some of its memory to disk The actual memory size you should give to a virtual machine depends on a few considerations m The kinds of applications that will run in the virtual machine m Other virtual machines that will contend with this virtual machine for memory resources m Applications that will run on the host at the same time as the virtual machine NOTE You cannot allocate more than 2GB of memory to a virtual machine when the virtual machine s files are stored on a host file system that does not support files greater
397. only or NAT network the available IP addresses are split up using the conventions shown in Table 13 1 and Table 13 2 where lt net gt is the network number assigned to your host only or NAT network Workstation always uses a Class C address for host only and NAT networks Table 13 1 Address Use on a Host Only Network Range Address Use Example lt net gt 1 Host machine 192 168 0 1 lt net gt 2 lt net gt 127 Static addresses 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 127 lt net gt 128 lt net gt 253 DHCP assigned 192 168 0 128 192 168 0 253 lt net gt 254 DHCP server 192 168 0 254 lt net gt 255 Broadcasting 192 168 0 255 Table 13 2 Address Use on a NAT Network Range Address Use Example lt net gt 1 Host machine 192 168 0 1 lt net gt 2 NAT device 192 168 0 2 lt net gt 3 lt net gt 127 Static addresses 192 168 0 3 192 168 0 127 lt net gt 128 lt net gt 253 DHCP assigned 192 168 0 128 192 168 0 253 lt net gt 254 DHCP server 192 168 0 254 lt net gt 255 Broadcasting 192 168 0 255 Avoiding IP Packet Leakage in a Host Only Network By design each host only network should be confined to the host machine on which it is set up That is no packets sent by virtual machines on this network should leak out to a physical network attached to the host Packet leakage can occur only if a machine actively forwards packets It is possible for the host machine or any virtual machine running on the hos
398. ools Configuration Options on page 132 Customizations to VMware Tools on page 139 About VMware Tools VMware Tools is a suite of utilities that enhances the performance of the virtual machine s guest operating system and improves management of the virtual machine Installing VMware Tools in the guest operating system is vital Although the guest operating system can run without VMware Tools you lose important functionality and convenience VMware Inc 111 Workstation User s Manual 112 When you install VMware Tools you install VMware Tools service The program file is called VMwareService exe on Windows guests and vmware guestd on Linux FreeBSD and Solaris guests This service performs various duties within the guest operating system Passes messages from the host operating system to the guest operating system Executes commands in the operating system to cleanly shut down or restart a Linux FreeBSD or Solaris system when you select power operations in Workstation Sends a heartbeat to a VMware Server if you use the virtual machine with VMware Server On Windows guests grabs and releases the mouse cursor On Windows guests fits the guest s screen resolution to the host s and vice versa Synchronizes the time in the guest operating system with the time in the host operating system Runs scripts that help automate guest operating system operations The scripts run when the virtual machine
399. ools ina NetWare Guest Operating System In a NetWare virtual machine using the system console you can configure certain virtual machine options such as time synchronization CPU idling and device configuration with VMware Tools The VMware Tools command line program is called vmwtool To see the options associated with this command at the system console enter vmwtool help To enter vmwtool commands in the system console use the following format vmwtool lt command gt where lt command gt is one of the commands listed in Table 6 3 VMware Inc 137 Workstation User s Manual Table 6 3 VMware Tools Commands for Netware Guests vmwtool Command help Definition Displays a summary of VMware Tools commands and options in a NetWare guest partitonlist Displays a list of all disk partitions in the virtual disk and whether or not a partition can be shrunk shrink lt partition gt Shrinks the listed partitions If no partitions are specified all partitions in the virtual disk are shrunk The status of the shrink process appears at the bottom of the system console devicelist Lists each removable device in the virtual machine its device ID and whether the device is enabled or disabled Removable devices include the virtual network adapter CD ROM and floppy drives disabledevice lt device name gt Disables the specified device or devices in the virtual machine If no device is specifie
400. ools xautostart conf file The vmware guestd program looks in the xautostart conf file and if any application listed there is running vmware guestd tries to run vmware user If none of the applications listed in the file is running in X find an application on your system that runs only when you are logged in to your X session and add it to the list Add vmware user to the appropriate X startup script The vmware user program is located in the directory where you selected to install binary programs which defaults to usr bin Which startup script you need to modify depends on your particular system If you find that some features such as copy and paste or drag and drop do not work use the other strategy of adding an X application name to the etc vmware tools xautostart conf file 131 Workstation User s Manual Uninstalling VMware Tools or Changing Which Modules Are Installed This section includes procedures for removing VMware Tools from a UNIX guest operating system and a Windows guest To uninstall VMware Tools m Ona Windows guest use the guest operating system s Add Remove Programs item to remove VMware Tools m Ona UNIX guest log on as root su and enter the appropriate command m From a tar install use the following command vmware uninstall tools pl m From an RPM install use the following command rpm e VMwareTools To repair or modify VMware Tools on a Windows guest 1 In Workstation select the virtu
401. oose a reasonable screen resolution for the guest A user is likely to find it easier to increase the resolution manually than to deal with a display that exceeds the user s physical screen size Some host operating systems do not support CD ROMs in non legacy mode To ensure that CD ROMs work properly in virtual machines that you intend to be distributed and played on VMware Player configure CD ROM devices in legacy mode For more information see Legacy Emulation for DVD and CD Drives on page 212 Make an appropriate setting in VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshots gt When powering off Set this option to Just power off or Revert to snapshot VMware Player does not allow taking snapshots The option Revert to snapshot is useful if you want to distribute a demo that resets itself to a clean state when powered off VMware Inc Using Disks This chapter provides information on configuring your virtual machine s hard disk storage so it best meets your needs This chapter includes the following topics Overview of Disk Storage in a Virtual Machine on page 195 Maintenance Tasks for Virtual Disks on page 199 Adding Virtual and Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine on page 202 Using VMware Virtual Disk Manager on page 214 Using Dual Boot Computers with Virtual Machines on page 220 Legacy Virtual Disks on page 220 To map an existing virtual disk drive to a Windows host machine rather than addin
402. options 283 custom networking 441 DHCP 289 DHCP server 273 dial up connection 293 dynamic domain name service 297 hardware address 294 host virtual network mapping 284 285 host only 277 443 host only subnet 289 identity clone 249 IP forwarding 293 IP packet leaks 291 293 locking out access to settings 389 MAC address 294 NAT 276 304 443 NAT as firewall 312 NAT subnet 289 overview of virtual network options 272 packet filtering 293 promiscuous mode on a Linux host 303 routing between two host only networks 302 Samba 316 second bridged network on a Linux host 297 switch 273 token ring 276 two host only networks 298 virtual DHCP server 277 278 virtual Ethernet adapter 274 virtual network editor 283 287 290 448 virtual switch 273 virtualizing ina team 254 network address translation See NAT New Virtual Machine Wizard 195 New Virtual Machine wizard 77 93 444 VMware Inc NFS ports 308 Novell NetWare supported guest operating systems 40 VMware Tools for 130 Novell Open Enterprise Server supported guest operating systems 40 NVRAM 108 O Open Enterprise Server 40 operating system 32 bit Windows host 31 64 bit Windows host 32 FreeBSD 32 bit guest 40 FreeBSD 64 bit guest 40 guest 442 host defined 443 installing guest 95 Linux 32 bit guest 39 Linux 32 bit host 32 Linux 64 bit guest 39 Linux 64 bit host 34 MS DOS guest 39 Solaris 32 bit guest 40 Solaris 64
403. or 30 41 AMD Turion 64 processor 30 AMD Turion processor 41 appliance view for virtual machines 168 assign IP address 289 network port number in NAT 311 VMware Inc Athlon 64 processor 30 41 attaching to a process for debugging 422 439 audio 37 325 AudioPCl 325 autofit 163 automatic bridging 283 B background running virtual machines in 24 84 241 bandwidth controlling in team networks 254 LAN segment 268 battery information reporting in guest 158 BIOS file in virtual machine 108 provided in virtual machine 35 bmp files for screen captures 181 bridged networking configuring options 283 defined 441 browser and appliance views 168 configuring on Linux host 49 BSD supported 32 bit guest operating systems 40 supported 64 bit guest operating systems 40 BT KT 958 drivers 91 BusLogic 36 91 357 364 449 Workstation User s Manual 450 Cc capacity disk 196 209 capture screenshot 181 snapshot of virtual machine 225 virtual machine activity 237 CD adding drive to virtual machine 211 CD ROM image file 36 cfg file 110 change team name 257 virtual machine name 76 Change Version wizard 60 changing the JVM path 418 clock real time on Linux host 49 synchronize guest and host 134 clone creating clone in New Team wizard 255 260 creating in Clone Virtual Machine wizard 247 enable template mode 251 full 246 full clone of linked clone 249 full clones and snapshots 247 IP address
404. or Windows Server 2003 host computer log on as local administrator that is do not log on to the domain unless your domain account is also a local administrator Although an administrator must install Workstation on Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 a normal user without administrative privileges can run the program after it is installed NOTE You need one license for each user 2 From the Start menu choose Run and specify the path to either the CD ROM drive or the downloaded installer file m If you are installing from a CD enter D setup exe where D is the drive letter for your CD ROM drive m Ifyou are installing from a downloaded file browse to the directory where you saved the downloaded installer file and run the installer The filename is similar to VMware workstation lt xxxx Xxxx gt exe where lt XXXX XXXX gt is a series of numbers representing the version and build numbers On Windows Vista when the User Account Control dialog box appears prompting you for permission to run the installer click Continue NOTE Ifyou have an earlier version of Workstation installed on your system the installer removes that version before installing the new version After the uninstallation is complete you might be prompted to restart your computer before the installer can install the new version 3 When the wizard opens and finishes computing space requirements click Next to dismiss the Welcome page
405. or application execution and debugging in virtual machines m Start an application debugging session in a virtual machine VMware Inc 423 Workstation User s Manual 424 m Start an application in a virtual machine without debugging m Start a debugging session that attaches to a process already running in a virtual machine You can manage configuration settings for each virtual machine in which you want to execute and debug applications Virtual machine configuration properties which you set in the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger configuration pages determine which virtual machine to run the application in and how the application is executed Once configured the integrated virtual debugger finds the virtual machine powers it on if necessary sets up the environment based on your configuration settings and starts or attaches to the application For information on installation and other requirements for the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger see Setting Up the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment on page 426 For information on how to manage virtual machine configurations see Managing Virtual Machine Configurations on page 433 For information on running and debugging applications in virtual machines see Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines on page 438 Configuration Options When Starting an Application in a Virtual Machine To configure how to start
406. or the Remote Debug Monitor on the guest The default name is VMDebug NOTE If a Remote Debug Monitor is already running on the guest you can start another one with a different name or use one that is already running 5 Choose the process you want to attach to from the list of available processes and click Attach If you want to refresh the list of running processes click Refresh 440 VMware Inc Glossary A administrative lockout A global setting providing password protection for Windows hosts Administrative lockout restricts users from creating new virtual machines editing virtual machine configurations and changing network settings B bridged networking A type of network connection between a virtual machine and the rest of the world Under bridged networking a virtual machine appears as an additional computer on the same physical Ethernet network as the host See also host only networking Cc clone A duplicate copy of a virtual machine See also full clone linked clone Clone Virtual Machine wizard A point and click interface for convenient easy duplication of a virtual machine within VMware Workstation See also full clone linked clone configuration See virtual machine configuration file custom networking Any type of network connection between virtual machines and the host that does not use the default bridged host only or network address translation NAT networking configurations For instance diffe
407. order in which virtual machines are resumed and the time Workstation delays after each team member is resumed before resuming the next team member See Setting the Startup Sequence for a Team on page 261 If you attempt to close Workstation while a team suspend or resume operation is still in progress a warning dialog box appears To suspend or resume a team 1 Select the team either from the Favorites list or by clicking the summary tab for the team 2 Do one of the following Inthe Workstation toolbar click the Suspend button or the Resume button as appropriate m From the Workstation menu bar choose one of the Team gt Power options All team virtual machines start suspending simultaneously A progress indicator appears for each team member To see the progress of a particular team member choose Team gt Switch To gt lt virtual machine name gt The time to complete the operation varies with the size of the virtual machines VMware Inc 263 Workstation User s Manual Power Operations for Individual Members of a Team Performing a power operation for one member of a team is similar to performing the operation for a virtual machine that is not part of the team except that instead of selecting the machine from the Favorites list you select it from the team s console To perform power operations for a single virtual machine in a team 1 Select the virtual machine from the team s console 2 Do one of the fol
408. ores the state of a snapshot VMSS lt vmname gt vmss The suspended state file which stores the state of a suspended virtual machine Some earlier VMware products used the extension Std for suspended state files vmtm lt vmname gt vmtm The configuration file containing team data VMware Inc 109 Workstation User s Manual Table 5 1 Virtual Machine Files Continued Extension File Name vmx lt vmname gt vmx Description The primary configuration file which stores settings chosen in the New Virtual Machine wizard or virtual machine settings editor If you created the virtual machine under an earlier version of VMware Workstation on a Linux host this file might have a Cfg extension vmxf lt vmname gt vmxf A supplemental configuration file for virtual machines that are in a team Note that the vmxf file remains if a virtual machine is removed from the team There can be other files in the directory some of which are present only while a virtual machine is running For example see Lock Files on page 196 110 VMware Inc Installing and Using VMware Tools This chapter discusses how to install upgrade and run VMware Tools This chapter contains the following sections About VMware Tools on page 111 Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Uninstalling VMware Tools or Changing Which Modules Are Installed on page 132 VMware T
409. orkstation User s Manual 418 Using Application Configurations to Start Applications in a Virtual Machine This section describes the virtual machine settings you can configure to start an application in a virtual machine To create duplicate or edit a launch configuration to start an application ina virtual machine 1 Choose Run gt Debug The Debug page is displayed You can create manage and run configurations from this page You can create a launch configuration based on default settings or based on another configuration You can also edit an existing configuration Do one of the following m Create a configuration based on default settings by selecting VMware execute Java application in the left pane and clicking the New launch configuration icon at the top of the pane m Create a configuration based on another configuration by selecting the configuration you want to duplicate under VMware execute Java application in the left pane and clicking the Duplicates the currently selected configuration icon at the top of the pane m Edit an existing configuration by selecting the configuration you want to edit under VMware execute Java application in the left pane Perform the remaining steps in the VMware tab of the right pane Choose a virtual machine from the drop down menu of recently used and currently running virtual machines Click Browse to select from vmx files on the system Optional If you want to use
410. ort converting Windows Vista images 100 VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine m VMware virtual machines vmx and vmtn files Workstation 4 x 5 x and 6 x VMware Player 1 x and 2 x ESX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 5 x if the virtual machine is managed with VirtualCenter 2 x GSX Server 3 x VMware Server 1 x VirtualCenter 2 x Virtual machines must be powered off before you attempt the migration process Suspended virtual machines cannot be migrated m Other virtual machines and system images StorageCraft images spf files Microsoft Virtual PC 7 x and higher vmc files Any version of Microsoft Virtual Server vmc files Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery formerly LiveState Recovery Sv2i files m Norton Ghost images 9 x and higher sv2i files The operating system on the source Microsoft Virtual PC or Virtual Server virtual machine must be a Windows guest operating system but not Windows 9x supported by the intended VMware platform for example Workstation 4 5 or 6 See the VMware Web site for a list of supported operating systems www vmware com support guestnotes doc index html NOTE Virtual machines from Macintosh versions of Virtual PC are not supported Required Information When Importing from Various Source Types This section details some considerations you need to take into account and decisions you need to make before you use the Converter Import wizard W
411. orts Microsoft virtual machines and Symantec Backup Exec System Recovery disk formats VMware Tools A suite of utilities and drivers that enhances the performance and functionality of your guest operating system Key features of VMware Tools include some or all of the following depending on your guest operating system an SVGA driver a mouse driver the VMware Tools control panel and support for such features as shared folders drag and drop shrinking virtual disks time synchronization with the host VMware Tools scripts and connecting and disconnecting devices while the virtual machine is running See also drag and drop shared folder You Are Here icon A special icon appearing in the snapshot manager that indicates the current status of the active virtual machine This can be important when deciding whether to revert to or go to a snapshot See also snapshot manager revert to snapshot Go to Snapshot command VMware Inc Index Numerics 3D support 320 A About tab VMware Tools 137 VMware Workstation 47 ACPI 401 ACPI S1 sleep feature 401 adapter host virtual adapters 287 in promiscuous mode on a Linux host 303 virtual Ethernet 282 address assigning IP 291 assigning MAC manually 295 IP in virtual machine 90 IP on virtual network 289 MAC 294 network address translation 304 using DHCP to assign 289 administrative lockout 389 AMD Athlon 64 processor 30 41 AMD Opteron processor 30 41 AMD Sempron process
412. ost Only Network on page 291 Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine on page 294 Controlling Routing Information for a Host Only Network on Linux on page 295 Potential Issues with Host Only Networking on Linux on page 296 Setting Up a Second Bridged Network Interface on a Linux Host on page 297 Setting Up Two Separate Host Only Networks on page 298 Routing Between Two Host Only Networks on page 302 Using Virtual Ethernet Adapters in Promiscuous Mode on a Linux Host on page 303 Selecting IP Addresses on a Host Only Network or NAT Configuration The host and all virtual machines configured for host only networking are connected to the network through a virtual switch Typically all the parties on this network use the TCP IP protocol suite although other communication protocols can be used A network address translation NAT configuration also sets up a kind of private network which must be a TCP IP network The virtual machines configured for NAT are connected to that network through a virtual switch The host computer is also connected to the private network used for NAT by a host virtual adapter Each virtual machine and the host must be assigned addresses on the private network This is typically done using the DHCP server that comes with Workstation This server does not service virtual or physical machines residing on bridged networks Addresses can also be assigned
413. ost and a Windows Linux or Solaris guest See Using Copy and Paste on page 170 Copy and paste files not just text between a Windows or Linux host and a Windows Linux or Solaris guest See Using Copy and Paste on page 170 On Linux hosts and guests many improvements have been made to performance permissions handling and share mounting as described in Shared Folders on Linux Guests Permissions and Folder Mounting on page 176 Host System Requirements Like physical computers the virtual machines running under Workstation perform better if they have faster processors and more memory PC Hardware VMware Inc Standard x86 compatible or x86 64 compatible personal computer 733MHz or faster CPU minimum Compatible processors include m Intel Celeron Pentium II Pentium III Pentium 4 Pentium M including computers with Centrino mobile technology Xeon including Prestonia and Core 2 processors 29 Workstation User s Manual AMD Athlon Athlon MP Athlon XP Athlon 64 Duron Opteron Turion 64 AMD Sempron For additional information including notes on processors that are not compatible see the VMware knowledge base at www vmware com support kb enduser std_adp php p_faqid 967 m Multiprocessor systems supported m 64 bit systems supported AMD Opteron AMD Athlon 64 AMD Turion 64 AMD Sempron Intel EM64T Support for 64 bit guest operating systems is available only on the following ver
414. ot 4 is the parent of the You Are Here position and therefore the parent of the virtual machine lo Snapshot 4 What to Use Snapshots For The topics in this section describe strategies for using snapshots Use Snapshots as Protection from Risky Changes If you plan to make risky changes in a virtual machine for example testing new software or examining a virus take a snapshot before you begin If you encounter a problem you can restore the virtual machine to the state preserved in that snapshot If your risky actions cause no problems you can take another snapshot of the virtual machine in its new state Snapshots can minimize lost work if something goes wrong With multiple snapshots of saved positions you can return at any time to any important position when you discover a problem Start a Virtual Machine Repeatedly in the Same State You can configure the virtual machine to revert to a snapshot any time it is powered off You might use this feature for example when setting up student virtual machines to power on for each new class at the beginning of the lesson discarding the previous student s work See Reverting at Power Off on page 235 for the procedure Automatically Record Milestone Status You can configure a virtual machine to take a snapshot any time it is powered off preserving a virtual audit trail as work progresses See Snapshot Options When You Power Off a Virtual Machine on page 236 for config
415. ot running and that no virtual machines are running in the background 3 Upgrade the host operating system to Windows Vista as described in the Microsoft documentation 4 Start Workstation and power on a virtual machine Upgrading on a Linux Host 58 You can upgrade from Workstation version 4 or 5 to version 6 by running the VMware Workstation 6 installation program as described in Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation on page 43 Make sure that you have a Workstation 6 serial number before you start You will be prompted to enter the serial number after installation is complete when you first attempt to start Workstation 6 NOTE Starting with Workstation 5 Samba is no longer automatically configured when you run vmware config plL VMware Inc Chapter 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation If you used the tar installer to install Workstation version 4 or 5 and you plan to use the tar installer for version 6 you do not need to uninstall the older version Similarly if you used the RMP installer to install version 4 or 5 and you plan to use the RMP installer for version 6 you do not need to uninstall the older version If you used a tar installer to install version 4 or 5 and you want to use the RPM installer for version 6 or the reverse you do not need to uninstall the older version Using Workstation 4 or 5 Virtual Machines in Workstation 6 Use either of these approaches m Using an Older Version Virtua
416. other kind of computer it uses key code mapping only with local X servers This approach might have undesirable effects This and other behavior related to key code mapping can be controlled by powering off the virtual machine closing the VMware Workstation window and using a text editor to VMware Inc 345 Workstation User s Manual 346 add configuration settings to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file Following are some configuration settings you might want to use m xkeymap usekeycodeMapIfXFree86 TRUE Use key code mapping if you are using an XFree86 server even if it is remote m xkeymap usekeycodeMap TRUE Always use key code mapping regardless of server type m xkeymap nokeycodeMap TRUE Never use key code mapping m xkeymap keycode lt code gt lt v scan code gt If you are using key code mapping map key code lt code gt to lt v scan code gt In this example lt code gt must be a decimal number and lt v scan code gt should bea C syntax hexadecimal number for example 0x001 The easiest way to find the X key code for a key is to run xev or xmodmap pk Most of the v scan codes are covered in V Scan Code Table on page 347 The keysym mapping tables described in this section are also helpful Use this feature to make small modifications to the mapping For example to swap left Ctrl and Caps Lock use the following lines xkeymap keycode 64 xkeymap keycode 37 QxO1d X Ca
417. ou must log in to the guest system manually before you can run the application For additional information see Configuring User Accounts on page 429 The application is started in the virtual machine Attaching the Debugger to a Process Running in a Virtual Machine You can debug an application that is already running in a virtual machine To attach the debugger to a running process 1 VMware Inc Choose VMware gt Attach to Process The Attach to Process page is displayed Choose the virtual machine on which to view running processes from the Running Virtual Machines drop down menu Only virtual machines that are powered on appear in the drop down menu Set Remote Debug Monitor to the location of the Remote Debug Monitor on the host The default is the Visual Studio installed path typically Program Files Microsoft Visual Studio 8 Common7 IDE Remote Debugger x86 msvsmon exe Use the default remote debug monitor if you are debugging a 32 bit process in a 32 bit virtual machine If you want to debug a 32 bit process in a 64 bit virtual machine use the Remote Debug Monitor Program Files x86 Microsoft Visual Studio 8 Common7 IDE Remote Debugger x86 msvsmon exe If you want to debug a 64 bit process in a 64 bit virtual machine use the 64 bit Remote Debug Monitor Program Files Microsoft Visual Studio 8 Common7 IDE Remote Debugger x64 msvsmon exe 439 Workstation User s Manual 4 Type a name f
418. ou want to make before running the wizard VMware Inc 87 Workstation User s Manual 88 Typical Versus Custom Configurations As with many types of installation wizards the New Virtual Machine wizard prompts you to choose between doing a typical or custom installation If you select Typical the wizard prompts you to specify or accept defaults for the following choices The guest operating system For information see Guest Operating System Selection on page 89 The virtual machine name and the location of the virtual machine s files For information see Virtual Machine Location on page 89 The network connection type For information see Network Connection Type on page 90 Whether to allocate all the space for a virtual disk at the time you create it For information see Disk Capacity on page 92 Whether to split a virtual disk into 2GB files For information see Disk Capacity on page 92 You are not prompted to specify the virtual machine version The virtual machine version Workstation 4 5 or 6 is assumed to be the one specified in the preferences editor from the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Preferences and see the setting for Default hardware compatibility Many circumstances can cause you to select a custom installation Select Custom if you want to Make a different version of virtual machine than what is specified in the preferences editor from the Workstation menu bar
419. our problems by submitting a support request at www vmware com requestsupport VMware Education Services VMware courses offer extensive hands on labs case study examples and course materials designed to be used as on the job reference tools For more information about VMware Education Services go to http mylearn1 vmware com mgrreg index cfm 18 VMware Inc Introduction and System Requirements This chapter provides an introduction to Workstation and describes the system requirements for operating Workstation This chapter contains the following topics Product Benefits on page 19 Overview of This Manual on page 20 About the Host and Guest Computers on page 21 What s New in Version 6 on page 21 Host System Requirements on page 29 Virtual Machine Specifications on page 35 Supported Guest Operating Systems on page 38 Product Benefits Workstation is desktop software that allows you to run multiple x86 compatible desktop and server operating systems simultaneously on a single PC in fully networked portable virtual machines with no rebooting or hard drive partitioning required With Workstation you spend less time procuring and configuring and more time testing deploying teaching or running demos Over three million software development quality assurance training sales and IT professionals worldwide find Workstation an indispensable tool To streamline software develop
420. ouse cursor when the SVGA driver is not installed m On Linux and Solaris guests fits the guest s screen resolution to the host s NOTE The VMware Tools user process is not installed on NetWare operating systems Instead the vmwtool program is installed It controls the grabbing and releasing of the mouse cursor It also allows you copy and paste text You cannot drag and drop or copy and paste files between hosts and NetWare guest operating systems VMware Tools control panel The Tools control panel lets you modify settings shrink virtual disks and connect and disconnect virtual devices Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools This section describes how to install or upgrade VMware Tools in the guest operating system The installers for VMware Tools for Windows Linux FreeBSD Solaris and NetWare guest operating systems are installed with VMware Workstation as ISO image files When you choose VM gt Install VMware Tools from the VMware Workstation menu bar Workstation temporarily connects the virtual machine s first virtual CD ROM drive to the correct ISO image file for the guest operating system You are ready to begin the installation process You can use this menu command to either install or upgrade VMware Tools On Windows and Linux guests you can also set VMware Tools to perform automatic updates as described in the next section Upgrading VMware Tools on page 114 VMware Inc 113 Workstation User s
421. ower than usual And in some cases these adapters interact with the host computer s networking configuration in undesirable ways To enable or disable a host virtual adapter on a Windows host 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Host Virtual Adapters tab 3 Select the adapter you want to enable or disable 4 Click Disable or Enable as appropriate 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor To add or remove a host virtual adapter on a Windows host 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Host Virtual Adapters tab 3 To add an adapter do the following a Click Add b Inthe Add Network Adapter dialog box choose the virtual network on which you want to use the adapter and click OK 4 To remove an adapter select the adapter you want to remove and click Remove 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor VMware Inc 287 Workstation User s Manual To remove a host virtual adapter from a Linux host 1 288 In a terminal window become root su and run the Workstation configuration program vmware config pL Respond to the following question Do you want networking for your Virtual Machines yes no help yes Enter yes if you still want to use any networking in your virtual machines and continue to the next question Otherwise enter no to remove all networking
422. p Display 2 monitors Recommended memory 256 MB Processors 1 amp Maximum recommended memory 1740 MB Memory swapping may occur beyond this size Cancel Help When you select an item in the hardware list the options that correspond to the item are displayed on the right side of the dialog box For example in Figure 4 8 memory options are displayed because the Memory item is selected Topics and chapters related to each of the virtual devices in the Hardware list are provided later in this manual To display online help for an item you select in the Hardware list click the Help button Options Tab The Options tab lets you adjust characteristics of the selected virtual machine m Many options control interactions between the host and the guest operating system such as how folders can be shared how files are transferred and what happens to a guest operating system when you exit Workstation m Some options let you override similar Preferences dialog box options which are global preferences set for all virtual machines For example you can use the Advanced option to override the process priorities set on the Priority tab in the Preferences dialog box VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics m Some options let you change settings you might initially make when running the New Virtual Machine wizard to create a virtual machine For example you can use the General options to change the name of t
423. p Options for Workstation and Virtual Machines 403 Using Startup Options in a Windows Shortcut 405 Command Line Application for Operating Virtual Machines 405 Examples for vmrun 409 12 VMware Inc Contents B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger 411 Overview of the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger 411 Setting Up the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment 413 Host System Requirements 413 Eclipse Requirements 415 Virtual Machine Requirements 415 Managing Virtual Machine Launch Configurations 417 Using Application Configurations to Start Applications in a Virtual Machine 418 Using Application Configurations to Attach to Applications Running in a Virtual Machine 420 Deleting Configurations 421 Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines 421 Starting an Application Debugging Session in a Virtual Machine 421 Starting an Application in a Virtual Machine Without Debugging 422 Attaching the Debugger to an Application Running in a Virtual Machine 422 C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger 423 Overview of the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger 423 Configuration Options When Starting an Application ina Virtual Machine 424 Configuration Options When Attaching to a Process Running in a Virtual Machine 425 Setting Up the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment 426 Microsoft Visual Studio Requirements and Recommendations 427 Host System Requirements 428 Virtual Machine Requ
424. plete the wizard or Properties dialog box m Name Name that appears inside the virtual machine m Host folder Path on the host to the directory that you want to share m Enabled or Enable this share You might want to add a folder to the list without enabling itimmediately In this case deselect this option to disable the shared folder without deleting it from the virtual machine configuration You can then enable the folder at any time by selecting the check box next to its name in the list You can alternatively select its name in the list click Properties and enable the folder in the Properties dialog box m Read only Select this option to prevent the virtual machine from changing the contents of the shared folder in the host file system Access to files in the shared folder is also governed by permission settings on the host computer To change these properties use the Properties dialog box On Windows after you select Shared Folders on the Options tab click Properties After the shared folder is created on the Shared Folders settings panel use one of the check boxes in the Folder Sharing section to enable shared folders for this virtual machine Select Enabled until next power off or suspend if you want to enable folder sharing temporarily until you shut down suspend or restart the virtual machine You need to select either this option or Always enabled if you want to enable or disable specific folders in the Fold
425. plies only to local user accounts not to domain user accounts For information on how to disable blank password restrictions see http support microsoft com id 303846 VMware Inc 429 Workstation User s Manual 430 Suppressing Security Prompts Running an application from a network share triggers a security prompt every time the file is accessed VMware recommends that you turn off security prompts on the guest operating system To turn off security prompts on the guest system 1 In Internet Explorer choose Tools gt Internet Options gt Security gt Local Intranet and click Sites 2 Click Advanced and add anew Web site file host Alternatively you can edit the registry key directly To turn off security prompts by editing the registry key 1 Open the registry 2 Add anew key host under HKCU Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion InternetSettings ZoneMap Domains 3 Inthe host key create anew DWORD Value called file and set its value to 1 Installing the Microsoft NET Framework to Support Managed Applications To debug managed C C and Visual Basic applications which use the Common Language Runtime you must install the Microsoft NET Framework version 2 0 or higher on the guest operating system Using Unique Virtual Machine Computer Names Verify that the computer names are unique on all virtual machines otherwise the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger cannot find the appropriate virtual
426. posed to interrupt mode Polled mode causes the virtual machine to consume a disproportionate share of CPU time which can cause the host and other guests run sluggishly The following procedure describes how to set an option to force the affected virtual machine to yield processor time if the only task it is trying to do is poll the virtual serial port To improve the performance of applications on the Windows host 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered off or powered on 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 On the Hardware tab select Serial Port 4 Windows hosts only In the I O mode section select Yield CPU on poll and click OK Changing the Input Speed of the Serial Connection This option increases the speed of your serial connection over a pipe to the virtual machine In principle there is no limit on the output speed which is the speed at which the virtual machine sends data through the virtual serial port In practice the output speed depends on how fast the application at the other end of the pipe reads data inbound to it VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices To change the input speed of the serial connection 1 Use the guest operating system to configure the serial port for the highest setting supported by the application you are running in the virtual machine 2 Power off the virtual machine and close the Workstation window
427. potential for problems is greatest if the virtual machine is communicating with another computer especially in a production environment Consider a case in which you take a snapshot while the virtual machine is downloading a file from a server on the network After you take the snapshot the virtual machine continues downloading the file communicating its progress to the server If you revert to the snapshot communications between the virtual machine and the server are confused and the file transfer fails Or consider a case in which you take a snapshot while an application in the virtual machine is sending a transaction to a database on a separate machine If you revert to that snapshot after the transaction starts but before it has been committed the database is likely to be confused VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Considerations for Workstation 4 Virtual Machines For virtual machines that were created with Workstation 4 and that have multiple disks in different modes the following exceptions apply m Snapshots and older virtual machines You must upgrade a Workstation 4 virtual machine before taking a snapshot See Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 For more information about using Workstation 6 with virtual machines and snapshots created under Workstation version 4 see Snapshots and Workstation 4 Virtual Machines on page 237 m Snapshots and multiple disks in d
428. pport including Support and Subscription will be provided by VMware for VMware Player For self help resources see the VMware Player FAQ at www vmware com products player faqs html Also check the VMware Player Discussion Forum on the VMware VMTN Web site at www vmware com community forum jspa forumID 123 The forum is a site where VMTN members exchange information questions and comments with each other regarding VMware products services and product support issues Running VMware Player VMware Player is included in the Workstation distribution When you install Workstation the application file vmp Layer exe Windows or vmp Layer Linux is stored with the rest of your Workstation program files For instructions on using and configuring VMware Player see the online help provided in VMware Player from the VMware Player menu bar choose VMware Player gt Help VMware Inc Chapter 8 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines To run VMware Player 1 Open VMware Player either from the graphical user interface GUI or from the command line m From the GUI on Windows select VMware Player from the Start gt Programs gt VMware menu In a Linux X session select VMware Player from the corresponding program menu such as the System Tools menu m From the command line open a command prompt and enter one of the following commands m On Windows lt path gt vmpLayer exe where lt path gt is the appropriate path on your system
429. properties of the emulated LAN segment link Name Name of the LAN segment To change the name type a new name in the Name field Bandwidth Drop down menu of bandwidths for typical network links To change the bandwidth choose another connection type from the drop down menu Kbps Set a custom bandwidth Changes here are overwritten when you make a selection from the Bandwidth menu To change the bandwidth type a number into the field Packet Loss A specification of the efficiency or faultiness of the link measured in the percentage of packets lost from the total number of packets transmitted To change the packet loss setting type a number into the field Click OK to save your changes NoTE LAN settings changes are ignored by virtual machines that are currently running Changes to LAN settings become active for a given virtual machine only after that virtual machine is powered on reset or resumed Deleting a LAN Segment Deleting a LAN segment disconnects all virtual Ethernet adapters that are configured for that LAN segment When you remove a virtual machine from a team you must manually configure its disconnected virtual Ethernet adapter if you want to reconnect the virtual machine to a network To delete a LAN segment from a team 1 Select the team either from the Favorites list or by clicking the summary tab for the team From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Settings and click the LAN S
430. proved performance if you enable paravirtual support in the virtual machine VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning NOTE Use the following procedure to get and enable a paravirtualized kernel To use paravirtualized kernels 1 To get a VMI enabled kernel download the CD image of Ubuntu 7 04 Feisty or later from http www ubuntu com getubuntu download Use the standard image for 32 bit Intel x86 computers VMI is currently 32 bit only 2 Use Workstation s New Virtual Machine wizard to create a Workstation 6 virtual machine with the guest operating system type Ubuntu For step by step instructions see Using the New Virtual Machine Wizard on page 92 Make sure the hardware version is Workstation 6 3 After you finish creating the virtual machine enable paravirtual kernel support as follows a From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens b On the Options tab click Advanced and in the Settings section select the check box called Enable VMware paravirtual kernel support Do not close the virtual machine settings editor yet 4 Set the virtual machine to use the ISO image you downloaded in step 1 a On the Hardware tab select CD ROM and in the Connection section select Use ISO image b Browse to and select the ISO image you downloaded in step 1 c Click OK to save your settings and close the virtual machine settings editor 5 Power on the virtual m
431. ps_Lock gt VM left ctrl Qx03a X Control_L gt VM caps lock These configuration lines can be added to your personal Workstation configuration vmware config or even to the host wide etc vmware config or installation wide usually usr 1Lib vmware config configuration Configuring How Keysyms Are Mapped When key code mapping cannot be used or is disabled Workstation maps keysyms to v scan codes It does this using one of the tables in the xkeymap directory in the Workstation installation usually usr 1ib vmware Which table you should use depends on the keyboard layout The normal distribution includes tables for PC keyboards for the United States and a number of European countries and languages And for most of these there are both the 101 key or 102 key and the 104 key or 105 key variants Workstation automatically determines which table to use by examining the current X keymap However its decision making process can sometimes fail In addition each mapping is fixed and might not be completely correct for any given keyboard and X key code to keysym mapping For example a user might have swapped Ctrl and Caps VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Lock using xmodmap This means the keys are swapped in the virtual machine when using a remote server keysym mapping but are unswapped when using a local server key code mapping Therefore keysym mapping is necessarily imperfect To make up for this de
432. r In a Linux or Solaris virtual machine shared folders appear under a specified mount point snapshot A snapshot preserves the virtual machine just as it was when you took that snapshot This includes whether the virtual machine was powered on powered off or suspended If the virtual hard disks are not set to independent mode a snapshot also includes the state of the data on all the virtual machine s disks Workstation lets you take snapshots of a virtual machine at any time and revert to that snapshot at any time You can take a snapshot when a virtual machine is powered on powered off or suspended See also independent disk snapshot manager The snapshot manager is a window that allows you to take actions on any of the snapshots and recordings associated with the selected virtual machine See also record replay feature snapshot suspend Saves the current state of a running virtual machine To return a suspended virtual machine to operation you use the resume feature See also resume team A group of virtual machines that are configured to operate as one object You can power on power off and suspend a team with one command You can configure a team to communicate independently of any other virtual or real network by setting up a LAN segment See also LAN segment virtual network template A virtual machine that cannot be deleted or added to a team Setting a virtual machine as a template protects any linked clone or snapshots fro
433. r for a team you can also configure the sequence in which the members of a team power on and off See Setting the Startup Sequence for a Team on page 261 You can also use Workstation s command line application for team power operations See Chapter A Workstation Command Line Reference on page 403 Powering a Team On and Off When you power a team on or off the virtual machines in the team power on or off in the startup sequence specified in the team settings editor from the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Settings gt Virtual Machines See Setting the Startup Sequence for a Team on page 261 VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams To power a team on or off 1 Select the team either from the Favorites list or by clicking the summary tab for the team 2 Do one of the following m In the Workstation toolbar click the Power On button or the Power Off button as appropriate m From the Workstation menu bar choose one of the Team gt Power options When you power off a team the default settings for a virtual machine can cause the guest operating system to terminate abruptly For information about configuring your virtual machine to recognize the shut down guest command when you power off a team see Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 152 Suspending and Resuming a Team When you suspend a team all team virtual machines start suspending simultaneously The startup sequence determines the
434. r 13 Configuring a Virtual Network An alternative solution is to explicitly state the set of network interfaces that you want dhcpd to listen to each time you start the program For example if your machine has one Ethernet interface eth0 each time you start dhcpd list it on the command line dhcpd ethd This keeps dhcpd from probing for all available network interfaces If these solutions do not work for your DHCP server program it is probably an old DHCP server You can try upgrading to a more current version such as the DHCP software available from the ISC www isc org DHCP and Dynamic Domain Name Service DDNS Use DHCP to supply IP addresses as well as other information such as the identity of a host running a name server and the nearest router or gateway The DHCP server in Workstation does not provide a means to dynamically establish a relationship between the IP address it assigns and a client s name that is to update a DNS server using DDNS To use names to communicate with other virtual machines you must either edit the DHCP configuration file for VMnet1 etc vmware vmnet1 dhcpd dhcpd conf or use IP addresses that are statically bound to a host name Editing the DHCP server configuration file requires information that is best obtained directly from the DHCP server documentation Consult the manual pages dhcpd 8 and dhcpd conf 8 Also be aware that edits to this file are lost the next time you configure Workstation
435. r 13 Configuring a Virtual Network On a Windows host the software needed for all networking configurations is installed when you install Workstation On a Linux host when you install and configure Workstation you can choose whether to have bridged host only and NAT networking available to your virtual machines You must choose all options during configuration to make all networking configurations available for your virtual machines Components of the Virtual Network The following sections describe the devices that make up a virtual network Virtual Switch Like a physical switch a virtual switch lets you connect other networking components together Virtual switches are created as needed by Workstation up to a total of 10 virtual switches on Windows and 256 on Linux You can connect one or more virtual machines to a switch By default a few of the switches and the networks associated with them are used for special named configurations m The bridged network uses VMnet0 as described in Bridged Networking on page 274 m The host only network uses VMnet1 as described in Host Only Networking on page 277 m The NAT network uses VMnet8 as described in Network Address Translation NAT on page 276 The other available networks are named VMnet2 VMnet3 VMnet4 and so on To find out which type of network a virtual machine is using select the virtual machine and from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Sett
436. r all virtual machines Graphics VGA and SVGA support IDE Drives m Up to four devices disks CD ROM or DVD ROM DVD drives can be used to read data DVD ROM discs DVD video is not supported m Hard disks can be virtual disks or physical disks m IDE virtual disks up to 950GB m CD ROM can be a physical device or an ISO image file SCSI Devices m Up to 60 devices m SCSI virtual disks up to 950GB m Hard disks can be virtual disks or physical disks m Generic SCSI support allows devices to be used without need for drivers in the host operating system Works with scanners CD ROM DVD ROM tape drives and other SCSI devices m LSI Logic LSI53C10xx Ultra320 SCSI I O controller m Mylex BusLogic BT 958 compatible host bus adapter requires add on driver from VMware for Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Floppy Drives m Up to two 1 44MB floppy devices m Physical drives or floppy image files Serial COM Ports m Up to four serial COM ports Output to serial ports Windows or Linux files or named pipes 36 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements Parallel LPT Ports m Up to three bidirectional parallel LPT ports Output to parallel ports or host operating system files USB ports m USB 1 1 UHCI controller with a transparent virtual hub so that more than two devices can be connected m USB 2 0 EHCI controller that supports up to six devices You need use the virtual
437. r details see Using Shared Folders on page 171 Maintenance Tasks for Virtual Disks This section contains the following topics m Defragmenting Virtual Disks on page 199 m Shrinking Virtual Disks on page 200 Defragmenting Virtual Disks Like physical disk drives virtual disks can become fragmented Defragmenting disks rearranges files programs and unused space on the virtual disk so that programs run faster and files open more quickly Defragmenting does not reclaim unused space on a virtual disk To reclaim unused space shrink the disk NOTE The defragmentation process requires free working space on the host computer s disk If your virtual disk is contained in a single file for example you need free space equal to the size of the virtual disk file Other virtual disk configurations require less free space To defragment a virtual disk 1 Runa disk defragmentation utility inside the guest operating system For example in a virtual machine with a Windows XP guest operating system use the Windows XP Disk Defragmenter tool from within the virtual machine 2 Defragment the virtual disk by using the Workstation defragmentation tool a Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off b Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens VMware Inc 199 Workstation User s Manual 200 c Select Hard Disk and do one of the following m On Linux hosts cl
438. r example want to have two virtual machines connected to one host only network and at the same time have other virtual machines connected to another host only network so the network traffic on each network is isolated Or you might want to test routing between two virtual networks Or you might want to test a virtual machine with multiple network interface cards without using any physical Ethernet adapters On Windows hosts the first host only network is set up automatically when you install Workstation On Linux hosts the first host only network is set up when you run the vmware config pl program after you install Workstation provided you agree to install host only networking If you did not agree to use host only networking you need to run the program again to set up host only networking For instructions see Configuring Workstation with vmware config pl on page 51 298 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network Adding a Second Host Only Network To set up the second host only network use one of the following procedures To set up the second host only interface on a Windows host 1 2 3 4 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings On the Host Virtual Adapters tab click Add Choose the virtual network on which you want to use the adapter and click OK Click OK to close the virtual network editor To set up the second host only interface on a Linux host 1 VMware
439. r is loaded and the VMware menu and toolbar become available A preference file vsid prefs xml is created in the Documents and Settings lt user_name gt Application Data VMware directory Do not edit this file directly It is updated when you make changes in the integrated virtual debugger configuration pages A file lt project_name gt idc is created for each project in same directory as the project file when a project of a type supported by the integrated virtual debugger is loaded in Visual Studio A log file vmware vsid lt integer gt log is created in the Documents and Settings lt user_name gt Local Settings Temp directory You can choose VMware gt About VMware Virtual Debugger to view the log file name This log file contains informational and error messages about the actions of the integrated virtual debugger You can debug in multiple virtual machines simultaneously You can also debug multiple sessions in a single virtual machine However you cannot debug on a local or physically remote machine and in a virtual machine at the same time 426 VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Microsoft Visual Studio Requirements and Recommendations This section includes requirements and configuration recommendations for Visual Studio Visual Studio must be running on the same system as Workstation 6 Supported Versions of Visual Studio Only Visual Studio 2005 Professional an
440. r system Consult your operating system documentation for details on the method to use with your particular distribution Using Filtering If the host computer has multiple network adapters it might be intentionally configured to do IP forwarding If that is the case you do not want to disable forwarding To avoid packet leakage you must enable a packet filtering facility and specify that packets from the host only network should not be sent outside the host computer Consult your operating system documentation for details on how to configure packet filtering Leaks from a Virtual Machine Virtual machines might leak packets as well For example if you use dial up networking support in a virtual machine and packet forwarding is enabled host only network traffic might leak out through the dial up connection To prevent the leakage be sure packet forwarding is disabled in your guest operating system VMware Inc 293 Workstation User s Manual 294 Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine When a virtual machine is powered on Workstation assigns each of its virtual network adapters an Ethernet MAC media access control address A MAC address is the unique address assigned to each Ethernet network device The software guarantees that virtual machines are assigned unique MAC addresses within a given host system The virtual machine is assigned the same MAC address every time it is powered on if both of the
441. r who is currently logged on Virtual machine performance might be slower if your virtual hard disk is on a network drive For best performance be sure the virtual machine s folder is on a local drive VMware Inc 89 Workstation User s Manual 90 However if other users need to access this virtual machine you should consider placing the virtual machine files in a location that is accessible to them For more information see Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users on page 191 Number of Processors This option is available for custom configurations only Setting the virtual machine to have two processors is supported only for host machines with at least two logical processors If you are creating a version 4 virtual machine you will not see this panel The following are all considered to have two logical processors m Asingle processor host with hyperthreading enabled m Asingle processor host with a dual core CPU A multiprocessor host with two CPUs regardless of whether they are dual core or have hyperthreading enabled For more about Workstation support for virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing SMP see Using Two Way Virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Experimental on page 365 Network Connection Type You have several options m Bridged networking If your host computer is on a network and you have a separate IP address for your virtual machine or can get one automatically from a DHCP server select U
442. rams in virtual machines You can specify settings such as the location of the virtual machine which setup or clean up scripts to execute the location of shared folders and in Visual Studio directories to be copied between the host and guest When configured the integrated virtual debugger finds the virtual machine powers it on if necessary sets up the environment based on your configuration settings and launches or attaches to the application All breakpoints watch points and so on that you set in your IDE will function as if you were running your application on the host computer Depending on the configuration setting you specify when the application finishes running the virtual machine is powered off suspended reverted to a snapshot or left in its current state For information about using the Workstation IDE plug ins see Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger on page 411 and Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger on page 423 VMware Player 2 0 When you install Workstation VMware Player 2 0 is also installed This new version of Player provides a user friendly Welcome page that gives you the option of browsing to a virtual machine file downloading a virtual appliance from the VMTN VMware Technology Network web site or opening a recently used virtual machine If you download an appliance you can then use Player s new appliance view when running a virtual appli
443. rant that group read and write access to the appropriate device You must make these changes on the host operating system as root Su For example you can enter the following commands chgrp lt newgroup gt dev vmnetO chmod g rw dev vmnet0 lt newgroup gt is the group that should have the ability to set vmnet0 to promiscuous mode For all users to be able to set the virtual Ethernet adapter dev vmnet0 in the example to promiscuous mode run the following command on the host operating system as root chmod a rw dev vmnetO Using NAT 304 Network address translation NAT provides a way for virtual machines to use most client applications over almost any type of network connection available to the host The only requirement is that the network connection must support TCP IP NAT is useful when you have a limited supply of IP addresses or are connected to the network through a non Ethernet network adapter NAT works by translating addresses of virtual machines in a private VMnet network to that of the host machine When a virtual machine sends a request to access a network resource it appears to the network resource as if the request is coming from the host machine How the NAT Device Uses the VMnet8 Virtual Switch The NAT device is connected to the VMnet8 virtual switch Virtual machines connected to the NAT network also use the VMnet8 virtual switch The NAT device waits for packets coming from virtual machines on the
444. rary directory cd tmp c Unpack the archive tar zxpf VMware lt xxxx gt tar gz d Change to the installation directory cd vmware distrib e Run the installation program vmware install1 p1 f Accept the default directories for the binary files library files manual files documentation files and init script g Enter Yes when prompted to run vmware config pl h Respond to the prompts as described in Running vmware config pl on page 52 Using the RPM Installer a Run RPM specifying the installation file rpm Uhv VMware lt xxxx gt rpm VMware lt xxxx gt rpm is the installation file on the CD In place of lt xxxx gt the filename contains numbers that correspond to the version and build b Run the configuration program vmware config pL c Respond to the prompts as described in Running vmware config pl on page 52 VMware Inc Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation Configuring Workstation with vmware config pl This section describes how to use vmware config pl to configure your installation of VMware Workstation NOTE Ifyou run the RPM installer you need to run this program separately from the command line If you install from the tar archive the installer offers to launch the configuration program for you Answer Yes when you see the prompt Required Configuration Changes Configuration with vmware config pl is required in the following circumstances When you install
445. rated Virtual Debuggers 22 VMware Player 2 0 22 Automation Through Expanded VIX 1 1 API 22 Record Replay of Virtual Machine Activity Experimental 23 Physical to Virtual Conversion and Enhanced Import Functionality Windows Hosts Only 23 Easy Upgrade or Downgrade of VMware Virtual Machines 23 Running Virtual Machines in the Background 24 Support for Multiple Monitor Displays 24 Increase in Number of Ethernet Adapters Supported 24 New 64 Bit Sound Driver 24 Support for High Speed USB 2 0 Devices 24 Ability for a Virtual Machine to Act as a VNC Server 25 Increased RAM Support and Ability to Run on Server Class Systems 25 New Host Operating System Support 25 New Guest Operating System Support 26 Improved 64 Bit Guest Support 27 Appliance View for Virtual Appliances 27 Monitor the Status of a Battery from the Guest Operating System 27 Enhanced Ability to Gather Debugging Information 27 Support for Paravirtualized Linux Kernels 28 User Interface for Mapping a Virtual Disk to a Drive Letter 28 Automatic Update to the Latest Version of VMware Tools 28 Enhanced Ability to Restrict Shared Folders 28 Enhanced File Sharing and Copy and Paste Functionality 29 Workstation User s Manual Host System Requirements 29 PC Hardware 29 Memory 30 Display 30 Disk Drives 30 Local Area Networking Optional 31 Host Operating System 31 Virtual Machine Specifications 35 Processor 35 Chip Set 35 BIOS 35 Memory 36 Graphics 36 IDE Drives 36 SCSI Devices 36
446. rating system console The appliance view displays a brief description of the type of server or appliance and provides a link that opens the browser on the host system and connects to the appliance s management console The following procedure describes the settings you need in order to create this presentation NOTE The appliance view cannot be displayed for virtual machines that are part of a team just as the summary view is not displayed for individual members of a team To set up appliance view for a virtual machine 1 Verify that the virtual machine is a Workstation 6 virtual machine For instructions on upgrading see Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click the Options tab and select Appliance View Make sure the Enable appliance view check box is selected Complete the fields on this panel to create the text and images that users will see when the virtual machine starts up Only the Name field is required Specify the TCP IP port number that the appliance will use to serve HTTP content If you include an image file it must be a PNG or BMP file The maximum size is 256 x 256 pixels If you do not select Switch to appliance view at power on the console view will be displayed Often this view shows only a simple display of the vir
447. rces You control all traffic allowed between the host network and team virtual machines Monitor multiple virtual machines Use thumbnail views of the virtual machine displays to review activity on team virtual machines simultaneously VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams Creating a Team Use the New Team wizard to create a team and add virtual machines To create a team 1 VMware Inc To add virtual machines to the team while completing the New Team wizard m Power off any virtual machines that you want to add to the team m Power off any virtual machines that you want to clone if you intend to create a clone and add it to the team You can instead add virtual machines later after you create the team by using the Team menu From the Workstation menu bar open the New Team wizard by choosing File gt New gt Team Complete the New Team wizard that appears Completing the wizard involves specifying the following things m The name of the team and location of the virtual team files By default the team files are stored in the same directory as virtual machines as described in Virtual Machine Location on page 150 m Whether you want to add virtual machines to the team now or later If you want to add them now you have the following options New Virtual Machine Launches the New Virtual Machine wizard See Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 m Existing Virtual Machine Opens a
448. re Inc
449. re Tools for NetWare are now running appears in the Logger Screen NetWare 6 5 and NetWare 6 0 guests or the Console Screen NetWare 4 2 and 5 1 guests VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools For NetWare 4 2 only bring the guest operating system down In the system console enter down To restart the guest operating system in the system console enter restart server After you install VMware Tools make sure the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image netware iso is not attached to the virtual machine If it is disconnect it Right click the CD ROM icon in the status bar of the console window and choose Disconnect Starting VMware Tools If You Do Not Use a Session Manager One of the executables used by VMware Tools in UNIX guests is vmware user This program implements the fit guest to window feature among other features Normally on Linux the VMware Tools service vmware guestd starts and stops vmware user On Solaris vmware user is started automatically once you configure VMware Tools and then log out of the desktop environment and log back in However if you run an X session without a session manager for example by using startx and getting a desktop and not using xdm kdm or gdm then vmware guestd won t start and stop vmware user and you must do it manually To start vmware user manually Use either of the following strategies VMware Inc Add an X application name to the etc vmware t
450. reate a new one or reconfigure an existing one Specify one of the following disk types 0 To create a growable virtual disk contained in a single virtual disk file 1 To create a growable virtual disk split into 2GB files 2 To create a preallocated virtual disk contained in a single virtual disk file 3 To create a preallocated virtual disk split into 2GB files q Disables Virtual Disk Manager logging If you keep logging enabled messages generated by the Virtual Disk Manager are stored in a log file The name and location of the log file appear in the command prompt or terminal window after the Virtual Disk Manager command is run Shrinking Virtual Disks with Virtual Disk Manager Windows Only On a Windows host you can use the Virtual Disk Manager to prepare and shrink growable virtual disks not physical disks without powering on the virtual machine Shrinking a virtual disk does not reduce the maximum capacity of the virtual disk itself For more information see Shrinking Virtual Disks on page 200 V CAUTION You cannot shrink a virtual disk if the virtual machine has snapshots To keep the virtual disk in its current state use the snapshot manager to delete all snapshots To discard changes made since you took a snapshot revert to the snapshot To shrink a virtual disk 1 Mount each volume of the virtual disk If the virtual disk is partitioned into volumes each volume of the virtual disk drive
451. rent virtual machines can be connected to the host by separate networks or connected to each other and not to the host Any network topology is possible VMware Inc 441 Workstation User s Manual D E 442 disk mode A property of a virtual disk that defines its external behavior how the virtualization layer treats its data but is completely invisible to the guest operating system Available modes vary by product and include persistent mode changes to the disk are always preserved across sessions nonpersistent mode changes are never preserved undoable mode changes are preserved at the user s discretion and append mode similar to undoable but the changes are preserved until a system administrator deletes the redo log file drag and drop With the drag and drop feature of Workstation you can move files easily between a Windows or Linux host and a Windows Linux or Solaris virtual machine You can drag and drop individual files or entire directories Favorites list A list in the left panel of the main Workstation screen that shows the names of virtual machines that a user has added to the list The Favorites list makes it easy to launch a virtual machine or to connect to the virtual machine s configuration file in order to make changes in the virtual machine settings full clone A complete copy of the original virtual machine plus all associated virtual disks See also linked clone full screen mode A display mode in
452. rformance make sure VMware Tools is installed and running in your virtual machine After you install VMware Tools in a Windows virtual machine the VMware Tools services will start when you start the guest operating system The VMware Tools icon appears in the guest s notification area unless you disable the icon VMware Tools icon fy 11 43 AM On Windows guests if the VMware Tools icon includes a yellow caution icon it means that an update is available To perform the update click the icon and on the Options tab that appears click the Upgrade button If the VMware Tools icon appears with a red circle and slash over it this means that the VMware Tools service is not running To start the service choose Run from the VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Windows Start menu and enter services msc In the window that appears start the service called VMware Tools Service If the VMware Tools icon does not appear in the notification area of the Windows guest s taskbar use the VMware Tools control panel in the guest operating system to display it as described in the following procedure To change property settings for VMware Tools on Windows systems 1 Inthe guest system click Start gt Settings gt Control Panel or Start gt Control Panel depending on the version of Windows you are using On Windows Vista guests you need to be logged in as an Administrator user to open the VMware Tools control panel 2 Int
453. riva Linux 2006 and 2007 m Mandrake Linux m Red Hat Linux m Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server Enterprise Server and Workstation m SUSE Linux m SUSE Linux Enterprise Server m Turbolinux Server Enterprise Server Workstation Desktop m Novell Linux Desktop m Sun Java Desktop System JDS m Ubuntu Linux See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for version details about these operating systems at http pubs vmware com guestnotes Linux 64 Bit m Mandriva Linux 2006 and 2007 m Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server Enterprise Server and Workstation m SUSE Linux Enterprise Server VMware Inc 39 Workstation User s Manual 40 m SUSE Linux m Ubuntu Linux See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for version details about these operating systems at http pubs vmware com guestnotes Novell NetWare 32 Bit NetWare See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for version details about this operating system at http pubs vmware com guestnotes Novell Open Enterprise Server 32 Bit Open Enterprise Server 32 bit See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for version details about this operating system at http pubs vmware com guestnotes FreeBSD 32 Bit FreeBSD 32 bit If you use SCSI virtual disks larger than 2GB with FreeBSD 4 0 4 3 there are known problems and the guest operating system does not boot To work around this issue see the VMwar
454. rkstation always uses a Class C address for NAT networks IP addresses lt net gt 3 through lt net gt 127 can be used for static IP addresses IP address lt net gt 1 is reserved for the host adapter lt net gt 2 is reserved for the NAT device For more information see DHCP Conventions for Assigning IP Addresses on page 291 In addition to the IP address the DHCP server on the NAT network sends out configuration information that enables the virtual machine to operate This information includes the default gateway and the DNS server In the DHCP response the NAT device instructs the virtual machine to use the IP address lt net gt 2 as the default gateway and DNS server This causes all IP packets destined for the external network and DNS requests to be forwarded to the NAT device DNS on the NAT Network The NAT device acts as a DNS server for the virtual machines on the NAT network Actually the NAT device is a DNS proxy and merely forwards DNS requests from the virtual machines to a DNS server that is known by the host Responses come back to the NAT device which then forwards them to the virtual machines If they get their configuration information from DHCP the virtual machines on the NAT network automatically use the NAT device as the DNS server However the virtual machines can be statically configured to use another DNS server VMware Inc 305 Workstation User s Manual 306 The virtual machines in the private NA
455. roblems with the devices download the latest Mylex BusLogic BT KT 958 compatible host bus adapter from www Isilogic com This driver overrides what Windows chooses as the best driver but it corrects known problems To use SCSI devices in a 32 bit Windows XP virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site at www vmware com download Adding a Generic SCSI Device to a Virtual Machine The following procedure provides instructions for mapping virtual SCSI devices to physical generic SCSI devices on the host To set up a generic SCSI device 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard and click Next 4 Select Generic SCSI Device and click Next 5 On the Choose SCSI Device page from the drop down list of SCSI devices that are available from the host choose the one you want to use 6 Make sure the Connect at power on check box is selected if desired 7 Click Finish to return to the Hardware tab of the virtual machine settings editor On the Hardware tab in the Virtual device node section select which SCSI device identifier to use for the drive For example if you select SCSI 0 2 the guest operating system sees the drive as ID 2 on controller 0 8 Power on the virtual machine NOTE To remove this device la
456. root su mount the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image change to a working directory for example tmp uncompress the installer and unmount the CD ROM image Some FreeBSD distributions automatically mount CD ROMs If your distribution uses automounting do not use the mount and umount commands below You still must untar the VMware Tools installer to tmp mount cdrom cd tmp Untar the VMware Tools tar file tar zxpf cdrom vmware freebsd tools tar gz umount cdrom VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools 5 Run the VMware Tools installer cd vmware tools distrib vmware install1 pl 6 Log out of the root account exit 7 Start X and your graphical environment 8 Inan X terminal launch the VMware Tools control panel vmware toolbox amp For information about using this control panel to configure VMware Tools see VMware Tools Configuration Options on page 132 NOTE You can run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks or change VMware Tools scripts you must run VMware Tools as root Su Ina FreeBSD 4 5 guest operating system sometimes VMware Tools does not start after you install VMware Tools In this case reboot the guest operating system or start VMware Tools on the command line in the guest An error message appears Shared object lLibc so 3 not found The required library was not installed This does not happen with full installations of
457. roperty to Multi threaded MT or Multi threaded Debug MTd For additional information see http msdn2 microsoft com en us library ms235624 aspx VMware Inc 427 Workstation User s Manual 428 Host System Requirements The Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger can run on most Windows host operating systems supported by Workstation 6 listed in Windows Host Operating Systems 32 Bit on page 31 and Windows Host Operating Systems 64 Bit on page 32 On Windows Server 2003 only Enterprise Edition SP1 and R2 are supported If remote debugging is not working on a Windows Vista host try the following m Manually configure the firewall to allow traffic from Visual Studio m Run Visual Studio with Administrator permissions For more information see http msdn2 microsoft com en us vstudio aa972193 aspx Virtual Machine Requirements and Recommendations This section includes requirements and configuration recommendations for virtual machines Guest Operating System Support The Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger is supported on any Workstation 6 virtual machine that is running a supported Windows guest operating system with the exceptions of Windows NT Windows Me Windows 98 Windows 95 Windows for Workgroups Windows 3 1 Windows XP Home Edition and Windows Vista Starter Edition Make sure that the version of VMware Tools on the guest operating system matches the version of Workstation 6 which th
458. roughout the time of the recording redo log The file that stores changes made to a disk in all modes except the persistent and independent persistent modes For a disk in nonpersistent mode the redo log file is deleted when you power off or reset the virtual machine without writing any changes to the disk You can permanently apply the changes saved in the redo log to a disk in undoable mode so that they become part of the main disk files See also disk mode resume Return a virtual machine to operation from its suspended state When you resume a suspended virtual machine all applications are in the same state they were when the virtual machine was suspended See also suspend revert to snapshot VMware Inc Reverting to a snapshot restores the status of the active virtual machine to its immediate parent snapshot This parent is represented in the snapshot manager by the snapshot appearing to the immediate left of the You Are Here icon See also Go to Snapshot command snapshot manager You Are Here icon 445 Workstation User s Manual S 446 shared folder A shared folder is a folder on the host computer or on a network drive accessible from the host computer that can be used by both the host computer and one or more virtual machines It provides a simple way of sharing files between host and guest or among virtual machines In a Windows virtual machine shared folders appear as folders on a designated drive lette
459. rtition information stays the same You need third party software such as Partition Magic that can modify the partition information on the virtual disk to utilize the additional virtual disk space you created with Virtual Disk Manager Another feature allows you to change disk types When you create a virtual machine you specify how disk space is allocated There are two options m All space for the virtual disk is allocated in advance This corresponds to what the Virtual Disk Manager calls the preallocated disk type m Space allocated for the virtual disk begins small and grows as needed This corresponds to what the Virtual Disk Manager calls the growable disk type VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks With Virtual Disk Manager you can change whether the virtual disk type is preallocated or growable and whether the virtual disk is stored in a single file or split into 2GB files For example you might allocate all the disk space for a virtual disk but later find that you need to reclaim some hard disk space on the host You can convert the preallocated virtual disk into a growable disk and then remove the original virtual disk file The new virtual disk is large enough to contain all the data in the original virtual disk The virtual disk grows as you add data to it These features and the ability to use scripting to automate management of virtual disks were added to Workstation in version 5 0 You can use the Virtual Disk Manager
460. rts To use the Restart Guest option make sure VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system 6 Ifyou want to change any of the other settings and need more information click Help to display the online help For UNIX guests if you want to pass X toolkit options when you power on a virtual machine see Chapter A Workstation Command Line Reference on page 403 VMware Inc 153 Workstation User s Manual Deleting a Virtual Machine Workstation includes commands to remove a virtual machine from the Favorites list or completely delete the virtual machine You do not need to manipulate files in the host file system to delete a virtual machine To remove a virtual machine from the Favorites list In the Favorites list right click the name of the virtual machine and choose Remove from Favorites This choice does not affect the virtual machine itself All virtual machine and team files remain intact on the host computer file system To delete a virtual machine from the system In the Favorites list right click the name of the virtual machine and choose Delete from Disk Alternatively select the virtual machine and from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Delete from Disk To remove a virtual machine from a team Open the team as described in Opening and Closing a Team on page 256 In the summary view for the team in the Virtual Machines and LAN Segments section right click the name of the virtual
461. rtual_machine_name gt vmx soft With virtual machines that require input through a VMware Workstation dialog box vmrun might time out and fail To disable Workstation dialog boxes insert the following line into the configuration vmx file for a virtual machine msg autoAnswer TRUE VMware Inc 409 Workstation User s Manual 410 VMware Inc Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger provides a configurable interface between Eclipse and virtual machines making it easy to develop and debug applications that run in multiple operating system environments on a single PC Debugging your applications in virtual machines enables you to reproduce and record errors while maintaining the integrity of the host machine You can perform typical debugging tasks such as pausing at breakpoints stepping through code and viewing and modifying the state of your application all without impacting the host environment This appendix contains the following sections m Overview of the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger on page 411 m Setting Up the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment on page 413 m Managing Virtual Machine Launch Configurations on page 417 m Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines on page 421 Overview of the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger enables you to m Manage launch configuration sett
462. s 3 Right click the listing for the controller and choose Properties 4 Click the Driver tab If the driver provider shown on that page is Microsoft you have the correct driver already VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices If the driver provider is not Microsoft download the latest USB driver for your host operating system from the Microsoft Web site and follow the Microsoft instructions to install it Details are available in Microsoft knowledge base article 319973 Using USB with a Linux Host On Linux hosts VMware Workstation uses the USB device file system to connect to USB devices In most Linux systems that support USB the USB device file system is at proc bus usb If your host operating system uses a different path to the USB device file system run the following command as root to mount the file system to the expected location mount t usbfs none proc bus usb If you attach a USB drive to a Linux machine use the above mentioned procedure to access it Do not attempt to add a USB drive s device node for example dev sda directory to the virtual machine as a hard disk That is to add a USB drive use the Add Hardware wizard to add a USB Controller not a hard disk How Device Control ls Shared Between Host and Guest Only the host or the guest can have control of a USB device at any one time Device control operates differently depending on whether the host is a Linux or a Windows computer Device Contr
463. s create linked and full clones and so on These Workstation features will allow desktop security administrators to easily test patches and new applications before deploying virtual machines to end user PCs The VRM capabilities of ACE such as expiration and encryption are important for Workstation users who want to create virtual appliances Expiration capabilities enable ISVs to easily distribute evaluation copies of virtual appliances If you purchase a license for the ACE functionality you will see in addition to Workstation window elements ACE specific menu items toolbar buttons and other interface elements These elements enable you to write security policies that control encryption authentication expiration copy protection network access and device access for the virtual machine You can then create MSI compliant deployment packages that include these policies along with the virtual machine Documentation for the ACE functionality is provided in the VMware ACE Administrator s Manual available from the VMware web site at http www vmware com support pubs ace_pubs html VMware Inc 21 Workstation User s Manual Integrated Virtual Debuggers With the new Workstation IDE integrated development environment plug ins software developers are provided with a configurable interface between their virtual machines and Visual Studio Windows only or Eclipse Windows or Linux that lets them easily test run and debug prog
464. s it from the Favorites list NOTE Workstation version 4 virtual machines cannot be added to teams To add a virtual machine to a team 1 Make sure that any existing virtual machines that you want to add or clone are powered off Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Add and select one of the following options New Virtual Machine Launches the New Virtual Machine wizard See Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 87 m Existing Virtual Machine Opens a file browser from which you can navigate the host file system to locate an existing vmx file When you add a virtual machine to a team it can no longer be accessed outside the team m New Clone of Virtual Machine Opens a file browser from which you can navigate the host file system to locate an existing vmx file After you select a virtual machine Workstation launches the Clone Virtual Machine wizard See Creating Clones on page 247 VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams To remove a virtual machine from a team 1 2 Make sure that any virtual machines that you want to remove are powered off Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Remove gt lt virtual machine name gt The selected virtual machine is removed from the team You can now use it independently NOTE When you remove a virtual machine from a te
465. s an example of what portions of two configuration files that point to the same virtual disk might look like Each configuration file contains its own unique string set for the machine id parameter lt config_file_1 gt vmx contains ide0 0 present TRUE ideO 0 fileName my_common_virtual_hard_drive vmdk machine id the_string_for_my_first_vm lt config_file_2 gt vmx contains ideO 0 present TRUE ideO 0 fileName my_common_virtual_hard_drive vmdk machine id the_string_for_my_second_vim Passing a string is also useful when you want to deploy virtual machines on a network using a common configuration file while providing each machine with its own unique identity In this case you specify the string at the command line Launch each virtual machine with the vmware s command For an example see the procedure To retrieve a string and use it in a startup script on page 143 Each virtual machine disk file must be copied into its own directory if it shares its file name with another virtual machine disk file The following example uses a Windows host and guest to illustrate how you can use the service to retrieve a string containing what will become the virtual machine s machine name and IP address In this example W2K VM is the machine name and 148 30 16 24 is the IP address 142 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools To retrieve a string and use it in a startup script 1 VMware Inc
466. s are disabled or if the share doesn t exist In this case receiving the failure message is to be expected You will no longer be prompted to re run the VMware Tools configurator the vmware config tool1s pl file Improved Handling of Permissions Many refinements have been made for Linux guests on both Linux and Windows hosts m If you use a Linux host and create files that you want to share with a Linux guest the file permissions shown on the guest are exactly the same as those on the host Use fmask and dmask to mask out permissions bits for files and directories m Ifyou use a Windows host and create files that you want to share with a Linux guest read only files are displayed as having read and execute permission for everyone and other files are shown as fully writable by everyone m Ifyou use a Linux guest to create files that you want to restrict permissions on use the mount program with the following options in the guest uid gid fmask dmask ro read only and rw read write Note that rw is the default Also note that if you are using a Windows host or a Linux host created with a previous release of Workstation you can change only the owner permissions This behavior is the same as in previous releases VMware Inc 177 Workstation User s Manual 178 Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only You might map a virtual disk to a host as an alternative to using shared folders or copying data between a Windows guest
467. s control panel vmware toolbox amp For information about using this control panel to configure VMware Tools see VMware Tools Configuration Options on page 132 NOTE You can run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks or to change any VMware Tools scripts you must run VMware Tools as root su VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar or RPM Installer The first step is performed on the host within Workstation menus and the remaining steps are performed inside the virtual machine To install VMware Tools with the tar installer or RPM installer 1 VMware Inc Power on the virtual machine and after the guest system has started choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine As root Su mount the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image and change to a working directory for example tmp as follows NOTE Some Linux distributions automatically mount CD ROMs If your distribution uses automounting do not use the mount and umount commands described in this procedure You still must untar the VMware Tools installer to tmp Some Linux distributions use different device names or organize the dev directory differently If your CD ROM drive is not dev cdrom or if the mount point for a CD ROM is not mnt cdrom you must modify the following commands to
468. s option defines the hot key It is specified as lt key gt lt modifier gt There is no default For example to use Ctrl Shift F9 to switch to the host operating system add the following line to the config ini file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch hostDirectKey 0x78 0x6 VMware Inc 397 Workstation User s Manual 398 Other Entries in the Global Configuration File The following entries in the global configuration file config ini are optional They enable you to control certain functions of the virtual machine that are important in work environments where virtual machines need to be isolated from each other and from the host computer m Isolation tools copy enable This option determines whether data in one virtual machine or the host operating system can be copied in a way that allows it to be transferred to another virtual machine or to the host operating system The default setting is TRUE such copying is allowed The setting for this option should be the same as the setting for Isolation tools paste enable below m Isolation tools paste enable This option determines whether data copied in one virtual machine or the host operating system can be pasted into another virtual machine or the host operating system The default setting is TRUE such pasting is allowed The setting for this option should be the same as the setting for Isolation tools copy enable above
469. same effect as choosing VM gt Install VMware Tools from the Workstation menu bar VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Devices Tab In the Devices tab you can enable or disable the following removable devices by selecting or deselecting the corresponding check boxes Removable devices include floppy drives CD ROM drives and USB devices among others You can also enable or disable removable devices in by choosing VM gt Removable Devices from the Workstation menu bar Scripts Tab If VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system and if you configure a virtual machine s power controls to use the guest options one or more default scripts run on the guest whenever you change the power state of the virtual machine For example if you use the virtual machine settings editor choose VMb gt Settings gt O ptions gt Power and set the Power Off control to use Shutdown Guest then the poweroff vm defaul1t script runs when you click the Power Off button in the Workstation toolbar This script causes the guest operating system to shut down gracefully A description of each script is provided later in this section in Table 6 2 In Windows guests the default scripts are located in the Program Files VMware VMware Tools folder On UNIX the default scripts are located in the etc vmware tool1s directory You can use the Scripts tab to disable these scripts or to point to custom scripts for the Suspend
470. scalable solution for migrations of machines both physical to virtual and virtual to virtual In addition to the Converter Import wizard VMware Converter provides a task manager which lets you schedule migrations of many machines The Converter Import wizard included with Workstation enables you to create VMware virtual machines from a local or remote physical machine or from virtual machines and system images that were originally created by using other products than VMware products You can also use the wizard to change a virtual machine using one VMware format to that using another For example you can copy a VMware Server virtual machine and use it to create an ESX virtual machine This Converter Import wizard functionality is included with Workstation but to use other features of VMware Converter such as its task manager or the ability to import more than one virtual machine at a time you need to download the VMware Converter Converter Import Wizard Overview and Supported Source Machines The VMware Converter Import wizard in Workstation allows you to import the following types of physical and virtual machines m Physical machines Windows NT SP6 with Internet Explorer 5 or higher Windows 2000 Windows 2003 32 bit and 64 bit Windows XP Professional 32 bit and 64 bit NOTE The VMware Converter Import wizard included with Workstation does not convert Windows Vista physical machines to virtual machines It also does not supp
471. se bridged networking Other computers on the network can then communicate directly with the virtual machine m NAT If you do not have a separate IP address for your virtual machine but you want to be able to connect to the Internet select Use network address translation NAT The virtual machine and the host share a single network identity that is not visible outside the network m Host only Host only networking provides a network connection between the virtual machine and the host computer using a virtual Ethernet adapter that is visible to the host operating system With host only networking the virtual machine can communicate only with the host and other virtual machines in the host only network This approach can be useful if you need to set up an isolated virtual network m No connection You can always set up a connection after you finish creating the virtual machine For more details about Workstation networking options see Configuring a Virtual Network on page 271 VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine SCSI Adapter Types This option is available for custom configurations only An IDE and a SCSI adapter are installed in the virtual machine The IDE adapter is always ATAPI For the SCSI adapter you can choose BusLogic or LSI Logic The default for your guest operating system is already selected All guests except for Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 and NetWare d
472. see Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 The guest operating system in the virtual machine is Windows XP Windows Vista or Linux On the host the display settings for monitors must be set in a compatible topology For example the left most monitor cannot not below any other monitor It does not matter if the monitors have different resolutions or orientations When entering full screen mode the monitor containing the Workstation window cannot be below another monitor Put another way When you use the Windows display properties controls if you select a monitor icon and begin to drag it to a new location a pop up displays the coordinates If a coordinate shown for the new location of the icon is a negative number that location will not work This section includes the following procedures To use multiple monitors to display one virtual machine on page 160 To display multiple virtual machines in multiple monitors on page 162 To use multiple monitors to display one virtual machine 1 Start Workstation and choose Edit gt Preferences The preferences editor opens In the Preferences dialog box click the Display tab and in the Full Screen section select Autofit guest and click OK Select the Workstation 6 virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens VMware Inc VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual M
473. sh Always stop recording before sending a virtual machine to run in the background VMware Inc When you want to stop recording click the Stop button in the toolbar or choose VM gt Replay gt Stop To change the name of the recording add or change the description or delete the recording choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager 241 Workstation User s Manual To play back a recording 1 Select the virtual machine 2 If it is powered on and you don t want to lose the current state of the virtual machine take a snapshot of it For instructions see To take a snapshot on page 234 3 Do one of the following To play the latest recording of the virtual machine click the Replay Last Recording button in the toolbar or choose VM gt Replay gt Replay Last Recording To play an earlier recording use the snapshot manager as follows a Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager b Select the recording snapshot you want to play and click Replay A snapshot of a recording is shown in Figure 10 4 Snapshot Manager Windows Host on page 231 4 Inthe dialog box that appears confirm that you want to start replaying the recording 5 Optional To slow down playback of the recording see To adjust the speed of playback on page 243 6 Optional To make a trace file of events that occurred during recording see To create an execution trace file of a recording on page 244 7 Optional To stop replayi
474. shot or recording and choose the desired action from the context menu that appears These actions were described in the text preceding this procedure Taking a Snapshot You can take a snapshot while a virtual machine is powered on powered off or suspended If you are suspending a virtual machine wait until the suspend operation has finished before taking a snapshot As described in Activities That Conflict with Snapshots on page 228 do not take a snapshot when the virtual machine is communicating with another computer VMware Inc 233 Workstation User s Manual 234 NOTE If your use of virtual machines is strongly performance oriented consider defragmenting the guest operating system s drives before taking a snapshot Use the tools in the guest operating system to run a defragmentation utility For more information see Performance Impact of Defragmenting Snapshots and Linked Clones on page 383 To take a snapshot 1 Do one of the following m Inthe Workstation toolbar click the Take Snapshot of Virtual Machine icon m From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Snapshot gt Take Snapshot m From within the snapshot manager with the You Are Here icon selected click Take Snapshot To open the snapshot manager choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager 2 Enter a unique name and description for your snapshot A description is not required but is useful for recording your notes about the virtual ma
475. sics 63 Starting Workstation 64 Overview of the Workstation Window 64 Home Page and Views 66 Toolbar Buttons 69 Sidebar 73 Checking for Product Updates 76 Introduction to Creating a Virtual Machine 77 Introduction to Workstation Preferences 79 Introduction to Virtual Machine Settings 81 Hardware Tab 81 Options Tab 82 Closing Virtual Machines and Exiting Workstation 84 Keyboard Shortcuts 85 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine 87 Setting Up a New Virtual Machine 87 Before You Begin 87 Using the New Virtual Machine Wizard 92 VMware Inc 5 Workstation User s Manual Installing a Guest Operating System 95 Example Installing Windows XP as a Guest Operating System 97 Upgrading a Guest Operating System 97 Configuring the Guest Operating System 98 Importing Virtual Machines from Other Formats Windows Hosts Only 98 Summary of the Conversion Process 99 VMware Converter Versus the Importer Wizard in Workstation 100 Converter Import Wizard Overview and Supported Source Machines 100 Supported Destinations 103 How Converting Affects Settings 105 Opening and Importing a Virtual Machine or System Image 106 Files That Make Up a Virtual Machine 108 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools 111 About VMware Tools 111 Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools 113 Upgrading VMware Tools 114 Installing VMware Tools on a Windows Guest 116 Installing VMware Tools on a Linux Guest 123 Installing VMware Tools in a Solaris Guest 127 Installing VMware Tools i
476. sions of these processors Memory AMD Athlon 64 revision D or later AMD Opteron revision E or later AMD Turion 64 revision E or later AMD Sempron 64 bit capable revision D or later Intel Pentium 4 and Core 2 processors with EM64T and Intel Virtualization Technology 512MB minimum 2GB is recommended You must have enough memory to run the host operating system plus the memory required for each guest operating system and for applications on the host and guest See your guest operating system and application documentation for their memory requirements As of version 6 0 of Workstation the total amount of memory you can assign to all virtual machines running on a single host is unlimited The maximum amount of memory per virtual machine is 8GB Display 16 bit or 32 bit display adapter is recommended Disk Drives Guest operating systems can reside on physical disk partitions or in virtual disk files 30 VMware Inc Chapter 1 Introduction and System Requirements Hard Disk m DE and SCSI hard drives supported m Atleast 1GB free disk space recommended for each guest operating system and the application software used with it If you use a default setup the actual disk space needs are approximately the same as those for installing and running the guest operating system and applications on a physical computer m For installation 200MB Linux or 650MB Windows free disk space required for basic installatio
477. sks in a 32 bit Windows XP virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site Follow the instructions on the Web site to use the driver with a fresh installation of Windows XP To install Windows XP as a guest operating system 1 Do one of the following to access the installation media for the guest operating system m Configure the virtual machine to use the host s CD ROM drive and insert the Windows XP CD in the CD ROM drive See Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 211 m Connect to an ISO image of an installation disk See Connecting a CD ROM DVD or Floppy Drive to an Image File on page 213 NOTE Ifyou plan to use a PXE server to install the guest operating system over a network connection you do not need the operating system installation media When you power on the virtual machine in the next step the virtual machine detects the PXE server Power on the virtual machine to start installing Windows XP Follow the Windows XP installation steps as you would for a physical computer When the installer is finished you have a virtual machine running Windows XP a A WO N Install VMware Tools as described in Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 Upgrading a Guest Operating System When you use the New Virtual Machine wizard to create a virtual machine one of the settings you specify is the guest operating system type
478. soft Windows host as the Administrator user or as a user who is amember of the Windows Administrators group 2 Launch the Workstation 6 installer from your download directory or CD ROM Workstation automatically uninstalls the previous version 3 Reboot your computer if you are prompted to do so and log in again as the Administrator user or as a user who is a member of the Windows Administrators group 4 Complete the installation wizard For detailed instructions on running the installer see Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 44 5 Reboot your computer if you are prompted to do so You can now log in as you normally do You do not need to log in as an Administrator now that Workstation is installed Upgrading to a Windows Vista Host This section provides instructions for various upgrade scenarios that involve Windows Vista In sections that instruct you to uninstall Workstation 5 you need only uninstall the VMware Workstation application not the virtual machines that you have created After you uninstall Workstation 5 and then install Workstation 6 you can power on the virtual machines and upgrade them if you want to This procedure is described in Changing the Version of the Virtual Machine on page 59 During the upgrade from Windows XP to Windows Vista the location of virtual machines might get changed The Windows Vista upgrade uses the registry to map the previous location of any virtual machines stor
479. ssage log to see a longer description of the message Home Page and Views Workstation displays one of four views in the main part of the window the home page the summary view the console view or the appliance view Home Page Click the Home tab to display the Workstation home page Use the icons on the home page to start creating a new virtual machine or open an existing virtual machine To close the home page click the X to the right of the tabs on a Windows host or the X on the tab on a Linux host To display the home page again choose View gt Go to Home Tab Summary View When you select a tab for a powered off virtual machine or team of machines Workstation displays a summary of the configuration information about that item Workstation also displays a summary for a suspended virtual machine or team Click the Summary toolbar button at any time to examine settings in the summary view NOTE Summary tabs appear only for virtual machines that are currently open To open a virtual machine that is not displayed choose File gt Open gt Virtual Machine navigate to the virtual machine s vmx file and select Open The summary or console tab remains visible as long as the virtual machine remains open 66 VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics Figure 4 2 shows an example of the summary view for Workstation The summary view for Workstation ACE Edition includes additional sections for policies package settings an
480. ssons and labs required for the term With clones you can make complete copies of a virtual machine without browsing a host file system or worrying if you have located all the configuration files Full and Linked Clones There are two types of clones full clones and linked clones Full Clones A full clone is an independent copy of a virtual machine that shares nothing with the parent virtual machine after the cloning operation Ongoing operation of a full clone is entirely separate from the parent virtual machine Because a full clone does not share virtual disks with the parent virtual machine full clones generally perform better than linked clones However full clones take longer to create than linked clones Creating a full clone can take several minutes if the files involved are large Linked Clones A linked clone is a copy of a virtual machine that shares virtual disks with the parent virtual machine in an ongoing manner A linked clone is made from a snapshot of the parent See Snapshot Processes Linear Versus Process Tree on page 225 This conserves disk space and allows multiple virtual machines to use the same software installation VMware Inc Chapter 11 Cloning a Virtual Machine All files available on the parent at the moment of the snapshot continue to remain available to the linked clone Ongoing changes to the virtual disk of the parent do not affect the linked clone and changes to the disk of the linke
481. st computer configure the application that communicates with the virtual machine to use the same pipe name for a Windows host or the same UNIX socket name for a Linux host 13 Power on the virtual machine Connecting Two Virtual Machines You can set up the virtual serial ports in two virtual machines to connect to each other This is useful for example if you want to use an application in one virtual machine the client to capture debugging information sent from the other the server virtual machine s serial port The following procedures describe how to set up the server and the client for connecting to each other by two virtual serial ports VMware Inc 335 Workstation User s Manual To set up the server side of the connection 1 nH oO FF Q 10 11 12 336 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard and click Next Select Serial Port and click Next On the Serial Port Type page select Output to Named Pipe and click Next Depending on whether you are using a Linux host or a Windows host do one of the following m For a Windows host On the Specify Named Pipe page accept the default pipe name or enter another pipe name The pipe name must follow the form pipe lt namedpipe gt that is it must begin with pipe m Fora Linux hos
482. st convenient to assign them static IP addresses or configure the VMware DHCP server to always assign the same IP address to each of these virtual machines Configuring the DHCP Server on a Linux Host On a Linux host you configure the host only DHCP server by editing the DHCP configuration file for VMnet1 etc vmware vmnet1 dhcp dhcp conf To configure the DHCP server for the NAT network edit the configuration file for VMnet8 etc vmware vmnet8 dhcp dhcp conf Be aware however that when you configure Workstation by running the vmware config pl1 file all edits made to the dhcp conf files are lost Editing the DHCP server configuration file requires information that is best obtained directly from the DHCP server documentation Consult the manual pages dhcpd 8 and dhcpd conf 8 Configuring the DHCP Server on a Windows Host On a Windows host use the virtual network editor to configure the DHCP server To configure a DHCP server on Windows 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the DHCP tab 3 Select the virtual network for which you want to change settings and click Properties 4 Inthe DHCP Settings dialog box that appears make changes and click OK VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network DHCP Conventions for Assigning IP Addresses For virtual machines that you do not expect to keep for long use DHCP and let it allocate an IP address For each host
483. statically from a pool of addresses that are not assigned by the DHCP server How the Subnet Number Is Assigned When host only networking is enabled at the time Workstation is installed the network number to use for the virtual network is automatically selected as an unused private IP network number A NAT configuration also uses an unused private network automatically selected when you install Workstation VMware Inc 289 Workstation User s Manual 290 To find out which network is used on a Windows host from the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings and check the subnet number associated with the virtual network on the Summary tab On a Linux host run ifconfig ina terminal Determining Whether to Use DHCP or Statically Assign Addresses Using DHCP to assign IP addresses is simpler and more automatic than statically assigning them Most Windows operating systems for example come preconfigured to use DHCP at boot time so Windows virtual machines can connect to the network the first time they are booted without additional configuration If you want your virtual machines to communicate with each other using names instead of IP addresses however you must set up a naming convention a name server on the private network or both In that case it might be simpler to use static IP addresses In general if you have virtual machines you intend to use frequently or for extended periods of time it is probably mo
484. such as computer name and security ID networking information and so on For virtual machines that are converted to ESX virtual machines you can also select to have the wizard install VMware Tools Following is a list of the customizations you can make Computer information Computer name Alphanumeric name of up to 63 characters Hyphens and underscores are allowed m Security ID SID Optionally generate a new security ID m Location of Sysprep files If the wizard can detect the location the wizard page displays it Otherwise you need to supply the location VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine m Windows licensing information m Product ID Leave this blank if you like m Windows Server license information For Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and 2003 Server only m Time zone m Network information m Network adapter interfaces You can make changes here Or if more than one network adapter has been modified reset them to the default m DHCP Choose between using DHCP to obtain IP addresses or entering them manually You can also use DHCP to obtain a DNS server address or enter it manually m DNS Enter DNS suffixes and customize their order to specify the order in which a virtual machine should use them to make connections m WINS Specify primary and secondary WINS addresses m Workgroup or domain For workgroups specify the workgroup name up to 15 characters For
485. t log By default the vmware fullscreen log file is in the temp directory for the user logged on to the host computer This location may be specified in the TEMP environment variable The default location is C Documents and Settings lt username gt Local Settings Temp The administrator can specify a different location for this log file by adding the following line to the Workstation global configuration file config ini fullScreenSwitch log filename lt path gt It is best to use a full path If you use a relative path the location is relative to the directory that is active when the vmware fullscreen command is issued for the first time after the host computer reboots Guest ACPI S1 Sleep Workstation provides experimental support for guest operating system ACPI S1 sleep Not all guest operating systems support this feature Common guest operating system interfaces for entering standby are supported By default ACPI S1 sleep is implemented within Workstation as suspend You can use the Workstation Resume button to wake the guest With the following entry in the configuration vmx file for a virtual machine ACPI S1 sleep is instead implemented as power on suspend chipset onlineStandby TRUE VMware Inc 401 Workstation User s Manual The guest operating system is not fully powered down You can awaken the virtual machine m Using keyboard input m Using mouse input m Through programming the CMOS ext
486. t In the Path field enter tmp lt socket gt or another UNIX socket name of your choice Select This end is the server Select The other end is a virtual machine Make sure the Connect at power on check box is selected if desired Click Finish to return to the Hardware tab of the virtual machine settings editor Windows hosts only On the Hardware tab to configure this serial port to use polled mode select Yield CPU on poll This option is of interest to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 338 Power on the virtual machine VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices To set up the client side of the connection 1 nH oO FF Q 10 11 12 VMware Inc Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard and click Next Select Serial Port and click Next On the Serial Port Type page select Output to Named Pipe and click Next Depending on whether you are using a Linux host or a Windows host do one of the following m For a Windows host On the Specify Named Pipe page accept the default pipe name or enter another pipe name The pipe name must follow the form pipe lt namedpipe gt that is it must begin with pipe m
487. t System Requirements on page 29 m Workstation installation software If you bought the packaged distribution of Workstation the installation software is on the CD in your package If you bought the electronic distribution the installation software is in the file you downloaded VMware Workstation is available for both Windows and Linux host computers The installation files for both host platforms are included on the same CD ROM VMware Inc 43 Workstation User s Manual Workstation serial number Your serial number is on the registration card in your package If you purchased Workstation online the serial number is sent by email Your serial number allows you to use Workstation only on the host operating system for which you licensed the software For example if you have a serial number for a Windows host you cannot run the software on a Linux host Make sure you enter the serial number for the correct operating system To use Workstation on a different host operating system purchase a license on the VMware Web site You can also get an evaluation license at no charge for a 30 day evaluation of the software For more information go to www vmware com download A guest operating system After Workstation is installed you will need the operating system installation CDs or OS images to set up your guest Sharing a Workstation Host with Other VMware Products You cannot have VMware Workstation installed on the sam
488. t be in the NAT network there is an unavoidable performance penalty NAT is not perfectly transparent It does not normally allow connections to be initiated from outside the network although you can set up server connections by manually configuring the NAT device The practical result is that some TCP and UDP protocols that require a connection be initiated from the server machine some peer to peer applications for example do not work automatically and some might not work at all NAT provides some firewall protection A standard NAT configuration provides basic level firewall protection because the NAT device can initiate connections from the private NAT network but devices on the external network cannot normally initiate connections to the private NAT network Using NAT with NetLogon When using NAT networking in a virtual machine with a Windows guest operating system running on a Windows host you can use NetLogon to log on to a Windows domain from the virtual machine You can then access file shares known by the WINS server in the domain 312 VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network To use NetLogon you need to know how WINS servers and Windows domain controllers work This section explains how to set up the virtual machine to use NetLogon The setup process is similar to the way you set up a physical computer on one LAN that is using a domain controller on another LAN To log on to a Windows domain outsi
489. t created a LAN segment do so as described in Creating a Team LAN Segment on page 265 Open the team or select the team in the Favorites list From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Settings and click the Connections tab Each virtual Ethernet adapter is displayed in a separate row If no Ethernet adapters appear on this tab add one as described in Adding and Removing Ethernet Adapters on page 266 For each virtual Ethernet adapter select the check box that corresponds to the LAN segment and click OK The virtual machine is now connected to the selected LAN segment Continue on to Configuring LAN Segments on page 267 Configuring LAN Segments You can configure network transmission properties for a LAN segment including bandwidth settings such as connection type and speed as well as percentage of packet loss allowed To configure LAN segments for a team 1 VMware Inc Select the team either from the Favorites list or by clicking the summary tab for the team From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Settings Click the LAN Segments tab and complete the fields From this tab you can add remove and rename the LAN segments configured for the team The list in the left pane displays LAN segments associated with the team 267 Workstation User s Manual 268 5 Click a name to select the LAN segment you want to configure The right pane displays parameters for the physical
490. t make this selection and the host computer s hard disk runs out of space for a growing virtual disk file the user sees no warning message and does not know what is causing the problem in the virtual machine VMware Inc 393 Workstation User s Manual 394 2 To open the virtual machine settings editor select the virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings 3 Use the virtual machine settings editor to make all needed configuration settings before you configure the user s computer to launch Workstation when the computer starts NOTE If you plan to run the virtual machine on a laptop computer be sure to set the virtual machine to report the battery status as described in Reporting Battery Information in the Guest Operating System on page 158 You cannot change virtual machine settings by using the virtual machine settings editor when Workstation is running in full screen switch mode It is recommended that you finish configuring the virtual machine and install the guest operating system and applications before you move the virtual machine to the user s computer Moving a Virtual Machine to the User s Computer The easiest way to move the virtual machine to a user s computer is to use a network connection to copy all the files in the virtual machine directory to a directory on the user s computer You can also move the directory by using a DVD or other removable media large enough to store the files Place eac
491. t only network to be configured in a way that permits packet leakage VMware Inc 291 Workstation User s Manual Windows Hosts Systems using server versions of Windows operating systems are capable of forwarding IP packets that are not addressed to them By default however these systems and Windows Vista systems come with IP packet forwarding disabled IP forwarding is not an issue on Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP Professional or Windows XP Home Edition hosts If you find packets leaking out of a host only network on a Windows host computer check to see if forwarding has been enabled on the host machine If itis enabled disable it To determine whether packet forwarding is enabled and to turn it off Do one of the following m Stop the Routing and Remote Access service as follows a Choose Start gt Run and then enter services msc in the Run dialog box b Inthe Services window that appears disable the Routing and Remote Access service m Use Windows Administrative Tools to disable routing and remote access as follows a Ona Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 Server host choose Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Routing and Remote Access An icon on the left is labeled with the host name If a green dot appears over the icon IP forwarding is turned on b To turn off IP forwarding right click the icon and disable Routing and Remote Access A red dot appears indicating that IP forwarding is disabled
492. tart Workstation on the Windows host and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select General 4 To enable or disable the setting use the check box called Use enhanced virtual keyboard and click OK If you have just installed Workstation or upgraded to Workstation 6 you might need to restart the host computer before turning on this setting Hot Keys Hot keys let you specify the key combination that is used with hot key sequences for all your virtual machines For example you can require that all hot key sequences use Ctrl Shift Alt This is useful if you want to prevent certain key combinations such as Ctrl Alt Del from being intercepted by Workstation instead of being sent to the guest operating system Use hot key sequences to Switch between virtual machines Enter and leave full screen mode Ungrab input Send Ctrl Alt Del to the virtual machine only not to the host machine Send commands to the virtual machine only not to the host machine Because Ctrl Alt tells Workstation to release ungrab mouse and keyboard input combinations that include Ctrl Alt are not passed to the guest operating system If you need to use such a combination for example use Ctrl Alt lt Fkey gt to switch between Linux workspaces in a virtual machine press Ctrl Alt Space release Space without releasing Ctrl an
493. tation VM menu NOTE To display the virtual machine across two or more monitors in full screen mode see Using Multiple Monitors on page 160 Using Quick Switch Mode Quick switch mode is similar to full screen mode with the addition of tabs at the top of the screen for switching from one virtual machine to another The other difference is that you can use quick switch mode with virtual machines that are powered on or off whereas full screen mode is available only for virtual machines that are powered on In quick switch mode the virtual machine s screen is resized to fill the screen completely except for the space occupied by the tabs To enter quick switch mode choose View gt Quick Switch To view the Workstation menu and toolbar while you are using quick switch mode move the mouse pointer to the top of the screen VMware Inc 157 Workstation User s Manual 158 To resize a guest operating system s display so it fills as much of the screen as possible in quick switch mode choose View gt Fit Guest Now The Fit Guest Now option works only if you have the current version of VMware Tools installed in the guest operating system To get out of quick switch mode move the mouse pointer to the top of the screen to activate the menu and choose View gt Quick Switch Reporting Battery Information in the Guest Operating System To run a virtual machine on a laptop in full screen mode use the following procedure to
494. tation window on a Windows host first choose View gt Tabs to turn off the tabs Then from the title bar icon shortcut menu choose Hide Controls This window is very similar to full screen mode except that the task bars for both the host and the guest are displayed VMware Inc 155 Workstation User s Manual 156 Using Full Screen Mode In full screen mode the virtual machine display fills the screen so you no longer see the borders of the VMware Workstation window Figure 7 2 Full Screen Toolbar on a Windows Host Cycle multiple monitors button Next button Selector arrow SP Windows xP Professional Wks 6 YM 5 amp X 1 Windows XP Professional Wks 6 2 Windows 2000 Professional 4 Next Virtual Machine Ctrl Alt Right Previous Virtual Machine Ctrl Alt Left NOTE If you plan to run the virtual machine in full screen mode on a laptop computer also see Reporting Battery Information in the Guest Operating System on page 158 To use full screen mode 1 Start Workstation and make sure one or more virtual machines are powered on 2 Ifyou have multiple monitors move the Workstation window into the monitor you want to use for displaying this virtual machine in full screen mode NOTE For best performance make sure the guest operating system has VMware Tools installed See Installing and Upgrading VMware Tools on page 113 3 To enter full screen mode select a powered on virtua
495. tcuts keyboard 85 243 459 Workstation User s Manual shrink virtual disks 137 151 200 201 virtual disks in Netware 138 Shrink tab VMware Tools 137 shrinking virtual disks See virtual disk shrinking Sidebar panel 73 silent install 120 size disk 196 209 virtual disk 36 virtual machine window 163 sleep ACPI 401 SMP See virtual SMP snapshot and Workstation 4 virtual machines 237 as background activity 229 defined 446 disabling 235 disabling menu functions 390 excluding virtual disks from 230 files 109 fullclones 247 linear process 225 linked clone 250 of linked clone 250 parent 226 power off options 236 process tree 226 restoring 234 reverting to 234 reverting to at power off 235 taking 233 team 269 understanding 225 using 225 snapshot manager 231 Solaris resizing guests 165 supported 32 bit guest operating systems 40 supported 64 bit guest operating systems 40 VMware Tools for 127 sound configuring 325 drivers for Windows 9x and NT guests 325 Sound Blaster 325 support in guest 37 spf file importing 98 starting applications in a virtual machine without debugging 422 debugging session in a virtual machine 421 438 session in a virtual machine without debugging 438 starting Workstation 64 static IP addresses clone 249 range of 305 status bar hide 155 Std file 109 StorageCraft images importing 98 subnet changing settings 285 in NAT configuration 289 on host onl
496. te all disk space in advance you can configure the virtual disk to use a set of files limited to 2GB per file Use this option if you plan to move the virtual disk to a file system that does not support files larger than 2GB Lock Files A running virtual machine creates lock files to prevent consistency problems on virtual disks If the virtual machine did not use locks multiple virtual machines might read and write to the disk causing data corruption VMware Inc Chapter 9 Using Disks Lock files are used to protect a virtual machine and are created in sub directories with a Lck suffix The locking sub directories reside in the same directory as the virtual machine s vmdk files A locking sub directory and lock file are created for vmdk files vmx files and vmem files As of the Workstation 6 release a unified locking method is used on all host operating systems so files shared between them are fully protected For example if one user on a Linux host tries to power on a virtual machine that is already powered on by another user with a Windows host the lock files will prevent the second user from powering on the virtual machine When a virtual machine powers off it removes the locking sub directories and their lock files If it cannot remove these locking controls one or more stale lock files might be left For example if the host machine crashes before the virtual machine has a chance to remove its locking controls st
497. ted you can create a network adapter to connect to it as described in Adding and Removing Ethernet Adapters on page 266 VMware Inc 265 Workstation User s Manual 266 Adding and Removing Ethernet Adapters Use the following procedure to create an adapter to connect to a LAN segment To add or remove an Ethernet adapter 1 7 Power off the virtual machine that you want to add an adapter to or remove an adapter from Select the team either from the Favorites list or by clicking the summary tab for the team From the Workstation menu bar choose Team gt Settings and click the Connections tab To add an adapter select the virtual machine and click Add Adapter The added adapter is displayed in the Adapters column To use the adapter to connect to a LAN segment select the check box that corresponds to the LAN segment If you need to first create a LAN segment see Creating a Team LAN Segment on page 265 To remove an adapter select the adapter you want to remove and click Remove Adapter Click OK Now that you have added a network adapter you can use it to configure connections as described in Configuring Connections for a LAN Segment on page 267 VMware Inc Chapter 12 Configuring Teams Configuring Connections for a LAN Segment This section describes how to configure connections for virtual Ethernet adapters To connect a virtual machine to a LAN segment 1 If you have not ye
498. tem at the state the virtual machine is in when you click Stop The sections that follow provide details about how to enable this feature and use it Hardware and Virtual Hardware Requirements on page 238 Recording and Playing Back Virtual Machine Activity on page 240 Hardware and Virtual Hardware Requirements Following is a list of requirements for and limitations of this feature Host CPUs For optimum performance use a computer with an Intel P4 processor when using this feature Other processors might operate more slowly during recording and replaying If you use the record replay feature on a host computer that does not have an Intel P4 processor when you enable the record replay feature and power on the virtual machine a message appears informing you that hardware acceleration will be disabled Virtual machine version Only Workstation 5 and 6 virtual machines can be recorded Supported operating systems You can use the record replay feature only on 32 bit versions of the following guest operating systems Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003 Windows Vista Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 and 4 SUSE Linux 9 3 and 10 x SMP operating systems are not supported If you attempt to enable the record replay feature on an unsupported operating system the virtual machine will not power on until you disable record replay VMware Inc VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine U
499. ter 7 Running a Virtual Machine Similarly you can configure the Reset button to work the same way as a reset switch so that it resets the virtual machine abruptly with no consideration for work in progress Or you can set the Reset button to have the VMware Tools service send a restart signal to the guest operating system It then shuts down gracefully and restarts NOTE Not all guest operating systems respond to a shut down signal from the Power Off button or to a restart signal from the Reset If your operating system does not respond to the signal shut down or restart from within the operating system as you would with a physical machine To configure the Power options for a virtual machine 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be powered on or off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 3 Click the Options tab and select Power 4 Inthe Power Controls area of the dialog box specify whether you want the Power Off button to shut down the guest gracefully or to abruptly power the virtual machine off The selection you make is reflected in the tooltip you see when you place your mouse pointer over the Power Off button 5 Similarly specify how you want the Reset button to work It can either act as a reset switch and abruptly reset the guest operating system or it can send a restart signal to the guest operating system so that it shuts down gracefully and resta
500. ter decide you want to use NAT you can make that change in the virtual machine settings editor from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt Ethernet See Changing a Networking Configuration on page 282 Host Only Networking Host only networking creates a network that is completely contained within the host computer Host only networking provides a network connection between the virtual machine and the host computer using a virtual Ethernet adapter that is visible to the host operating system This approach can be useful if you need to set up an isolated virtual network Figure 13 3 Host Only Networking Setup Virtual Ethernet adapter i Virtual machine qp mmnnndnn DHCP server Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet1 Host virtual VMware Inc 277 Workstation User s Manual How to Set Up Host Only Networking A host only network is set up automatically if you select the Custom setup in the New Virtual Machine wizard and select Use host only networking On Linux hosts this selection is available only if you enabled the host only networking option when you installed Workstation Requirements for IP Addresses If you use host only networking your virtual machine and the host virtual adapter are connected to a private Ethernet network Addresses on this network are provided by the VMware DHCP server How to Edit the Setting Later If you make another selection in the New Virtual Machin
501. than the other options It allows the host operating system to swap as much virtual machine memory to disk as it wants This setting allows you to run even more virtual machines with even more memory than the intermediate setting does Disabling Memory Trimming Workstation uses a memory trimming technique to return unused virtual machine memory to the host machine for other uses Although memory trimming usually has little impact on performance and might be needed in low memory situations the I O caused by memory trimming can sometimes interfere with disk oriented workload performance in a guest You can disable memory trimming for a guest in the virtual machine settings editor from the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt A dvanced In the Settings section select Disable memory page trimming VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning Disabling Page Sharing VMware uses a page sharing technique to allow guest memory pages with identical contents to be stored as a single copy on write page Many workloads present opportunities for sharing memory across virtual machines For example several virtual machines might be running instances of the same guest operating system have the same applications or components loaded or contain common data With memory sharing a workload often consumes less memory than it would when running on a physical machine As a result the system can support higher levels of overcommitment
502. that you do not use a physical disk configuration unless you are an expert user Disk Capacity The wizard prompts you to set a size between 0 1GB and 950GB for a SCSI virtual disk You then choose whether to allocate all the disk space now or allow the virtual machine to grow as you use it It is recommended that you allow the disk to grow The option Allocate all disk space now gives somewhat better performance for your virtual machine If you allocate all the disk now you will not be able to use the shrink disk feature later NOTE Allocating all disk space now is a time consuming operation that cannot be canceled and requires as much physical disk space as you specify for the virtual disk You are also given the option Split disk into 2GB files Select this option if your virtual disk is stored on a file system that does not support files larger than 2GB Using the New Virtual Machine Wizard The New Virtual Machine wizard guides you through the key steps for setting up anew virtual machine helping you set various options and parameters You can then use the virtual machine settings editor from the menu bar choose VM gt Settings if you need to make any changes to your virtual machine s setup This section includes the following procedures m To create a virtual machine by using the typical setup on page 93 m To create a virtual machine by using the custom setup on page 93 VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a
503. the first screen to the virtual machine on the second screen move the mouse pointer from one to the other You do not need to take any special steps if VMware Tools is running in both guest operating systems and if you are using the default settings for grabbing input If you changed the defaults you might need to press Ctrl Alt to release the mouse pointer from the first virtual machine move it to the second virtual machine and click in the second virtual machine so it will grab control of mouse and keyboard input Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display The View menu s Autofit and Fit commands allow you to match the Workstation console with the guest operating system display size With both Autofit commands toggled off Workstation does not automatically match window sizes as you work Scroll bars appear in the console when the Workstation console is smaller than the guest operating system display A black border appears in the console when the console is larger than the guest operating system display The Autofit and Fit commands are described Table 7 1 Table 7 1 Autofit and Fit Commands View Menu Command Description Autofit Window Causes the Workstation console to maintain the size of the virtual machine s display resolution If the guest operating system changes its resolution the Workstation console resizes to match the new resolution Autofit Guest Causes the virtual machine to resize the
504. the form ip 192 168 27 2 24 For an example of a NAT configuration file see Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File on page 315 The configuration file variables are described in Contents of the NAT Configuration File on page 309 Contents of the NAT Configuration File The NAT configuration file is located in m Ona Windows host C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware vmnetnat conf If you edit this file and then use the virtual network settings editor Edit gt Virtual Network Settings your edits might be lost m Ona Linux host etc vmware vmnet8 nat nat conf The NAT configuration file contains the following sections VMware Inc 309 Workstation User s Manual 310 The host Section ip The IP address that the NAT device should use It can optionally be followed by a slash and the number of bits in the subnet netmask The subnet mask to use for the NAT network DHCP addresses are allocated from this range of addresses configport A port that can be used to access status information about the NAT device device The VMnet device to use Windows devices are of the form VMnet lt x gt where lt x gt is the number of the VMnet Linux devices are of the form dev vmnet lt x gt activeFTP Flag to indicate if active FTP is to be allowed Active FTP allows incoming connections to be opened by the remote FTP server Turning this off means that only passive mode FTP works Set this flag to 0 to t
505. the guest are not correct In others the guest operating system is not able to use a graphical interface VMware Inc 319 Workstation User s Manual You can try either of the following solutions m Increase the number of colors available on the host as described in Changing Screen Color Depth on the Host on page 320 m Decrease the number of colors used in the guest as described in Changing Screen Color Depth in the Virtual Machine on page 320 For best performance use the same number of colors in the guest and on the host Changing Screen Color Depth on the Host If you choose to change the color settings on your host operating system shut down all guest operating systems power off the virtual machines and close Workstation Follow standard procedures for changing the color settings on your host operating system and then restart Workstation and the virtual machines Changing Screen Color Depth in the Virtual Machine If you choose to change the color settings in the guest operating system the approach you take depends on the guest operating system Follow the normal process for changing screen colors in your guest operating system m Ina Windows guest the Display Properties control panel offers only those settings that are supported m Ina Linux or FreeBSD guest you must change the color depth before you start the X server or restart the X server after making the changes Experimental Support for Dir
506. the latest version of VMware Tools m The VMware Tools service is running in the virtual machine m Depending on the operation the script performs the virtual machine must have a virtual network adapter connected or the power operation fails WARNING When you reinstall VMware Tools after you upgrade the Workstation A software any changes you made to the default scripts are overwritten Any custom scripts you created remain untouched but do not benefit from any underlying changes that enhance the default scripts 140 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Executing Commands After You Power Off or Reset a Virtual Machine In a Linux Solaris or FreeBSD guest you can have the VMware Tools service execute specific commands when you shut down or restart the guest operating system This is in addition to any script that you might have specified to run when you shut down the guest operating system To execute these commands you need to modify etc vmware tools tools conf The commands are halt command lt command gt where lt command gt is the command to execute when you shut down the guest operating system reboot command lt command gt where lt command gt is the command to execute when you restart the guest operating system Passing a String from the Host to the Guest This section describes how to pass a string from your virtual machine s configuration file in the host operatin
507. the options click Help to display the online help Installing VMware Tools on a Windows Guest VMware Tools is supported on all Windows guest operating systems The detailed steps for installing VMware Tools depend on the version of Windows you are running The steps that follow show how to install VMware Tools in a Windows XP guest Some steps that are automated in newer versions of Windows must be performed manually in Windows 9x and Windows NT as described in Additional Steps When Migrating from Old Versions of Windows on page 117 If you are running Workstation on a Windows host and your virtual machine has only one CD ROM drive the CD ROM drive must be configured as an IDE or SCSI CD ROM drive It cannot be configured as a generic SCSI device To add an IDE or SCSI CD ROM drive see Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 179 For information about generic SCSI see Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device on page 357 NOTE If when you installed the operating system you connected the virtual machine s CD drive to the ISO image file you will need to change the connection from the ISO image to auto detect a physical drive With the virtual machine powered off choose VM gt Settings gt CD ROM gt Use physical Drive Auto Detect Alternatively you can automate the installation of VMware Tools in a Windows guest operating system For information see Automating the Installation of VMw
508. ting systems the method for changing the setting varies with the operating system See the following sections for details m Turning on DMA Mode for Windows 95 98 Guests with IDE Disks on page 380 m Turning on DMA Mode for Windows NT Guests with IDE Disks on page 381 Turning on DMA Mode for Windows 95 98 Guests with IDE Disks Windows 95 OSR2 and later including Windows 98 can use direct memory access DMA for faster access to IDE hard disks However this feature might not be enabled by default You can turn on DMA access by using the guest operating system s Device Manager 380 VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning To turn on DMA access 1 On the guest operating system s desktop right click My Computer and choose Properties from the menu 2 Click the sign beside Disk Drives to show your virtual machine s individual drives 3 Right click the entry for each IDE drive to open its Properties dialog box 4 Under Settings select the DMA check box and accept any warning Windows displays 5 Restart Windows for the new settings to take effect Turning on DMA Mode for Windows NT Guests with IDE Disks Some users have seen a problem in a Workstation virtual machine that uses IDE virtual disks on a multiprocessor host computer The I O issue is especially noticeable when the virtual machine is booting You might improve performance by enabling DMA direct memory access on the virtual hard disk s IDE ch
509. ting systems guide you through installing the drivers after you install the first SCSI device in the virtual machine On Windows NT 4 0 you might need to install the driver manually if it is not already installed for a virtual SCSI disk Do so before you add a generic SCSI device To install the BusLogic driver in a Windows NT 4 0 guest 1 Have your Windows NT installation CD available 2 Open the SCSI Adapters control panel by choosing Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt SCSI Adapters 3 Click the Drivers tab and click Add 4 Inthe list of vendors on the left select BusLogic 5 In the list of drivers on the right select BusLogic MultiMaster PCI SCSI Host Adapters and click OK 6 Insert the Windows NT CD when you are prompted and click OK 7 Reboot when you are prompted 358 VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Adding a Generic SCSI Device to a Virtual Machine The following procedure provides instructions for mapping virtual SCSI devices to physical generic SCSI devices on the host To add a generic SCSI device to a virtual machine 1 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Add to start the Add Hardware wizard and click Next Select Generic SCSI Device and click Next From the drop down list of SCSI devices choose the one you want to use If you do not see the device you want in
510. tings editor To suspend a virtual machine 1 If your virtual machine is running in full screen mode return to windowed mode by pressing the Ctrl Alt Enter key combination 2 Click the Suspend button on the Workstation toolbar To resume a virtual machine that you have suspended 1 Start Workstation and choose a virtual machine you have suspended 2 Click Resume on the Workstation toolbar VMware Inc Chapter 10 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Using Snapshots Workstation snapshots allow you to preserve the state of the virtual machine so you can return to the same state repeatedly For example you might use snapshots to develop training courses You can take a snapshot of the machine for each lesson or lab in the course Similarly if you test software you can take a snapshot before installing different versions of a program to ensure each installation begins from an identical baseline Snapshot Processes Linear Versus Process Tree Taking a snapshot saves the current state of the virtual machine so you can return to it at any time Snapshots are useful when you need to revert a virtual machine repeatedly to the same state but you don t want to create multiple virtual machines To save the current state of your virtual machine temporarily see Using the Suspend and Resume Features on page 223 You can take multiple snapshots of a virtual machine to save any state you want to return to To take snapshots o
511. tion see Required Information When Designating a Destination for the Virtual Machine on page 103 If you are importing a virtual machine make sure the virtual machine is powered off From the Workstation menu bar choose File gt Import to launch the VMware Converter Import wizard Complete the wizard pages As you proceed through the wizard the navigation pane which is on the left side of the wizard helps you keep track of where you are in the process Whenever you get to a new phase or step a list expands to display the names of the wizard pages included in that step When you complete an entire step the next step expands If you want to go back to a previous page you can click its name in the navigation pane 107 Workstation User s Manual Files That Make Up a Virtual Machine You might never need to know the filenames or locations for your virtual machine files Virtual machine file management is performed by VMware Workstation You can therefore skip this section A virtual machine typically is stored on the host computer in a set of files usually in a directory created by Workstation for that specific virtual machine The key files are listed in Table 5 1 by extension In these examples lt vmname gt is the name of your virtual machine Table 5 1 Virtual Machine Files Extension File Name Description Log lt vmname gt Log Keeps a log of key VMware Workstation activity or This file
512. tion in another virtual machine on the same Workstation host useful on a Linux host and can also be done on a Windows host Using either of these methods lets you debug kernel code on one system without the need for two physical computers a modem or a serial cable Debugging an Application in a Virtual Machine from the Windows Host In this example you have kernel code to debug in a virtual machine called the target virtual machine and are running WinDbg or KD on your Windows host VMware Inc 339 Workstation User s Manual 340 To debug an application from a Windows host 1 Prepare the target virtual machine as described in Connecting an Application on the Host to a Virtual Machine on page 334 Make sure you configure the virtual machine s virtual serial port as follows a Select This end is the server b Under I O Mode select the Yield CPU on poll check box because the kernel in the target virtual machine uses the virtual serial port in polled mode not interrupt mode 2 Prepare the host Make sure you have a recent version of Debugging Tools for Windows one that supports debugging over a pipe You need version 5 0 18 0 or higher 3 Power on the virtual machine 4 Make sure the serial port is connected as follows From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Removable Devices On that menu Serial lt n gt should be reported as pipe lt namedpipe gt on Windows hosts or tmp lt socket gt on Linu
513. tion virtual machine is like a separate computer that runs in a window on your physical computer However Workstation displays more than the screen of another computer From the Workstation window you can access and run your virtual 64 VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics machines and teams of virtual machines You can also switch easily from one to another This section shows you how to navigate and use the VMware Workstation window and how to set up a list of favorites Favorites are virtual machines and teams that you use often and want to access quickly Figure 4 1 VMware Workstation Window 2 windows XP Professional Wks 6 Mware Workstation menus Eile Edit View VM Team Windows Help toolbar a up 6 8 p Teao Des oae _ Sidebar x E gt Powered On GB vista vM Windows xP Professional Y E Favorites amp 8 Team Windows VMs GD Red Hat 3 E Team QA VMs E Clone of Red Hat 3 sidebar _ tabs home page summary or console view VMware Inc 8 Mixed version team GD Red Hat Linux E B Windows YMs E Windows 2000 Profess E Vista VM ED Windows XP Professior E WKS 4 x VMs message log 7 BH 1 22PM status o release cursor press Ctrl Alt bar The VMware Workstation window contains the following sections Home page summary console or appliance view This main part of the window shows your vir
514. to m Automate the management of virtual disks with scripts m Create virtual disks that are not associated with a particular virtual machine for example to be used as templates m Switch the virtual disk type from preallocated to growable or from growable to preallocated When you change the disk type to growable you reclaim some disk space You can shrink the virtual disk to reclaim even more disk space m Expand the size of a virtual disk so it is larger than the size specified when you created it m Defragment virtual disks m Prepare and shrink virtual disks without powering on the virtual machine Windows hosts only You can use the Virtual Disk Manager with virtual disks created under VMware Server and VMware Workstation NOTE You cannot use the Virtual Disk Manager to create physical disks or shrink them Running the VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility To run the VMware Virtual Disk Manager utility open a command prompt or terminal on the host operating system On a Windows host change to the directory where you installed your Workstation software By default this directory is C Program Files VMware VMware Workstation The command syntax is vmware vdiskmanager options VMware Inc 215 Workstation User s Manual Table 9 1 lists the options you can use with vmware vdiskmanager For examples of how you use these options to perform various tasks see Examples Using the VMware Virtual Disk Manag
515. to attach to 3 Perform debugging tasks as you would in a local debugging environment NOTE Donotsuspend a virtual machine while the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger is connected to an application If you do the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger will disconnect from the application 422 VMware Inc Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger The Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger provides a configurable interface between Visual Studio and virtual machines making it easy to develop and debug applications that run in multiple Windows operating system environments on a single PC Debugging your applications in virtual machines enables you to reproduce and record errors while maintaining the integrity of the host machine You can perform typical debugging tasks such as pausing at breakpoints stepping through code and viewing and modifying the state of your application all without impacting the host environment This chapter contains the following sections m Overview of the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger on page 423 m Setting Up the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment on page 426 m Managing Virtual Machine Configurations on page 433 m Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines on page 438 Overview of the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger The Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger enables you to m Manage configuration settings f
516. to connect to the host CD ROM drive which can make it spin up while the virtual machine appears to pause VMware Inc 379 Workstation User s Manual If you have a CD ROM drive that takes an especially long time to spin up eliminate these pauses by disabling the polling inside your guest operating system The method varies by operating system For recent Microsoft Windows operating systems the easiest way is to use TweakUI from the PowerToys utilities For information on finding TweakUI and installing it in your guest operating system go to www microsoft com and search for TweakUI Disks This section includes the following topics m Turning on DMA Mode for IDE Disks on page 380 m Defragmenting Disk Drives on page 382 Turning on DMA Mode for IDE Disks The disk options SCSI or IDE and types virtual or physical affect performance in many ways Inside a virtual machine SCSI disks and IDE disks that use direct memory access DMA have approximately the same performance However IDE disks can be very slow in a guest operating system that either cannot use or is not set to use DMA The easiest way to configure a Linux guest to use DMA for IDE drive access is to install VMware Tools see Installing VMware Tools on a Linux Guest on page 123 Among other things the installation process sets IDE virtual drives to use DMA In newer versions of Windows DMA access is enabled by default In older Windows guest opera
517. to install the VIX API and accept its license agreement do so The debugger cannot run without the VIX API If the configuration program does not display a message saying the configuration completed successfully run the configuration program again 3 When done exit from the root account exit The first time you attempt to power on a virtual machine you are prompted to enter the Workstation 6 serial number 52 VMware Inc Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation Uninstalling Workstation on a Linux Host This section provides instructions for uninstalling an RPM installation and a tar installation Uninstalling an RPM Installation of Workstation If you used the RPM installer to install Workstation remove the software from your system by using the following command rpm e VMwareWorkstation lt xxxx gt Where lt xxxx gt is a series of numbers representing the version and build If you have Workstation properly installed you can find the Workstation build number by running rpm qa grep VM Uninstalling a tar Installation of Workstation If you used the tar installer to install Workstation remove the software from your system by using the following command vmware uninstalLL pl Where to Go Next After Workstation is installed you will 1 Create a virtual machine See Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 87 2 Install a guest operating system in the new virtual machine See Installing a G
518. to select devices and find out whether any associated files point to locations that cannot be accessed from the new virtual machine Moving an Older Virtual Machine If you created a virtual machine by using Workstation 2 x or 3 x you must upgrade it to at least version 4 Workstation 6 does not support Workstation 2 or 3 virtual machines Moving Linked Clones You can move a linked clone as you would an ordinary Workstation virtual machine However if you move a linked clone or if you move its parent virtual machine make sure the clone can access the parent virtual machine for example by using a shared directory or networked file server y CAUTION You cannot power on a linked clone if Workstation cannot locate the original virtual machine Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users If you want other users to be able to access your virtual machines consider the following points m Only one user can run a virtual machine at a time Other users can also share a virtual machine by making a linked clone of it A linked clone is a copy that uses the same virtual disks as the parent virtual machine it was copied from See Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 245 m On Windows hosts relocate the virtual machine files to a directory that is accessible to all appropriate users The default location for a Windows host is not typically accessible to other users m On Windows XP C Documents and Settings lt user name gt My Do
519. to store the administrative installation image 47 Workstation User s Manual 48 Run a silent installation using msiexec and the administrative installation image you extracted in the previous step msiexec i lt InstallTempPath gt VMware Workstation msi INSTALLDIR lt PathToProgramDirectory gt ADDLOCAL ALL REMOVE lt featurename featurename gt qn Enter the command on one line To install Workstation in a location other than the default change the path that follows INSTALLDIR to specify the location Use the optional REMOVE lt property gt to skip installation of certain features The REMOVE lt property gt setting can take one or more of the values listed in Table 2 1 Table 2 1 Values for the REMOVE Property Value Description Authd VMware authorization service which is used to perform tasks when you are not running Workstation as an Administrator Network Networking components including the virtual bridge and the host adapters for host only networking and NAT networking Do not remove this component if you want to use NAT or DHCP DHCP Virtual DHCP server NAT Virtual NAT device If you specify more than one value use a comma to separate the values For example REMOVE Authd NAT NOTE If you specify REMOVE Network the installer skips installation of certain networking components including NAT and DHCP There is no need to specify DHCP or NAT separately You can customize the
520. to the Lp and parport devices In most of these cases the owner of the device is root and the associated group is Lp To allow the VMware user to access the device add the user to the associated group To view the owner and group of the device run this command ls la dev parport0O The third and fourth columns of the output show the owner and group respectively To add the user to the device group edit the etc group file On the line starting with lp which defines the lp group add the Workstation user s user name You must make this change as the root user The following line provides an example for a user whose user name is userj 1p 7 daemon Lp userj The next time the user logs on to the host the changes take effect Special Notes for the lomega Zip Drive On Windows 95 or Windows 98 use of older drivers for the lomega Zip drive might cause the guest operating system to lock up intermittently at boot time or during installation of the guest operating system The newest Iomega drivers work reliably in VMware tests They are available from the lomega web site Go to www iomega com and click on Support amp Downloads 332 VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Using Serial Ports A Workstation virtual machine can use up to four virtual serial ports The virtual serial ports can be configured in several ways m Connect a virtual serial port to a physical serial port on the host computer m Connect a virtual seri
521. to the guest operating system Unloading the VMDebugger Add in To permanently uninstall the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger run the Workstation installation program select Modify on the Program Maintenance page deselect Visual Studio PlugIn in the Custom setup and continue through the installation wizard NOTE Deselecting Start in Tools gt Add In Manager does not prevent the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Add in from loading Cleaning Up After a Crash If you try to run the debugger locally after a debugging session in a virtual machine crashes or freezes you might get a Visual Studio error that indicates that the remote server cannot be found To reset Visual Studio to debug locally m In C choose Project Property Pages gt Debugging and set the Debugger to Launch property to Local Windows Debugger Set the Command property to either an empty string or the correct local path m In C and VB choose Project Property Pages gt Debug Make sure Start project is selected and Use remote machine is deselected Optionally remove any shared folders that were used to run the debug command and the Remote Debug Monitor Shared folders are usually removed at the end of a debugging session but they might not be removed in the following circumstances m If the debugging session causes a crash m If the virtual machine is powered off while the debugging session is still running These shared folders are typicall
522. ts expect physical memory to be mapped directly in the kernel s address space and thus do not normally work properly with the CONFIG_BIGMEM option enabled If you are using a 1GB kernel with CONFIG_BIGMEM enabled and have 960MB to 1983MB of memory Workstation does not run To work around this issue you can either m Recompile the kernel as a 2GB kernel by enabling the CONFIG_2GB option This allows for 100 percent use of physical memory m Pass the boot time switch mem 959M at the LILO prompt or add it to Lilo conf to disable CONFIG_BIGMEM and thus allow you to run Workstation To do this try one of the following m Atthe LILO prompt type Linux 2 2 16xxx mem 959M m Edit Lilo conf In the kernel section add this line append mem 959M VMware Inc Chapter 16 Performance Tuning If you have a 1GB kernel with CONFIG_BIGMEM enabled and have more than 1983MB of memory you can do one of the following m Recompile the kernel as a 2GB kernel by enabling the CONFIG_2GB option and either pass the boot time switch mem 1983M at the LILO prompt or add it to lilo conf To use the switch do one of the following m Atthe LILO prompt type Linux 2 2 16xxx mem 1983M m Edit Lilo conf In the kernel section add this line append mem 1983M m Pass the boot time switch mem 959M at the LILO prompt or add it to lilo conf to disable CONFIG_BIGMEM To use the switch do one of the following m Atthe LILO prompt type Linux 2 2 16xxx
523. ttempts to enter the serial number that user will not have the required permissions 10 When the wizard displays the Installation Wizard Completed page click Finish Some installations might require that you reboot your computer When you restart you don t need to log in as a user with Administrator privileges Installing Workstation Silently If you are installing Workstation on several Windows host computers you might want to use the silent installation feature of the Microsoft Windows Installer This feature is convenient for example in a large enterprise Before installing Workstation silently ensure that the host computer has version 2 0 or higher of the MSI runtime engine This version of the installer is available in versions of Windows beginning with Windows XP and is available separately from Microsoft For additional details on using the Microsoft Windows Installer see the Microsoft Web site To install Workstation silently 1 VMware Inc Silently extract the administrative installation image from the VMware Workstation installer setup exe a s v qn TARGETDIR lt InstallTempPath gt setup exe is the name of the installer on the CD distribution If you are using a downloaded installer the filename is similar to VMwareWorkstation lt xxxx gt exe where lt xxxx gt is a series of numbers representing the version and build numbers lt Instal1lTempPath gt is the full path to the folder where you want
524. tual machine s IP address and tells the user to open a browser VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine 7 Click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor When a user starts up this virtual machine the newly created appliance view is displayed It first displays a powering on message and then provides a link to click in order to access the appliance s management console Transferring Files and Text Between the Host and Guest Workstation gives you several mechanisms for transferring files between the host and guest You can transfer files m Using Drag and Drop on page 169 m Using Copy and Paste on page 170 m Using Shared Folders on page 171 m Using a Mapped Drive Windows Only on page 178 Using Drag and Drop To use the drag and drop feature make sure you have VMware Tools installed on the virtual machine With this feature you can move files and directories easily between Linux and Windows hosts and Linux Windows and Solaris 10 guests but not between Windows 95 and Windows 98 guests Linux hosts and guests must be running X Windows Solaris 10 guests must be running an Xorg X server and JDS Gnome You can drag and drop files or folders from a file manager such as Windows Explorer on the host to a file manager in the virtual machine and vice versa You can also drag files from a file manager to an application that supports drag and drop or from applications such as zip fil
525. tual machine settings editor from the menu bar choose VMb gt Settings gt Hardware gt USB Controller USB 2 0 support is available only for Workstation 6 virtual machines To use USB 2 0 devices in a Workstation 5 virtual machine you must upgrade the hardware compatibility level to Workstation 6 VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Connecting USB Devices The topics in this section describe automatic and manual connection of USB devices Automatic Connection of USB Devices When a virtual machine is running its window is the active window and if you plug a USB device into the host computer the device connects to the guest instead of the host You can disable this autoconnect feature in the USB Controller panel of the virtual machine settings editor from the menu bar choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware gt USB Controller Connecting USB Devices Manually Use the following procedure to manually connect specific USB devices to a virtual machine Use this procedure if the device does not automatically connect to the virtual machine To connect a USB device manually 1 Select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered on 2 From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Removable Devices gt USB Devices gt lt Device Name gt Here lt Device Name gt specifies the USB device that is plugged into your host computer A check mark appears next to the device s name indicating that it is connected If the
526. tual machines Tabs Each open virtual machine has its own tab Click a tab to make that virtual machine active Click the X to close the tab Depending on how you configure Workstation the virtual machine is then either powered off or continues to run in the background Sidebar Bookmark your favorite virtual machines and teams of virtual machines for quick access You can also see which virtual machines are powered on Right click context menus enable you to perform many operations on a selected virtual machine If you have Workstation ACE Edition an additional section of the sidebar displays ACE Management Servers For a description of this product see Upgrade Path to Workstation ACE Edition on page 21 65 Workstation User s Manual m Status bar This area displays Workstation messages and an icon for each removable device You can right click an icon to disconnect it or edit its configuration m Message log A note icon that indicates whether any unread messages are present in the message log for the selected virtual machine If the icon is dimmed all messages have been read To open the message log either double click the icon or right click it and choose Open Message Log Alternatively from the menu bar choose VM gt Message Log Messages include warning information about the virtual machine such as Could not connect to the floppy drive or No bootable device was detected Select an item in the me
527. u want to map and select a drive letter that is not yet being used on your host CAUTION It is strongly recommended that you leave the check box called V Open file in read only mode selected This setting prevents you from accidentally writing data to a virtual disk that might be the parent of a snapshot or linked clone Writing to such a disk could make the snapshot or clone unusable f Click OK The drive now appears in Windows Explorer on your host VMware Inc Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine 2 From the host read from or write to files on the mapped virtual disk as desired When you are finished and want to access this disk from a virtual machine again proceed to the next step 3 To disconnect the host from the disk a Choose File gt Map or Disconnect Virtual Disks b Inthe Map or Disconnect Virtual Drives dialog box select the volume that you want to disconnect and click Disconnect c If you receive an error message asking whether you want to forcibly disconnect click Yes d Click OK You can now power on any virtual machine that uses this disk NOTE As an alternative to using the File gt Map or Disconnect Virtual Disks command you can select a powered off virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware tab Select a hard disk and click Utilities gt Map The Map Virtual Disk dialog box appears with the corresponding vmdk file already selected To disconnect choose VM gt Settings gt Hardware
528. ual machine and click Next For more information see SCSI Adapter Types on page 91 On the Select a Disk page select whether to create an IDE or SCSI disk and click Next For more information see Virtual Disks and Physical Disks on page 92 On the Select a Disk Type page select whether to create an IDE or SCSI disk and click Next The wizard recommends the best choice based on the guest operating system you selected All Linux distributions you can select in the wizard use SCSI virtual disks by default as do several newer Windows operating systems and 64 bit operating systems Linux hosts only Also on the Select a Disk Type page if you want to exclude disks from snapshots in the Mode section select Independent for the mode and choose one of the following options m Persistent Changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk m Nonpersistent Changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot For more information see Using Snapshots on page 225 On the Specify Disk Capacity page enter the size of the virtual disk specify the way you want the disk space allocated and click Next For more information see Disk Capacity on page 92 On the Specify Disk File page enter the location of the virtual disk s files and click Finish The wizard sets up the files needed for your virtual machine Now that the virtual machine is created continue on with
529. ude any that are not needed or useful for the software you are distributing with the virtual machine and VMware Player For example generic SCSI devices are extremely unlikely to be appropriate To connect a physical device to a virtual device use the Auto detect options when configuring the virtual machine The Auto detect options allow the virtual machine to adapt to the user s system and they work whether the host operating system is Windows or Linux Users who have no physical device at all will receive a warning message To connect a CD ROM or floppy to an image file that you ship with the virtual machine make sure the image file is in the same directory as the virtual machine This way a relative path rather than an absolute path is used For both a physical CD ROM and an image provide two virtual CD ROM devices in the virtual machine VMware Player does not provide a way in the user interface to switch a single CD ROM device between a physical CD ROM and an image This also means that if you want to ship multiple images the user will not be able to switch between them Choose a reasonable amount of memory to allocate to the virtual machine If the user s host machine does not have enough physical memory to support the memory allocation the player cannot power on the virtual machine Install VMware Tools in the virtual machine VMware Tools significantly improves the user s experience working with the virtual machine Ch
530. uest Operating System on page 95 or the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the Help menu 3 Install the VMware Tools package in the virtual machine See Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools on page 111 4 Start using the virtual machine See Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics on page 63 and Chapter 7 Running a Virtual Machine on page 147 VMware Inc 53 Workstation User s Manual 54 VMware Inc Upgrading VMware Workstation This chapter discusses how to upgrade VMware Workstation 4 or 5 on your Linux or Windows host system and how to use existing virtual machines under Workstation 6 This chapter contains the following topics Preparing for the Upgrade on page 55 Upgrading on a Windows Host on page 57 Upgrading on a Linux Host on page 58 Using Workstation 4 or 5 Virtual Machines in Workstation 6 on page 59 Direct upgrades from a Workstation 3 virtual machine are not supported in Workstation 6 Preparing for the Upgrade This section lists the tasks you need to perform to ensure the best possible upgrade experience Removing Snapshots and Shutting Down Suspended Virtual Machines To use virtual machines created in an earlier version of Workstation you can upgrade the virtual machine after you upgrade to the new release of Workstation If the virtual machine was created with a version of Workstation earlier than Workstation 5 5 and
531. uest operating system Creative Labs has a number of Web sites serving various regions of the world The adapter name varies depending on the region but usually includes PCI 128 VMware Inc 325 Workstation User s Manual 326 VMware Inc Connecting Devices This chapter describes how to use various devices with a virtual machine This chapter includes the following topics Using Parallel Ports on page 327 Using Serial Ports on page 333 Configuring Keyboard Features on page 341 Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 351 Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device on page 357 Using Two Way Virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Experimental on page 365 Using Parallel Ports Parallel ports are used by a variety of devices including printers scanners dongles and disk drives Currently Workstation provides only partial emulation of PS 2 hardware Interrupts requested by a device connected to the physical port are not passed to the virtual machine Also the guest operating system cannot use DMA direct memory access to move data to or from the port For this reason not all devices that attach to the parallel port are guaranteed to work correctly Installation in Guest Operating Systems If the virtual machine is configured with a parallel port most guest operating systems detect it at installation time and install the required drivers Some operating systems including Linux Windo
532. uestions on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value m For the RPM installer configure VMware Tools vmware config tools plL Respond to the questions the installer displays on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value 5 Log off the root account exit 6 Start X and your graphical environment 126 VMware Inc Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools In an X terminal launch the VMware Tools control panel vmware toolbox amp For information about using this control panel to configure VMware Tools see VMware Tools Configuration Options on page 132 NOTE You can run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks or to change any VMware Tools scripts you must run VMware Tools as root su Installing VMware Tools in a Solaris Guest The first step is performed on the host within Workstation menus and the remaining steps are performed inside the virtual machine To install VMware Tools in a Solaris guest 1 VMware Inc Power on the virtual machine and after the guest system has started choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine Log in as root su and if necessary mount the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image as follows Usually the Solaris volume manager vold mounts the CD ROM under cdrom vmwaretooLs If the CD ROM is not mounted restart the volume manager using the following comman
533. uirements for the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger see Setting Up the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment on page 413 For information on how to manage virtual machine configurations see Managing Virtual Machine Launch Configurations on page 417 For more information on running and debugging applications in virtual machines see Running and Debugging Applications in Virtual Machines on page 421 412 VMware Inc Appendix B Using the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Setting Up the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger Environment Review the requirements and recommendations in this section before following the instructions in Chapter 2 Installing VMware Workstation on page 43 to install the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger as an optional component of Workstation 6 This section describes the requirements for host and guest systems Eclipse and the Java Runtime Environment JRE During Windows installation if Eclipse is not installed in C Program Files Eclipse or C Eclipse you must use the Custom setup to select the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger component and specify the Eclipse directory location During Linux installation you must override the default value of No when prompted by vmware config p1 to install the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger When you install the Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger m The Eclipse Integrated Virtual Debugger plug in ivd jar Foundry J
534. unch the virtual machine settings editor select the generic SCSI device and click Remove VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices Using Two Way Virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Experimental For all supported configurations of 32 bit and 64 bit host and guest operating systems running on multiprocessor host machines Workstation versions 5 5 and higher provide experimental support for two way virtual Symmetric Multiprocessing Virtual SMP This enables you to assign two virtual processors to a virtual machine on any host machine that has at least two logical processors The following are all considered to have two or more logical processors A multiprocessor host with two or more physical CPUs m Asingle processor host with a multicore CPU m Asingle processor host with hyperthreading enabled NOTE On hyperthreaded uniprocessor hosts performance of virtual machines with Virtual SMP might be subpar Guests with more than two virtual processors are not supported in Workstation However you can power on and run multiple dual processor virtual machines concurrently The number of virtual processors for a given virtual machine is displayed in the summary view of the virtual machine You can set the number of processors for the virtual machine in either the New Virtual Machine wizard or the virtual machine settings editor m In the virtual machine settings editor From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings and
535. unt of memory that can be allocated per virtual machine has been raised from 4GB to 8GB You can also install Workstation on server class hardware and host operating systems New Host Operating System Support The following 32 bit hosts are supported Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 5 Beta formerly called 4 0 Update 5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 0 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP4 Beta openSUSE 10 2 formerly known as SUSE Linux 10 2 Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Mandriva Linux 2007 Mandriva Corporate Desktop 4 0 VMware Inc 25 Workstation User s Manual 26 The following 64 bit hosts are supported Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 5 Beta formerly called 4 0 Update 5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 0 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP4 Beta openSUSE 10 2 formerly known as SUSE Linux 10 2 Ubuntu Linux 6 10 Mandriva Linux 2007 Mandriva Corporate Desktop 4 0 New Guest Operating System Support The following 32 bit guests are supported Windows Vista Enterprise 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Vista Business 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Vista Home Basic and Premium 3 D effects not yet supported Windows Vista Ultimate 3 D effects not yet supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 5 Beta Red Hat
536. uring automatic snapshots at power off VMware Inc 227 Workstation User s Manual 228 What Is Captured by a Snapshot A snapshot captures the entire state of the virtual machine at the time you take the snapshot This includes m Memory state Contents of the virtual machine s memory m Settings state Virtual machine settings m Disk state State of all the virtual machine s virtual disks Snapshots operate on individual virtual machines If you select a team of virtual machines and take a snapshot only the active virtual machine s state is preserved See Viewing Teams and Their Virtual Machines on page 258 When you revert to a snapshot you return the virtual machine s memory settings and virtual disks to the state they were in when you took the snapshot If you want the virtual machine to be suspended powered on or powered off when you launch it be sure it is in the state you want when you take the snapshot NOTE The state of a physical disk or independent disk is not preserved when you take a snapshot When to Take Snapshots This section lists some limitations regarding snapshots Activities That Conflict with Snapshots When you take a snapshot be aware of other activity going on in the virtual machine and the likely impact of reverting to that snapshot In general it is best to take a snapshot when no applications in the virtual machine are communicating with other computers The
537. urn it off The udp Section timeout Number of seconds to keep the UDP mapping for the NAT network The dns Section This section is for Windows hosts only Linux does not use this section policy Policy to use for DNS forwarding Accepted values include m order Send one DNS request at a time in order of the name servers m rotate Send one DNS request at a time and rotate through the DNS servers m burst Send to three servers and wait for the first one to respond timeout Time in seconds before retrying a DNS request retries Number of retries before the NAT device gives up on a DNS request VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network autodetect Flag to indicate whether the NAT device should detect the DNS servers available to the host nameserverl IP address of a DNS server to use nameserver2 IP address of a DNS server to use nameserver3 IP address of a DNS server to use If autodetect is on and some name servers are specified the DNS servers specified in nameserver1 nameserver2 and nameserver3 are added before the list of detected DNS servers The netbios Section This section applies to Windows hosts only Linux does not use this section nbnsTimeout 2 Timeout in seconds for NBNS queries nbnsRetries 3 Number of retries for each NBNS query nbdsTimeout 3 Timeout in seconds for NBDS queries The incomingtcp Section Use this section to configure TCP port forwarding
538. ware Tools Command Line Interface on page 144 Under some circumstances the virtual machine might synchronize time with the host even though this item is not selected If you want to disable time synchronization completely power off the virtual machine open the virtual machine s configuration file vmx in a text editor and set the following options to FALSE Table 6 1 Time Synchronization Options Option name Relates to time sychronization when tools syncTime Powering on a virtual machine time synchronize restore Reverting to a snapshot time synchronize resume disk Resuming a suspended virtual machine time synchronize continue Taking a snapshot time synchronize shrink Shrinking a virtual disk You can also use the VMware Tools command line interface to set these and other time synchronization options If you use this command line interface you do not need to power off the virtual machine For more information see Using the VMware Tools Command Line Interface on page 144 Show VMware Tools in the taskbar Windows guests only Select this option to display the VMware Tools icon in the taskbar Notify if upgrade is available Windows guests only Select this option if you want the VMware Tools icon to include a yellow caution icon when an upgrade is available Upgrade button Windows guests only This button becomes enabled when an upgrade is available Clicking this button has the
539. wer on a virtual machine has the following syntax vmware fullscreen poweron lt config file gt Provide the full path to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file The user sees no immediate indication that the virtual machine has started but the user can switch to the virtual machine with its direct switch key or with the cycle key To power on the virtual machine and pass additional information to the virtual machine use one or more of the options shown in the following syntax vmware fullscreen poweron s variable value name lt alias gt directkey lt keyspec gt fullscreen lt config file gt When you use the optional switches shown here the poweron switch is required and must be the first switch after the vnware fullscreen command Provide the full path to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file at the end of the command line Enter the complete command on one line Use the s switch to pass a variable name and value to be used in configuring the virtual machine You can include multiple lt variable gt lt vaLue gt pairs in the command Each lt variable gt lt value gt pair must be preceded by s Use name lt alias gt to give a name to the virtual machine You can the use that alias in switchto and poweroff commands Use directkey lt keyspec gt to specify the virtual machine s direct switch key If a direct switch key is specified in the virtual machine s co
540. work editor to configure bridged networking The virtual network editor is not available on a Linux host You can m View and change the settings for bridged networking on your host See To configure VMnet0 bridged networking on page 283 m Determine which network adapters on your host to use for bridged networking as described in To designate a physical Ethernet adapter to bridge to custom virtual switches on page 284 and To add or remove a host Ethernet adapter from the list of excluded adapters on page 284 m Map specific network adapters to specific virtual networks called VMnets as described in To make changes to the subnet or the DHCP settings for a virtual network on page 285 The changes you make to bridged networking affect all virtual machines using bridged networking on the host To configure VMnet0 bridged networking 1 From the Workstation menu bar choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings The virtual network editor appears with the Summary tab active By default the VMnet0 virtual network is set up in bridged mode and bridges to one of the active Ethernet adapters on the host computer 2 Click the Automatic Bridging tab and select the check box for Automatically choose an available physical adapter On host systems with more than one physical Ethernet adapter installed the choice of which adapter Workstation uses is arbitrary If you want to place restrictions on the choice see the procedure
541. ws NT and Windows 2000 automatically detect the ports at boot time Others like Windows 95 and Windows 98 do not VMware Inc 327 Workstation User s Manual 328 To add a parallel port to the virtual machine s configuration 1 8 Start Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens Click Add to start the New Hardware wizard Select Parallel Port and click Next Make the appropriate selection to use a physical parallel port or connect the virtual parallel port to a file Specify which option you want to use for the parallel port m Ifyou select Use physical parallel port click Next and choose the port from the drop down list m Ifyou select Output file click Next and enter the path and filename or browse to the location of the file Under Device status if you do not want the parallel port to connect at power on clear the check box Click Finish In a Windows 95 or Windows 98 guest after you add the port run the guest operating system s Add New Hardware wizard Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Add New Hardware and let Windows detect the new device Configuring a Parallel Port on a Linux Host For the parallel port to work properly in a guest it must first be configured properly on the host Most issues involving parallel port functionality are a result of the host configuration This sectio
542. ws hosts only Lets you restrict who can create new virtual machines edit virtual machine configurations and change networking settings For details see Locking Out Interface Features Windows Hosts Only on page 389 VMware Inc Chapter 4 Learning Workstation Basics m Tools tab Lets you specify whether you want to automatically upgrade VMware Tools on Windows and Linux guest systems when a new version becomes available On Linux hosts you must be running Workstation as root in order to change the settings on the Tools tab of the preferences editor VMware Tools is a suite of utilities that enhances the performance of the virtual machine s guest operating system and improves management of the virtual machine by Workstation See Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools on page 111 m Devices tab Windows hosts only By default the autorun feature mentioned on this tab is disabled by default Therefore you need to manually connect to the CD ROM drive by using the VM gt Removable Devices menu as described in Connecting and Disconnecting Removable Devices on page 180 In addition to the cross references mentioned in this list more information about the settings on each tab is available in the Workstation online help Click the Help button in the Preferences dialog box The settings on the following tabs apply only to the user currently logged on to the host computer Workspace tab Input tab Hot Keys t
543. x Click Yes to restart Windows NT and start using the new video driver The VMware Tools background application is launched when you reboot your virtual machine To migrate from Windows Me guest operating systems 1 After installing VMware Tools click Finish The Display Settings dialog box appears Click the Advanced button Click the Adapter tab Click the Change button and after the Update Device Driver wizard starts click Next Choose the option Specify the location of the driver and click Next Check the Specify a location check box and enter the following path D video win9x D is the drive letter for the first virtual CD ROM drive in your virtual machine Click OK Windows Me locates your driver VMware Inc 10 11 Chapter 6 Installing and Using VMware Tools Select the VMware SVGA II display adapter and click Next Click Next to install the driver If you are upgrading a virtual machine created under VMware GSX Server 2 you might see a dialog box that warns The driver you are installing is not specifically designed for the hardware you have Do you wish to continue Click Yes After the driver is installed click Finish Click Yes to restart Windows Me and start using the new video driver The VMware Tools background application starts when you reboot your virtual machine To migrate from Windows 98 guest operating systems 1 10 11 VMware Inc After installing VMware Tools cli
544. x hosts If the serial port is not connected choose the virtual serial port and click Connect 5 On the host open a command prompt window and do one of the following m Ifyou are using WinDbg type the following windbg k com port pipe lt namedpipe gt pipe m Ifyou are using KD type the following kd k com port pipe lt namedpipe gt pipe 6 Press Enter to start debugging Debugging an Application in a Virtual Machine from Another Virtual Machine In this situation you have kernel code to debug in a virtual machine called the target virtual machine and are running Debugging Tools for Windows WinDbg or Kernel Debugger KD in another virtual machine called the debugger virtual machine on the same host This is useful if you are running Workstation on a Linux host The debugger virtual machine must be running Debugging Tools for Windows WinDbg or Kernel Debugger KD in a Windows guest operating system VMware Inc Chapter 15 Connecting Devices To debug an application from another virtual machine 1 Prepare the target virtual machine Use the appropriate platform specific procedure for the server virtual machine described in Connecting Two Virtual Machines on page 335 On Windows hosts make sure when you configure the target virtual machine s virtual serial port that you select the Yield CPU on poll check box because the kernel in the target virtual machine uses the virtual serial port in polled m
545. y If you need to run virtual machines on a host only network on a multihomed system where gated is used and have problems doing so please contact VMware technical support by submitting a support request at www vmware com requestsupport Potential Issues with Host Only Networking on Linux The following are common issues you might encounter when you are configuring a host only network DHCPD on the Linux Host Does Not Work After Installing Workstation If you were running the DHCP server program dhcpd on your machine before installing Workstation it probably was configured to respond to DHCP requests from clients on any network interface present on the machine When host only networking is configured an additional network interface VMnet1 is marked up and available for use and dhcpd might notice this In such cases some dhcpd implementations abort if their configuration files do not include a subnet specification for the interface even if dhcpd is not supposed to respond to messages that arrive through the interface The best solution is to add a line in the following format to the dhcpd configuration file subnet lt net gt 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 lt net gt is the network number assigned to your host only network for example 192 168 0 This line in the configuration file informs dhcpd about the host only network and tells it explicitly not to respond to any DHCP requests it sees coming from it VMware Inc Chapte
546. y code of 5A as a value type 0x5A Microsoft provides a reference list of virtual key codes on the MSDN Web site At the time this manual was written the reference list was at http msdn2 microsoft com en us library ms645540 aspx The hot key entries also include modifier keys The modifier keys are Ctrl Alt Shift and Windows keys The Windows key is the key between the Ctrl and Alt keys on your keyboard You can also use a combination of those keys See Table 17 1 for a list of the key codes for the modifier keys Table 17 1 Modifier Keys for Hot Key Entries Modifier Key Value No modifier 0x0 Alt 0x1 Ctrl 0x2 Shift 0x4 Win Windows 0x8 Ctrl Alt 0x3 Alt Shift 0x5 Ctrl Shift 0x6 Ctrl Alt Shift Ox7 Win Alt 0x9 VMware Inc 395 Workstation User s Manual 396 Table 17 1 Modifier Keys for Hot Key Entries Continued Modifier Key Value Win Ctrl Oxa Win Ctrl Alt Oxb Win Shift Oxc Win Shift Alt Oxd Win Shift Ctrl Oxe Win Shift Ctrl Alt Oxf When listing a key plus a modifier type the virtual key code for the key followed by a comma and type the value for the modifier key or keys For example the value entry for Ctrl Shift F1 is 0x70 0x6 NOTE Keep the following limitations in mind when defining cycle keys and switch keys m Do not use the Pause key with the Ctrl key You can use the Pause key with other modifier keys m If you use F12 you must use one or
547. y network 289 Sun Solaris supported 32 bit guest operating systems 40 supported 64 bit guest operating systems 40 support scripts running 17 VMware Inc suspend defined 446 files 109 team 263 virtual machine 223 SV2i file importing 98 switch virtual network 273 workspaces in Linux guest 342 symmetric multiprocessing See virtual SMP system requirements 29 display 30 memory 30 PC hardware 29 T tabs hide 155 in Preferences dialog box 80 in VMware Tools control panel 133 virtual machine 65 Take Recording dialog box 241 tape drive 357 363 tar file 126 tar installer for VMware Workstation 50 team adding virtual machine to 260 and Favorites list 261 and LAN segments 264 cloning virtual machine from 269 closing 256 creating clone in New Team wizard 255 260 deleting 257 Ethernet adapters for 266 name change 257 network 254 new 255 VMware Inc Index no clone template 251 opening 256 overview 253 power off 262 powering on 262 removing virtual machine from 261 resume 263 snapshot 269 suspend 263 technical support resources 16 Telnet 306 template mode for clones 250 251 3D support 320 time synchronizing between guest and host 134 token ring 276 toolbar customizing 72 hide 155 390 tools See VMware Tools training courses 18 Turion 64 processor 30 Turion processor 41 U UHCI controller 37 uninstalling host virtual adapters 287 VMware Tools 132 Workstation on Linux
548. y of the following changes m Toadd or remove a button from the toolbar select the button and click Add or Remove Add a separator to display a vertical line between the buttons m To change the order of the buttons select any button under Current Toolbar Buttons and click Move Up or Move Down to rearrange the buttons You can also change the order of the currently displayed buttons without opening the Customize Toolbar window Hold down the Shift key while you drag and drop a button to a different location in the toolbar m To restore the default setup with all buttons displayed click Reset 5 Click Close Sidebar The sidebar contains a list of favorites and shows which virtual machines or teams of virtual machines are currently powered on If you have Workstation ACE Edition an additional section of the sidebar displays ACE Management Servers For a description of this product see Upgrade Path to Workstation ACE Edition on page 21 To toggle the display of the Sidebar list on or off Choose View gt Sidebar If the sidebar was visible it becomes hidden If it was hidden it is displayed The Favorites List The Favorites list lets you organize and access frequently used items VMware Inc 73 Workstation User s Manual Figure 4 6 Favorites List in the Sidebar Sidebar x E gt Powered On ia Windows 2000 Professional right click menu Open E Team Windows VMs Close E Red
549. y reused when another debugging session is started so this cleanup is not required VMware Inc Appendix C Using the Visual Studio Integrated Virtual Debugger Managing Virtual Machine Configurations Before you can start or debug applications in a virtual machine you must create or modify virtual machine configurations and set configuration properties The Default configuration initially includes the default values for all properties that have them Choose VMware gt Options to manage configurations You can create rename and remove configurations as described in this section and you can set and modify configuration properties for existing configurations as described in Setting Configuration Properties on page 435 The configuration selected in the Configuration drop down menu is the one being edited in the configuration pages while the configuration selected in the Active Configuration drop down menu is the one used when you choose VMware gt Start or VMware gt Start Without Debugging Creating Configurations This section describes how to create a new configuration To create a new configuration 1 Choose VMware gt Options 2 Click the New icon next to the Configuration drop down menu 3 Inthe New Configuration page type a name for the new configuration 4 Choose a configuration to copy settings from 5 The default selection is lt Default gt which includes the default values for all properties that have them 6
550. you can select some of the volumes and leave out others If you select specific volumes you can also ignore the page and hibernation files These files are large and for volume based cloning do not provide information that you need to copy Types of Volumes Supported Some types of source volumes are unsupported and are skipped during cloning Virtual machine importing supports basic volumes and all types of dynamic volumes except RAID It doesn t support Windows NT 4 fault tolerant volumes Only Master Boot Record MBR disks are supported GUID Partition Table GPT disks are not supported Disk Space Allocation As is the case when you use the New Virtual Machine wizard you need to specify whether to allocate all the space at creation time or allow the files to grow Allocating space at creation time gives better performance but is a time consuming process It is recommended that you allow the disk to grow Select the option Split disk into 2GB files if your virtual disk is stored on a file system that does not support files larger than 2GB VMware Inc Chapter 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Full Versus Linked Clones If the source is a virtual machine you can create a full or linked clone Creating a full clone implies that you want to use all volumes Therefore you need to select Import all disks and maintain size to create a full clone Linked clones can be created from VMware virtual machines Symantec Backup Exec Syste
551. you want to use If you select Custom choose the VMnet network you want to use from the drop down list NOTE Although VMnet0 VMnet1 and VMnet8 are technically available in this list they are normally used for bridged host only and NAT configurations respectively Special steps are required to make them available for use in custom configurations You should choose one of the other switches Click Finish The new adapter is added Click OK to save your configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor To change the configuration of an existing virtual network adapter 1 Select the virtual machine The virtual machine can be either powered on or powered off From the Workstation menu bar choose VM gt Settings On the Hardware tab select the adapter you want to modify Select the network type you want to use If you select Custom choose the VMnet virtual network you want to use for the network from the drop down list VMware Inc Chapter 13 Configuring a Virtual Network 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual machine settings editor 6 Be sure the guest operating system is configured to use an appropriate IP address on the new network If the guest is using DHCP release and renew the lease If the IP address is set statically be sure the guest has an address on the correct virtual network Configuring Bridged Networking Options on a Windows Host On a Windows host use the virtual net

Workstation User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents